SANS K R I T GR A M M A R

FOR BE G I NNE R S

KwU M LLE R

NE W A ND A BR I D G E D E DI TI ON

AC CE NTE D AND T R ANS LI TE R AT E D T H R OUGH OUT

WIT H A C HAPTE R ON YNTAXS

AND AN A PPE NDI X ON CLAS S I CAL M E TR E S

A A MA C DO NE LL, M A ,
. . . .
5
P11 D
. .

I E H BER O F T HE G M AN O NT
ER R IE AL S CI E O T AND Y OF

THE R O Y AL ABI ATI C S OC T

IE G AT
Y OF RE BR I TA N AND
I I R E LAND

L O ND O N

LONG MANS , GR E E N AND 00 .

1886

A ll r i gh t: r es er ved
 TO THE NE W E DITI ON .

ee
n v r e nte re d my m i n d . If o ne k n o w s th e d iffi c ulti e s o f an
ee
hi sto r i cal gra m m ar o f Gr k , Lati , o r G e rman , o ne m a y n
e e e
w ll d o ub t w h th r th e tim e h a s c o m e fo r atte m p ti g a n
history o f th e la n gu a ge o f a c ou try i n w hi c h n o th i g i s so n n
entir e l y ab se nt as h i sto ry I kn o w o f co u rse th at I ha ve
.
, ,

been cha r ge d w i th i n c o n si ste n cy b e ca use I ve n tu r e d to i n tro

,

duc e i nto my gramm ar th e Ve di c syste m o f a cc e ntuati on ,

w hi ch i s n ot r e cogn d i se i n p o s t -Vedi c S a n skr i t a n d h a s i ts ,

pro pe r pla c e i n an hi sto ri c a l gr am ma r o n ly I m ust plea d .

u ilty t th t c h a r ge b u t I c o n si d er e d th e acc e n t so u se ful

g o a ,

fo r pu r e ly p ra c ti c al p u rp os e s a n d so full o f i n te r e st fo r th e
,

Sci en c e o f Lan gu age th a t I de c i de d to ma rk i t th r ough

,

o ut at l ea st i n th e tr a n sli te r ate d p o rti on s o f m m m

‘

, y g r a a r ,

where ve r i t co uld b e do ne wi th ce rta i n ty a n d wi th a ho pe

o f pr a c ti c a l u sefu ln e ss .

It i s i n te r esti n g to se e h o w th e sam e obje ctio n s wh i ch

were r ai se d agai n st th e o ld G re ek an d Lati n scho o l -gram
ma r s b e gi n to b e r ai se d a gai n st th e gra m ma rs o f S a n sk ri t
, .

It i s w e ll k n o wn th a t e ve r so ma n y fo rm s a re gi ve n i n th e
pa ra di gm s o f 7 6m m an d am o whi ch a re ne ver fo u n d in r ea l
,

u se w hi l e so m e a r e a c tu a lly M p o ssi b le
,
I t c a n h ar dl y b e .

c a lle d a ve r y sta rtli n g di sc ove ry th e refo r e tha t i n S a n sk ri t

, ,

mm r s a lso m a n y for m s o cc u r w hi c h a r e i v f th
g r a a g e n o r e

sa k e o f sy s te m a ti c c o m p le te n e ss o n ly I k n ow at le a st o f no
.

s ch o l a r w h o i magin e d that a ll th e fo rm s gi ve n i n th e
p a r a di gm s o f a S a n sk ri t gram ma r h a ve a ctually b e e n m et
w i th i n li te r a ry w o r k s Bu t h o w c a n th a t be he lpe d ?
.

P u p i ls m ust lea rn the i r pa ra di gm s by r o te a n d no o n e wo ul d ,

s u g ge st l e a vi n g o u t th e ge n pl u r o f m en sa b e ca u se i t n e ve r
. .
,

o c c u rr e d i n a n y c la ssi cal La ti n a uth o r S h o u ld w e l e av e .

o u t th e rul e s a cc o rd i n g to whi ch li n qu o form s i ts p a rti ci p l e

l i c tu s be c a u se i n c la ssi c al Lati n i t n e ve r o ccu r s e x c e pt i n

,

r el i c tu s Tho ugh w e may sp ea k wi th a c ertai n am o u nt

o f c o nfi den ce whe n w e say th at to llo fo r i n sta n ce always
, , ,

fo r m s i ts pe rfe ct w i th a p r e po si ti o n n a m e ly su stuli w h o , , ,

w o ul d ve n ture in th e pr e s e n t state o f S an sk ri t sch o lar

 vi PRE FACE
s hi p to whi ch ro ots a s c olle cte d by n ati ve gramm a
say ,

ri a n s o cc ur wi th o r w ith o ut pre po si ti on s wh i c h h a ve b e e n
, ,

u se d by c e rtai n wr i ters o r i n c e r ta i n p e r i o d s o nl y an d ,

w hi ch a r e m er e ly p r esu ppo se d i n o r de r to a c c ou nt r i ghtl y o r ,

w r o n gly fo r th e fo rma ti o n o f su b sta n ti ve s a dj e c ti ve s

,
or , ,

pa rti cle s ? We may all ha ve a n i dea l c o n ce pti o n o f what a n

hi sto ri cal gramm ar o f S a nsk r i t o ught to b e b u t tru e s chola rs ,

do n o t a sk fo r what i s i m po ssi ble They ar e sati sfie d i f the y .

c a n pla c e i n to th e ha n ds o f y ou n g stu d n ts a gra mm a ti c a l e

m an u al whi c h at a ll e v e nts do e s n o t tea c h th e m fo r m s whi ch

th ey h ave a fte r war ds to u n lea rn a nd w hi c h e ve ry e xami n e r ,

w o u ld mark a s Very Bad “

.
’

Th e fir st b e gi nni n gs whi ch h a ve be e n ma de i n c olle c ti n g

ma te ri al s fo r a r e a lly hi stori ca l gra mma r o f S a n sk i t a e n o r r ,

dou bt ve ry valuable parti cul a ly whe n th ey are co n fin e d to

, ,
r

c erta i n cha pte rs o f gra m ma r o r agai n to c e rtain pe ri ods , ,

wi thi n whi ch som e ki n d o f c o mplete n e s s i s attai na ble e ve n ,

i n th e pr e sent state o f S a n sk ri t s cho la shi p S cho lars su ch r .

as Benfey Lu dw ig De lb rii c k Wilh e l m Jo ll y Ja c o b i

, , , La n
, , ,

man Ave ry Blo om fie ld E d gre n an d o th e rs have r e n der e d

, , ,

m ost e x c e ll e n t se vi c e i n c olle cti n g ma te ri a l s w i th w hi ch

r

here afte r a Hi sto y o f the La nguage o f Indi a m ay b e c o n

r

s tr uc te d a n d e ve n th e a tte m pt p e ma tu e as n o d o u b t i t i s
, ,
r r ,
,

to gath er up th es e m a te ri als i nto so me k i n d o f hi sto r i c a l

ramm a r r e fle c ts gr e at c re di t b oth o n th e c o u a e a n d o n th e
g g r

i nd u stry o f Pr o fe sso r Wh i tn e y o f Ya le Co lle ge i n Am e ri c a , .

Bu t i s a n hi sto ri c a l gra m m ar o f Sa n sk ri t po ssi b le befo e , r

w e k n o w th e r e al hi sto ry o f S a n sk ri t ?

Does th e Ved i c li te r atu re w hi ch w e posses s i n i ts fo ur

r i o ds th e Kh a nd a s M a n tra Bra h m d S u t p i d
p e , , a n a a n , r a e r o s, ,

e a ll y r e p r e se n t th e w ho l e o f th e a n c i e n t hi s to ry o f Sa n sk ri t 2
‘
r

Wh at i s tha t bhasha li te rature pr e suppo sed in Pan ini s ,

’

g r a mm a r w h i ch
, i s n o t V e di c an d y e t t r u l y ,
h i sto r i c a l ? W h a t
i s th e r ea l da te o f P an i n i s gra mm ar whi ch forms th e o n e
’
,

broa d li n e o f dem ar c ati o n be twe e n n a tu ral a n d scho la sti c

S a nsk ri t ? Wh at i s th e date o f th e Mah abharata and Rama
 TO THE NE W E DITI ON .

yana a nd c an w e di sti ngui sh i n them betwee n porti ons that

,

conform a n d o the r s that d o n o t c onform to th e rul e s o f

Pan i ni ? Wh at i s th e date o f th e i n tr o du cti on o f wr iti ng
i nto In di a first fo r monum ental and afte r w ar ds fo r pu r ely
, ,

li tera ry pu rp o ses ? Wh e n c an w e de te ct th e first c ertai n

tr ac e s o f Buddhi sm o f G ree k i nflue n c e s an d o f that c om pl e te
, ,

li te ra ry para lysi s whi ch se em s to h ave be en p r o du c e d i n

I ndi a by th e m va si o n o f North e r n Bar bari a n s ? La stl y wh at ,

i s th e earli e st d ate th at c an b e assi g n e d to what I have

c alle d th e R e n ai ssa n c e o f S an skr i t Li tera ture wh i c h c o m
‘
,
’

pri ses n ea rly all th e work s tha t have hi therto b e en s tu di e d

i n o u r sc h o ol s a nd u ni ve rs iti e s ?

The se are a few o f th e que sti o ns whi c h wi ll have to b e

a n swe re d b efor e w e c a n form a c o n c e pti o n o f wh at an hi s

to ri cal gram ma r o f Sa nsk ri t o ught to b e .

And e ve n if all the se que sti on s sh ould admi t o f some ki nd

o f pro vi si onal an sw er e n ab li n g u s to c o n str u ct a p ra c ti c a bl e
,

r o a d thr ou h th e d r i ftin nd s f I n di a n c h ro n olo y h o w

g g sa o
g ,

c ou ld w e spea k o f a hi story o f th e language o f Indi a i n ,

w hi ch th e tr u ly hi sto r i c a l li te ra ry m onu m e n ts th e b oo k s ,

c o lle c te d i n th e Bu ddhi st Ca n o n whe th e r wri tte n i n Pali

,

o r i n se v e r al di sti n ct di ale c ts o f S an sk ri t fi nd n o plac e ? It ,

i s easy to i gno r e th e fa c t that th e e d i cts o f k i ng Asoka i n

th e th i r d ce n tury B c an d agai n th e M ath u r a I n sc ri pti o n s
. .
, ,

o f th e ti m e o f k i n g Kani shk a r e p r e sen t th e r eal h i sto r y o f

th e la n gu age o f I n di a an d that th e C hi n e se tra n sla ti o n s o f

,

li terary wo rk s b elo n gi ng to th e B uddh i st C an o n a uth e nti cate

th e v e ry lan guage i n w hi c h th e y a r e w ri tten at a ti me w he n
V e di c li tera tu re h ad cea se d a n d m o de rn San sk ri t li te ratu r e
,

h ad n o t ye t b egun to e xi st But the se a r e stubbo rn fa c ts an d

.
,

h owe ve r mu ch i gno re d at prese n t th ey will h ave to b e re c k one d

,

w ith sooner o r late r Lastly c an that be calle d a h i story o f

.
,

th e la nguage o f I ndia i n whi ch th e tru e r el ati o n b e twe e n

,

S an sk rit and Prak r it wh ether real o r a rti fic i al h a s n o t be e n

, ,

determi ned an d i n whi ch th e que sti o n whether th e late r

,

s c h ola sti c Sa n sk r i t b e gi nni n g fr om th e fifth c e ntury A D i s

,
. .
,
 PRE FACE
a na tural de ve lopment o r a n artificial i s n e ve r r ena i ssa n c e,

e ve n m oo te d ? I f wi th th e i ndi ce s to th e Ve da , to Pfin in i ,
to th e M ah abh arata , R amayan a , a n d M a n u , a n d wi th th e
ma te ri al s so la b ori ou sly c o lle cte d i n Bo e h tli n gk a n d Ro th s
’

Di cti on ary , w e c o uld h ope to c o n stru ct a c omple te hi sto ry o f

S a n sk ri t ,
an hi sto ri ca l
g S
r amma r
a n sk ri t m i of
gh t i nd ee d
se e m wi th i n th e li mi ts o f p o s si b i li ty But con si deri ng h ow
.

m an y c o nne c ti ng li n k s are sti ll wa nti ng a n d h o w man y n e w ,

di sc overi es have be e n ma de o f late by P rofessor Bii h ler a n d

o th e r s p a rti c ula rly wi th re fe r e n c e to tha t tr ue hi sto y o f
,
r

l an guage w hi ch c an be re a d i n In sc ri pti ons o n ly all scho lar s ,

wi ll pro ba bly ho l d he re al so di scr eti on th e be tter part o f

valour It gi ves me r eal pleasure to e xpre ss my si n ce r e
.

a ti tu d e to P rofe sso r Wh i tn e y an d e v e n m o re to h i s p e de
g r , r

c e s o r s a d fe ow wo rk e r s fo r th e li gh t wh i c h th e ir la bo u rs
s n ll -
,

have sh e d on c ertai n ph ase s i n th e h i sto ri ca l growth o f San

sk r i t an d fo r th e l abo r i ousl y c o n str u c te d i n di ce s w hi c h the y
,

h ave so gene r ously pla c e d at o ur di spo sal but I canno t but ,

questi o n th e wi sd o m o f e mbodyi ng these results i n a practi cal '

r am ma r o f th e S a nsk ri t la n gua ge
g .

Whe n a de man d aro se i n E ngla nd fo r su ch a gram mar a

r a m m a r th at m i gh t safe l y b e p la c e d i n th e han d s o f b egl n
g
n e r s fee l i n g u n e qu al m y se lf to th e task o f p e p a ri n ne w
, g a r

e di ti o n o f m y gramm a r I r e qu e s te d M r M a c d o n e ll to u nde r
, .

ta k e th e tas k o f n o t o nly re vi si ng b ut o f c o n si de ra b ly ,

s h o rte n i n g i t M r M a c d on ell ha s h a d fa r mo re e xp eri e n c e

. .

a s a te ac h e r tha n I c a n cl ai m and I h a ve left hi m p e rfe c tl y

,

free i n h i s ch o i c e o f wh a t h e c on si de re d e ssenti al to be gi nn er s .

To him wi ll be lon g th e who le cre di t i f m y gram ma r sh o ul d ,

c onti n ue to p rove u seful to youn g s tu de n ts o f Sa n skr i t a nd ,

I n ow le a ve i t to h im to e xplai n th e pri n ci ple s by whi c h h e

h a s bee n gui de d i n a dapti n g my o l d gr am mar to th e re q u i re
m e nts o f hi s p upil s .

F . M . M .

M ano n ,
G
E N ADIN, Augus t 2 0 , 1 88 5 .
 L U x x w A‘ D W AJ
‘
UL L L UA‘ 0

THE e xperi e nce year s tea c hi ng h as convi nced m e

o f so m e
’

that S an sk rit c o mpar e d w ith o th e r de a d lan guage s i s n o t

, ,

diffi cult to learn Th e fa c t that th e ordi nary S a n sk rit ve rb

.

has n o subj u n c tive on ly o n e i mp e rati ve o n e i nfi ni ti ve a n d tw o

, , ,

optati ves alto ge th er on ly thi rte e n m o o ds and ten ses i n ea ch

,

vo ice w hi le G reek h as upwards o f thi rty w o uld alo ne go

, ,

far to p rove th e c o mp a r ati ve si mp li ci ty o f Sa n sk ri t Ac c i

dence Agai n th e absence i n S an sk ri t o f th e i ndi re ct
.
,

cons tru cti o n whi c h c on stitute s a c o n spi c uou s diffi c ul ty o f

,

Synta x i n th e cla ssi cal languages i s i n i tself a tole rably ,

clea r pr o o f that th e structure o f c o mple x sente n c e s i n

Sansk ri t mu st b e far less i n volve d tha n i n Lati n o r G r ee k .

On th e o th er h a n d th o ugh i t m u st b e admi tte d that th e

,

ph o n e ti c laws o f S an sk ri t pre sen t gre ate r di fficulti e s than i n

oth er language s m o st o f the se diffi cultie s w i ll di sappear w h en
,

i t i s p o i nte d o ut that th e r ule s o f S a ndhi re st o n tw o le adi n g

pri n ci ple s th e avo i dan ce o f hi atus i n th e ca se o f vowe ls a nd
,

as si mi lati o n i n th e ca se o f c o n so nan ts .

I fe e l sur e th at th e e xa gge ra te d i dea o f th e di ffi c ulti e s o f

Sa n sk ri t co m mo n ly en tertained i s d ue to th e fa ct that th e
a m o un t o f m a tte r c o n ta i n e d i n th e S an sk ri t gram m ar s
h i the rto pu bli sh ed i n E ngland and Am e ri ca i s far to o
e xh au sti ve fo r e le m e ntar y p ur p o ses Begi nn ers are n o t a w are .

th a t a large pr o p o rti o n o f th e m atte r pr ese nte d to th em ,

th o u gh n e c e ssary fo r a m i nute a n d c ri ti ca l k n owle dge o r hi gh

r o fi c i e n cy i n c o m p o s i ti o n m a b l t th r d i sp en se d w i th
p y e a o g e ,
e

b y th o se wh o se ch i e f o bj e ct i s to b e able to r e ad w ith e ase

th e b e st wo r k s o f classi c a l S a n sk r i t li ter atur e .

I t w a s th e re fo re wi th m u ch plea sure tha t a t P r o fe ss o r ,

M a x M ul le r s re qu e st I unde rto o k th e task o f ab r i d gi n g hi s

’

g ra m m a r —
,w h i ch i s by a l l S a n sk r i t sc h o la r s acc e p te d as a

s ta n d a dr w o r k —
an d o f a da p ti n
, g i t t o t h e r e q u i r e m en ts o f th e

m a ny stu de nts wh o wi sh to o btai n a goo d p ra ctic al k n owle dge

 PRE FACE
of S ansk rit but have no t sufii c i ent lei sure to mak e a spe c ial
,

stu dy o f th e
gramm ar I fe
. e l a c o n fi d e n t h o p e tha t th i s

e di ti on wi l l at th e sam e ti m e su pply stu d ents o f com para ti ve

philology w i th the e sse nti al gra mmati cal k no wledge o f a

langu age wh i ch m ust fo rm th e gr oundwo rk o f th ei s tudi es r .

I t i s ch i e fly fo r th e i r be n e fit that the acc ent whi ch play s ,

s o i m p o r ta n t a p a rt i n pho n e ti c c ha n e h a s be e n supp li d
g , e

th o ugh out i n th e tr a n sli ter a ti on e x ce pt wh ere th e wo r d i n

r ,

q uesti on (thi s i s mai nly th e case i n co mpo unds ) do e s no t

oc cur in acc en tuate d tex ts a nd ana logy i s no t a safe gui de .

Tra nsli ter ate d s enten c es h owe ve r (i n th e chapte r o n th e

, ,

par ti cle s an d that o n syn ta x ) ha ve no t been a cce nte d , .

Th e pri n ciple by whi ch I ha ve bee n gui ded i n th e pre parati o n

'

o f thi s n e w e di ti o n i s th at a n e le me nta ry ra m mar sh o u ld

, g
b e as sh ort si m ple cle ar a n d a s practi cal a s p os si bl e
, , ,
.

C o nv i n c ed o f th e supre me v al ue o f br evi ty I h ave made i t ,

m y ai m to o m it ru le s re ferri ng to words ra re ly o r n e ver to b e

m et wi th i n th e book s usual ly r ea d to avo i d ove rlo adi n g th e ,

r ul es a c tu ally
g i v e n w i th u n i m p o rta n t e x c e p ti o n s o r w i th th e

m e n ti on o f ra re opti on al form s an d to pa ss ov e r al to ge the r ,

th o se p orti o n s o f th e gramma r w hi c h th ough o f mi nor p ra c ,

ti ca l i mp ortan ce i t wo ul d ta k e a lm ost years o f sp e c i al stu dy

,

to m aste r tho ro ughly n otab ly th e r ule s o n th e i n se rti o n

,

o f th e i nte r me di a te i F o r th e b ene fit o f stu de n ts de si ro u s

3 .

o f o btai ni ng a m o re m i nu te k n owle dge o f gra mm a ti c al

detai ls I have added i n parenthe ses at th e beginni ng o f each
,

pa ragraph figur es refe rri ng to th e c o rrespondi ng po r ti o ns o f

Pr o fessor M ax M uller s large ed i ti o n
’
.

Wi th a vi ew to si mp li ci ty I have endeavoured o n th e , ,

o n e h a nd to fo r mulate as far a s p o ssi ble i n th e sa m e wor ds

,

rul e s wh i ch have p o i n ts i n c omm o n an d o n th e o th er to , , ,

d ra w togeth e r r ul e s w hi ch tho ugh usually gi ven sepa ra te ly

, ,

m ay b e learnt m ore e as ily if c o mb i ned u nder o n e h e a d I .

thi n k I ha ve th us fo r i n sta n ce su cc ee ded i n si mpli fyi n g co n

, ,

si d e r ab ly th e rule s o n th e S andh i o f th e d ip h th o n gs ( 2 4 ,

o f th e i n te rj e cti on s ( 2 7 n ote ) an d o f w : ah an d e n: 6
, ,
211
 TO THE NE W E D ITION .

as we ll as th e ru le s o n ormati on o f th e first a ori st O n

th e f .

th e sam e gro und th e te rm i nati o n s o f th e fi rst an d th e se co n d

,

c onjugati on s fo r th e spe ci a l fo rms ha ve i nstead o f be i ng ,

sep a ra te d be e n gi ve n i n a si ngle tab l e

,

F o r th e sak e o f c lea m ess I h a ve adde d m a ny e xpla n atio n

,
s,

wi thout whi ch learners would fi nd a di fii c ulty in u n de rsta n di ng

th e appli cati on o f th e rule fo r i n stan ce th o se i n 7 5 an d 7 6 o n
, ,

th e c ha n ge o f th e de nta l nasal an d si bi la n t to th e li n gua l .

To th e same m oti v e a re du e th e o bse rva ti o n s o n th e gr o up i n g

o f th e v ar i o u s m o o d s a n d te n se s 1 3 3 ) an d o n th e di fi e re n c e s
(
be twe e n th e fir st a n d the se c o nd c o njugati o ns I ha v e

also gi ve n a n u m b e r o f n ote s c a lli ng a tte n ti o n to di s ti n c ti o n s

o f fo r m s whi c h a re o th e r wi se al mo st c e rta i n to b e c o nfu se d ,

as ,
fo r e xam ple th e de clens i o n o f pe rfe ct p arti ci ple s l ik e
,

k r i ta v an a nd r urud vfin ( 1 0 1 n o te ,
o r d rawi ng us e fu l

e ne r al iza ti on s fro m p ara di m s o f d e cl e nsi o n a nd c onjuga ti o n

g g ,

whi ch i t would tak e muc h ti m e a nd o b se r vati o n on th e par t

o f th e stu de nt to m a k e fo r h i mself e as to th e i n stan c e s
g , . .

i n wh i ch th e v o ca ti ve di ffer s fr om th e n o mi nati ve ( 8 2 ,

n ote o r a s to th e for m o f th e n o m and vo c si ng o f

. . .

c ha nge a ble ba ses

In orde r to
gi v e thi s diti on a th o roughly p ra ti a l
e c c

c hara c ter ,
I have th ought i t wor th while to appeal to th e eye
o f th e learn er by p ri n ti n i n t hi c k typ e a n y i m po rta n t po i n t
g ,

o r i n tra n s li te ra te d words an y ph o n e ti c p e c uli ari ty o the rw i s e

, ,

l ik e ly to e s ca pe hi s attenti o n . Wi th th e sa me en d i n vie m
I ha ve a rranged i n alphabe ti cal o rd e r th e prep o si tio n s th e
, ,

i nte rjecti o ns and th e parti cle s o f c om m on oc c urr en ce d e

, ,

vo tin g spe ci al attenti o n to th e me anin gs and use s o f th e latte r

a s b ei n
g o f c o n s i d e r ab le p ra c ti ca l i m p o r ta n c e to th o se w h o a re

b egi nn in g to r ead S an sk ri t F o r th e sak e o f ea sy refe en ce

. r

I ha ve gi v e n th e li st o f ver b s (a ltoge the r 2 0 6 ) alphabe ti c ally

al so o mi ttin g bo th ve rbs an d ve rb a l fo rm s wh i ch o cc u
, o n ly
r

i n th e g ammari ans
r . I may h ere re ma r k i n p a ssi n g tha t
I have th r o ugh ou t th e gra m ma r r e fra i n e d f o m qu oti ng i n r ,

e e m p lificati o n o f the r ule s gi ve n fo r m s n o t o cc u rri n

x i n th e
, g
xii PRE FACE TO THE NEW E DITI ON
.

li te rature , e xce pt i n th e c o mparati vely few case s wh ere the

o pp o site c o urse se em e d n e c e ssary on p ed agogi c gr o u nds .

I n orde r to supple m en t what i s omi tte d i n i t, th e stude nt

s h o ul d use th e li st o f verbs i n co nn e cti o n with th e pa ra di gms
of var i ou s te n ses a n d w i th th e l ist o f i rregulari ti e gi ven
th e s

a fte r e a c h o f th e l atte r I have appe nded a ch ap te r on.

syn tax whi ch th o u h sh o rt I th i n k wi l be fo u n d to c o n ta i n

, g , l ,

a ll th at th e b e i nn e r wa n ts to e th er wi th a b ri e f s k e tch o f
g g ,

th e m e tr e s m o st c o mm only to be me t wi th i n th e c lassi cal

li te rature .

In c on clu si on ,
o bligatio n s to Prof
I m us t e xp essr my .

S te nzle r s ele m e n ta ry S an sk ri t bo o k fo r sugge sti ng to m e

’

th e advi sa b ili ty o f e i the r r eta i n i ng o r omi tti ng var i ou s ru les .

To Mr Apte s e xce llent Gu i de to S ansk ri t Co mpo siti o n I

.
’

a m i nde bte d fo r mu ch o f th e m atte r c o n ta i n e d b o th i n th e

s e ctio n on th e use o f th e pa rti c les a n d i n th e chap te r o n

synta x In prep a ri n g th e li st o f verbs I h ave d e ri ve d m u c h

.
,

a ss i stan c e fr om P ro f Whi tn e y s valu ab l e n e w wo r k Sa n

’
.
,

sk ri t R oo ts Ve rb -F o rm s an d P ri m a ry De r i vati ve s Fo r
’
.
, ,

th e sk etch o f S an sk ri t m e tr es I ha ve found ve ry se rvi c e a b le

P o f O ld enbe rg s arti c le o n th e S lok a i n vo l xxxv o f th e
r .
’

, .

Jo u nal o f th e Ge rm an O i en ta l So ci e ty as we ll a s Pro f
r r ,
.

Jac o bi s m ore re c en t a rti c le Z u r Le hre v o m S lo k a

’
F ro m
’
.
,

P o f E dgren s S an sk r i t G ra mm a r I have deri ve d so me sug

r .
’

g e s t i o n s a s to arra n ge m e n t an d s o m e val uab le h i n ts fr o m ,

Pr of Whi tney s arti cle o n th e Study o f S an sk rit i n th e

.
’

Am e ri ca n Journ al o f Phi lo lo gy ( vo l v No To Pr o fe ss o r .
,
.

M a x M ii lle r ab o ve all a r e due my si n cere th a nk s fo r th e

, ,

a dvi c e an d h elp h e h as al w ays gi v e n m e i n thi s a s w ell a s

i n all other wo rk I h ave u nd e r tak en i n Sanskr it .

A A M
. . .

I nvns s ax nr , N . B Se pt mb e er , 1 8 8 5 .
 P R E FAC E
TO THE NE W E DI T I O N .

As I am gr ow i ng be gi n to fe el tha t i t i s di ffi cult,
o ld I
if n o t i m po ssi ble to k ee p my b o o k s y o un g o r to r e vi ve
, ,

th e m c o n sta n tly by wh a t w e c al l n e w e di ti on s Wh e n I h ad .

re vi se d th e la st e di ti o n o f m S a n sk ri t G r a mm ar I b ad e
y ,

fa re we ll to i t . Wh at I h a d w ishe d to ach i e ve li ttle as i t ,

m ay se em I h a d a c hi e v e d n am ely, to su pply a gra m ma ti c al

, ,

ma n u a l c o r r e ct i n a ll i ts r ule s a n d pa r a d i gm s, a n d c o nta i n
,

i n g fo r a ll i m po rta n t m a tte rs re fe r e n c e s to P an i ni th e ,

hi gh e st gr a mm a ti c a l a uth o ri ty r e c o gn i se d a s su ch by a ll
,

po t Ve di c wri te r s o f S an sk r it
s - .

It m ay n o t s e e m a s I sa i d to b e a very h igh ai m to pro d u c e

, ,

a co rre ct r a m m a r a n d to ma k e i ts c o r r e c tn e ss de p e n d e n t o n
g ,

th e a u th o ri ty o f a no th e r gr am ma ri an But w h e n w e e xami ne
.

o th er gr a mm ar s a n d se e fo r i n sta n ce su c h fo rm s a s n am a n
, , ,

g i v e n t h ro u g h s u cc e s si v e e di ti o n s a s a N o m i n a ti v e a n d Acc u a

s a ti ve s i n gu lar w h e n w e se e su c h b r e a c h e s o f th e si m p l e st
,

pho n e ti c r ul e s as i n Be n fe y s impo ssi ble form a d ak t a m e tc ,

’ 1
,
.

m a tche d i n o n e o f th e m o st r e c e n t S a n sk ri t Gr a mm a r s by
Whi tn e y ( a a c lai m to fr e e d om fr o m c leri c a l e r r ors

wi ll ha rdly b e co nsi de re d a ve ry m ode st clai m No r d o I .

fla tte r m y se lf to ha ve al w a y s r e a ch e d th at sta nda r d o f c o r

r e c tn e ss wh i c h i s r e p re se nte d to us in th e tru ly ma r ve l lou s

wo rk o f Pan in i .

It h a s b ee n argue d n o t w i th out a c e rtai n pla u si bi l ity,

,

th at no gramma r n o t e ve n that o f P an i n i ou ght to b e

, ,

c o n sti tute d i n to a n i nfa lli ble tr ibun al b u t that th e lan ,

u i tse lf a n d th e li te r a tur e shoul d fo r m th e fi n a l c ourt

g g a e

1
R un eG ramma ik , 5 t p . 1 8
7 , p digm d
ara ah.
9
t
Sans k ri G rammar, 5 8 8 2 , p di gm
ara dh
ru .

8 2
iv P R E FACE
of a ppeal i n all questi o n s o f gramm ati c al r i ght o r w rong .

Tr u e a s thi s pri n ci pl e wo u ld b e e v e ry wh e re e l se i t i s n o t so ,

i n S a n sk ri t at l ea st n o t w i th r ega rd to th a t l i te ra tu re fo r
, ,

whi ch alo n e my grammar i s i nten de d Th e wh o le o f San .

sk r i t li te r a tur e with th e e x ce pti o n o f th e Ve di c a nd the

,

Bu ddhi sti c i s so co m ple tely un der th e sway o f P an i ni s

,
’

r ul e s th a t e v e n a po e t li k e Ka li d asa wo u l d b e c on si de red
u i l ty f mm ti c l b l d i f h d f rm n o t r e co
g o a gr a a a u n e r e u se a ,
o g
n i se d by Pan i ni Thi s i s a sta te o f thin gs un kn o wn i n a ny
.

o th e r li te r a tu r e a nd supp li e s I b e li e ve
, ,
a p e rfe c t ju sti fic a ,

ti o n fo r th e a b so l ute d e fe re n c e pa i d by myse lf a nd o the r s to

P an i n i s a u tho ri ty
’
.

T h e re i s o f c our se som e d e b atable la n d su ch as th e tw o

, , ,

g r e a t e p i c p o e m s a n d ,
a g a i n s o m e r
if a c,c i m en ti o f V e d i c
w or k s s u c h a s M a n n a n d o th e r l a w -bo o k s i n w hi ch a n ci e nt
, ,

Ichfin d a sa fo rm s o cc ur a n d i n whi ch P an i ni s a u th o r i ty i s n o t
’

c o m ple te ly r e c ogni se d Sti ll e ve n th e re th e mo re a n c i e n t a n d

.

mo re h i stor i c al fo rm s w hi ch c o n tra ve n e th e r u l e s o f P an i ni
, ,

a re lo o k e d u p o n by a l l n a ti ve s ch o lar s a s e x c e p ti o n s so ,

m u c h so th a t w h e n I m y se lf app e ale d to th e a u th o ri ty o f
Vy asa th e r e pu te d au tho r o f th e M a h abh ar a ta i n su ppo rt
, ,

o f s u ch a fo r m a s h i m s a s v a w h i ch i n m S n s k r it tra n s
, y a ,

l a ti o n o f Go d save th e Qu e e n I h a d b o r r o we d fr o m th e
’
,

M a h abh ar a ta I w a s to ld th at thi s for m n o t h a vi n g th e

, ,

a u th o r i ty o f P an i n i wo u l d b e o ffe nsi v e to th e e a r s o f n ati ve

,

s c h o la r s .Th o ugh th e c ase w as by n o m ean s so c lear as m y

fr i e ndly c ri ti c s i m a gi n e d I glad ly yi elde d to th e i r r e m o n
,

s tra n c e s ch a n gi n h i m s a s v a i n to u /c lc h i n d d h i
, g .

M y o w n o p i n i o n w as a n d i s sti ll tha t a S an sk r i t G ra m m a r
, ,

fo r B e gi n n e r s su ch a s m i n e w a s m e a n t to b e a n d a gr a m m a r
, ,

that m i ght sa fe ly b e u s e d by c an di d ate s fo r th e C i vi l S e r vi c e

o f I n d i a w i th ou t th e i r r un n i n t h r i k f b i n p u n i sh e d
, g e s o e g
fo r fo r ms whi ch th e y e a rn fr o m w e l a cc re di te d b o ok s
l l -
,

s h o u l d n o t atte m p t m o r e tha n to i v u ch ru le s a s c a n
g e s

c la i m th e a utho ri ty o f P an in i To a ttempt th e hi gh e r ta sk
.

o f w ri ti n n h i st o r i c l ra mmar o f th e S a n sk ri t lan gu a g e
g a a g ,
 C O NT E NT S .

Alp h ab e t ( 1

S ECT . S E CT PAGE
Dv tt
.

Th e e anagari l e e rs 9 Th e n as als 5
d n
. .

S an skr i t an d m o er . t
1 0 Th e h r e e n a sal se mi o w el s v 5
d d
I n i an i al ec s t 11 C
o n so na n s w i hou t
c or t t
h h
.

0
[ Ch arac te rs i n w i c Sa n p
r e s o n i ng n asa l s d 5
sk r i t 1 8 w r i en tt v
1 2 Anu s ar a e fo r e 8 , sh , s ,
. b h 5
°
0 Num e r o f le ers l n th e
b tt b t
I 3 C o m i n a i o n o f c o n so n a n s
. t 6
t
1 4 P ec ul i ari i es o f l e e rs i n
. tt
h
l Th e o w e l s v co m i na i on b t 6
0 Cl as sifi e a l e o fl e
dt b tt t
1 5 Li s o f c o m o un c o n s o na n s p d t 6
\
e rs .

3
0 t
Ho w to w r i e th e l e te rs t 1 6 Nu m e ri c a l fi gu r es
. 8
l

\ M ar k s an d si gns 1 7 R ul e s o f ro n un c i a i o n
. p t 8
m Th e si ilan s b t 1 8 Th e ac c e n
. t 9

C HA PTER II . R ul e s of S an d h i ( 19
M e ani ng an d u se o f S an d hi 10 34 . Fi l t b f p l t l (
na e o re a a a s ex
t
C l ass i fi c a i o n o f o w e ls v IO pt k I h )
ce c . .

v t
,

V o w el s m ee i ng o w el s 35 . Fi l b f p l t l
na 11 e o re a a a s

( 2 r
7) 36 . Fi l t b f th li g l
na e o re e n ua
a an d f ll w d by th
11 o o e o er ( pt h )
e x ce s

v l d bydi ph th g I
o w e s an on s 1 37 . Fi l b f d dh
na 11 e o re , , n
Liq i d v w l f ll
u o d by
e s o ow e 38 . Ch g an f q li ty
es o ua

o th vw l
er o e s 11 39 . Fi l k t t p b f
na ,
l , , e o r e na s a s

e an d f ll 0 d by v w l
o ow e o e s 11 40 . Fi l t b f 1
na e o re

i an d f ll d by v l ow e owe s 12 41 Fi l b f 1
na 11

U h g bl v l
a au o . e o re

nc an ea e 2 ow e s 1 42 . D bli g f fi l 1
ou n o na 1, n , n

Irre g l u arS dh i ; p p an i re os 43 . Fi l b f fi t d
na 11 e ore rs s an
ti o ns di g ien 9
n n a or . d
se c o n s
f ll w d by
o o e i e, o , or r 12 44 . Fi l d b f
na h
an at e o re 8 , s , s

Th l v
e e e fi l en nat 3 c o n so n a n s 1 45 . Fi l b f
na 11 ( t h)e o re 8 o r s no s
N w d d i tw
0 or en s n o c o n so 46 . Fi l t b f
na e o re 8
nan s t . 47 . A va
n us d fi l m
ra a n na

Cl ass ifi ti ca f on o t c o nso na n s , 48 . F i na l m i n p a u s d
ac c o rdi g t th i g n o4 e r or an 1 49 . V i sar ga fo r fi na l 8 an d r
A di g t th i q l i ty 5
cc o r n o e r ua 1 5 0 . b
V i s arga e fo r e s o f l e e rs t tt
Ch g f g
an es o d f or an an o 5 1 . ab a n d a h b
e fo r e s o ft l e e rs tt
q l i ty
ua 5 2 F
i n a l ra i c al r d
t
.

Ch g an esf g o fi t or an a
'
ec 5 3 . b
Ifi n a l r e fo r e i n i i a l r .

d t l A va
e n a s, dn us ra , an 5 4 . P ro n o un s as h a n d e sh a h
Vi n
sa r a o
g l y 5 5 . Bh o h , b h a go h , s gh o b
x iv C ONTE NTS .

SEC T O P AG E S E CT . PAG E
5 6 No un s
. i n ra i c a l r en di ng d 24 68 . p t l i g th i pi
A s i ra es os n e r as
5 7 I ni ia l
. [ t d
eh a n d m e i a l k h 24 ti ra on

5 8 I ni i a l
. t g b
s c h a n e a l e to k it 24 69 . S ft o pi t f ll w d by
as ra e s o o e
5 9 I ni i al
. t h t
af e r k , t, , t p 2 5 t th or
60 .i nal F p t
as ir a i o n t
h ro w n 70 . D t l ft li g l
en a s a er n ua s
b
ac k o n i n i i al t 2 5 71 . 11 a ft I d g
e r : an
t
6 1 I n e rn a l S a n d h i ( 6 1 — 79) 2 5 72 . 11bf i bi l t
e o re s an s

v mi v
. .

6 2 1, fi, r i e fo r e o w e l s
b 2 5 73 . 11bf l
e o r e se owe s
t
. .

b
6 3 r i e fo r e c o n so n an s 2 6 74 . m h g dt c an e; h gd o n u nc an e
v bf y l
.

e , ai , 0, a n b
e fo r e o w els 26 e o re . r,
b d
i an d u e fo r e ra i c a l r o r v 26 75 . n c h g d t an e o n

6 6 T w o fi n al co ns o nan s i m t 76 . s c h g dt h an e o s

p b
.

o ssi l e . 77 . 8 bf 1 e o re :
67 C o n so n an s t
re mai n nu 78 . s c h g dt tbf an e o e o re s
h db v hbf i t t d lik
.

c ange e fo re o w els , 79 . e o re 8 s rea e e

v
.

n as a ls , an d se m i o w e ls 2
7

C HA PTER III . D e c l e n si o n ( 80
I No un s . II . Nu m e r al s . 1 00 3 Ba se s 1n i
. . y as 45
th th
.

I II . P r o n o un s 32 1 01 No uns w i
. r ee b ase s
d
G e n e r, n um e r , a n d c ase b 32 ( 10 1 -1 0 4 ) — 1 . v as 4 6
t
C ase - ermi na i o n s t 3 2 1 02 . 2 .
'

Bas es m an ( m a n , v an ) 4 7
O

No uns w i c a ng ea l e th h b 1 03 . Ir r e gul ar base s m an 49

ba se s 33 1 04 .
3 Bases 1n a le
.
50 .

S t r o ng c ases 33 105 . t
P rac i c al i n s o n th e d e h t
C o n s o n a n s e m s a nd
1 t t c l en si o n of c a n ge a bl e h
2 v o w el s e m s t bases
U
.

A n c h a n g e a b l e b as e s
. 1 06 Ir re gula r
. n o un s

( 8 6-
95 ) c h a nge a ble bases
Base s 1n gu ur a l s, li ngu als , tt 1 07 . V ow el b as e s ( 1 0 7- 1 1 3 )
d t ( 7
e n al s , an d l a bi a l s 8 a an d s

9 1 ) 35 1 08 Ba s e s l n r a i ca l a
.
'
d
ki tr al i kh 35 1 09 Ba ses m i an d u
.

h ar i , agni m a th t s uh rtd ; ; 110 I rre gul ari i es :

. a i, t pt sa k hi ,

b h
ud , gu , k ak ub h
p 36 a k s i , asth i , a d i , h d h sak thi 5 7
Bases i n al a al s p t36 1 11 Bas es i n i an d u
.
5 7
Bas e s in na sal s 3 8 112 Bas es i n r t
. 60
Base s i n se m i o w el s v38 1 1 3 Bases in ai , 0 , an
. 61
Bases i n si il an s an d 39 b t h 1 14 .

pt
E x ce i o n a l case s in si i b - ara -am a
, t t
l a n ts a n d 39 h 1 15 .

Bas e s i n s 1 - -i sh th a
4 43
B C h a n g e a b l b ase s ( 96
. e 116 . Nu m e ral s ( 1 1 6-1 2 0 ) : Car
1 0 6) 62
No uns w i t tw o b ase s ( 97 h
lO
11 7
1 00 ) — 1 i n at 11 8
.

D ec l 01181 011 0 f ca rdm al s 64

43 . .

Bas e s i n ma t a nd va t 44 119 . rd in al s 65
2 Base s in in
.
45 12 0 . Num eri c al a dv b er s 66
 C ONTE NTS .

P ro n o un s ( 12 1

8 1101 1
. PAGE S ECT .

1 2 1 P e rso m l
. p ro no uns 67 12 6 . v p
R e flex i e ro n o un s
1 2 2 De m o nstr
. . pr o n o un s : tad 68 12 7 o m o un C p dp
ro n o uns

12 3 i
. 68 12 8 P ro n o uns o f uan i
. q t ty
69 and v at
tad ; i n e rro ga i t tv e 12 9 I n efini e ro o u s
. d t p nn
re la ti e
y ad v 69 13 0 P ro no mi nal adj ec i e s
. tv
CHAPTE R IV . C o nj ug a ti o n ( 1 31

13 1 . A c ti v e , mi d d1e , an d passi v e 73 15 8 Fi t
. fi t rs dao r : d . rs an sec o n
132 . d
S i ngul ar , ual , a n d l ura l p 73 f m or i ti s :
4 ar es 10 -6
13 3 . t
Nin e e ns e s and m o o d s 73 1 5 9 Thi d f m
. r or 106
13 4 . p
S e c ial a n d ge ne ral fo rms 74 1 60 F . th f m o ur or 10 7
13 5 . Tw o c o njuga i o ns , te n t 16 1 S . d i t fi st f m
ec o n aor s : r or . 108
c l ass es . 162 1 g 1 i t i rre u ar es 1 08
f pi : t m
.

13 6 . F o rm a ti on o es s e 1 63 S . df m ec o n or 109
firs t j
co n u a g ti on 1 6 4 Thi d. d pli t d f m
r o r re u ca e or 1 09
13 7 . S ec o n d c o nj
: s . t g ro n 1 65 M t i l hyth m
. e r ca d r i n re u
13 8 . A d , Hu , S u , R dh u pli t d i t ca e ao r s
1 66 S p i l
. l f d pl
ec a ru e o re u .

1 67 I .
g l i ty rre u ar
1 6 8 S im pl f t
. e u ure

16 9 P i ph. ti f t
er ra s c u ure
1 7 0 C di ti
. lon o na

79 —8 1 17 1 B . di ti v ( p t )
en e c e rec a 1v e

8 1 -9 3 1 7 2 M difi ti
. o f t i
ca on o ro o n
b di ti v ; p digm en e c e a ra 113
ste m s .
—
94 9 8 17 3 P . iv t m i ti
ass e : er na o ns 1 13
1 45 . G e n e ral difi d
or unm o e 17 4 Sp i l f m
. ec a or s 113

17 5 C h g . f an t bf es o ro o e o re
146 . R d pl p f t
e u . p il er ec . s ec a p iv y ass e a 1 13
l f
r u es o d pli ti re u ca on 17 6 P di gm f p i v
. ar a o ass e 1 14
1 47 . O l y f m d f m p im y
n or e ro r ar 17 7 G . l f m fp
e n er a iv or s o a ss e 1 14
v b er s 1 7 8 P i ph . ti p f t
er ras c e r ec 1 15

l i i ty f b
1 48 . T mier ti na o ns 179 A i t p . iv 3 d i g
or s a ss e, r s n . 1 15
t m 180 H f m d
'
149 . P ec u ar o ro s . ow or e 1 15
15 0 . G d V i ddhi
un s an i g r ln s n . 18 1 I g . l i t i
r re u ar es 11 5
1 82 P . d f t p t i pl
res . an u . ar i c e 115
1 K)
1 8 3 R d pl p f p ti i pl
. e u . er . ar c e 1 16

18 4 P . d f t Atm
r es a n .
p d u . an e a a

d p i v p ti i pl
an ass e ar c e . 1 16

1 85 P f Atm p ti i pl er . . ar c e 1 17

186 P f p i v p ti i pl
.

. er . as s e ar c e 117
1 94 P ara d i gms 187 F t p . i v p ti i pl
u . as s e ar c e 118
15 5 . p
P e ri h r as i c t p e rfe c t wh, en 18 8 G d i d l p te ru n or n ec . ar . 1 19
d ffi -y d ty
.

189 G - 11
. e r un su x a an n 9
15 6 . I rregul ar i ti es 1 90 I d l i . b l
n p tec i - m na e ar . n a 1 19
15 7 . T w o ki n s d f o ao ri s s t 19 1 I fi i ti v . n n e 11
9
xv
z i C ONTE NTS .

De ri v a i v e V e r b s t ( 1 92

s sc r . PAGE s Ec r . PAGE
1 92 . C ti v f m ti
a usa es , or a on of 120 2 00 In . t e ns i v es n o t fo r m e d by
ti v i -p y v b
.

1 93 . C a u sa es n a a 1 20 a ll er s 12 2
1 94 . I g
rr e l t i
u ar c a u sav es 1 20 2 01 . Tw f m f th i
o or so e n en s t iv e 122
195 .
-ay a t i d i g
re a n e n e n e ral 2 02 . B m di fi d b f
a se i o e e o re n
f m or s 120 t iv y e ns e - a 12 2
1 96 . P iv
ass fe o ti v
c a us a es 12 1 2 03 . C j g ti
on u a f i t iv on o n ens es 12 2
19 7 . D i d ti v
es era es 12 1 2 04 . Sp i l l
ec a f d pl ru es o re u 12 3
Sp i l d pl t v
.

19 8 . ec a l f
ru es o re u . 12 1 2 05 . I g l
rre i i u ar n e ns es
1 99 . Irreg l i t
u ar i es 12 2 2 06 . D mi ti v f m ti
e no na e s, or a on 12 4

CHA PTE R V . I n d e c li n a b l e W o rds ( 2 0 7

p t
P re o si i o ns 12 5 2 10 C o n un cjti o ns an d o th er
d by th
.

v
C as e s go e rn e em . 125 p ti l
ar c es 12 6—1 3 3
t
P r o p o si i o n al a dv b er s . 12 5 2 11 . In t j ti
e r ec o ns 1 3 3 -4

C HA PTE R VI . C o m p o un d W o rds ( 2 1 2
p t
I m o r a n c e o f c o m o un s p d 2 15 . D i pti v d t mi ti v
e sc r e e er na es 1 3 6
i n S a n sk r i t 1 34 2 16 . C p l ti v mp d
o u a e co o un s 137
Th r e e k i n s : d dt
e e rm i n a 2 17 . P li i ti
ec u f p l ti var es o co u a e
tv p tv
i s a, c o ul a i e s, an d mp co d o un s 1 37
p
o ss e ssi e s v 1 34 2 18 . P iv mp
o ss e ss d e co o un s 137
Dep e n d e n td ete rm i n a ti ve s 1 35 2 19 . P li i ti
ec u fp ar es o o sse s s1v e s 138

C HA PT E R VI I . S yn t ax ( 2 2 0 -2

Ch t i ti arac e r s cs of Sa ns k ri t 2 38 . Ac t p tp t . an d p a ss . as ar . 15 2
yt s n ax 1 39 2 39 F t p i v p ti i pl
. u ur e as s e ar c e 15 2
Od f r der o w or s 1 39 2 40 I d l i bl p t i i pl
. n ec na e ar c e 15 3
O d rf l er o c a us e s 1 40 2 41 I fi i ti v
. t n ki d n e w o n s 15 3
Th ti l e ar c e 1 40 2 42 I fi i ti v
. i th dj ti v
n n e w a ec es
1 40 d an n o uns

C d
o nc o r 141 2 43 N p . iv f m o f th ass e or o e

P r o no u ns 141 i fi i ti v n n e 15 4
No m i n a ti v e c a se 142 2 44 Th p . t e r e se n 15 5
tv
Ac c usa i e c a se 1 43 2 45 I m p f t p f t
. te r ec , e r ec ,
ao n s 15 5

D b tv
o u l e ac c u s a i e 1 43 2 4 6 S i m pl
. d p i ph ti e an er ra s c

t t
I n s r u m e n al 144 f t u ur e 15 6
D tv
a i e 1 46 2 47 Im p . tiv e ra e 15 6
b tv
A la i e 147 2 4 8 O pt ti v
. a e 15 6
tv
Ge n i i e 148 2 49 B . di ti v ( p ti v )
ene c e re c a e 15 7
1 49 2 5 0 C di ti
. l on o na 7
15

Lo c an d ge n a so l u . b t e 15 1 A pp d i I Li t f V b
en x 5 8 . s o er s 1 —1
77
d t App di II M t
.

Ti m e a n d i s a n c e 15 2 en x 7 8 . e re . 1 —1 81
P re sen tp t p
ar ici le 15 2 Sa nsk it I d r 8 n ex 1 2 — 1 92
 THE DE V ANAGAR I LE TTER S .

Vo w s ns . C O NS O NA NT S .

I
ni ti al . E q ui val e nt. E q ui val e nt
. E q ui val ent .

m ( 1)
or 1 1

iii (o r in)
.

h (o r b)
A A

U
( p d h m
a fim y ) a , (
p
 C HA P T E R I .

T HE A LPHA BE T .

1 Th e S an sk rit , o r s a re c d language ci ent li ter ary , i s th e an

langu age of th e Hi u dfi s . Fro m th e an ci ent p op ula r diale cts c alle d ,

Prfik r i t, are d c en d d
es e m o st o f th e diale cts o f mo dern In d ia ,

Ben gfil i , Hin di M arfith i G ujarfiti

, , , an d Hin dfistfini .

2 S ansk rit is w ri tte n i n De v an agari c haracter fro m le ft to

ri
gh t . Ben gal i , Gra ntha , T lugue , an d o t er h m o d ern I n i an d ch a

m ete rs are als o co mmo nly emplo yed fo r w ri ti ng S ansk rit i n thei r
re s pe ctive p ro v i n c e s .

3 Th e De van agari alphabet c o n sists o f fo rty-eight letters ,

thi rteen vo w e l s an d th i ty-fi ve o n so n ants These represent every

r c .

s o un d o f th e San sk it lan guage r .

4 Th e vo w el s are w i tte n differently acc o rdi ng as they a e

r r

i n itial o r fo ll o w a c o n so n an t Th ey are .

( )
a S h p l e vo w els 13 -
)
I
a f
3( )
: i
z 1
5 1 ) i
a
65
, ( ) li , 11 ,
6
r ,
“

Q
.

w (1) a £ 0) 1 a m t n ) t
u . , , r .

( )
1
1 Di phth o n s
g : E C) e, E F) ai ,
1h 1
( ) o ,
a ? (I)
No te There i s n o sign fo r m edial (o fi n l) 5 as thi s vo w e l
1 . r a ,

i s c o n si dered to b inhere nt i n very o n so n ant e g i i

e ka e c , . . .

No t 2 M edi al ( o r final) i s w ritte n befo re th e c o n so nt afte

e .
‘ ‘

1 na r

w hi c h i t i s pro n o u nc d e g it k i e , . . .

No te 3 If 3 i fo ll o w s th e c onso n ant 3 r it retain s its initial

r

fo rm a d th e r i s w ritte n o ver it ; th u s m
.

,
n : nirri tih (o p .

s 2
 THE A P L HABE T .

5 Th e fo ll o w in g tab le c o ntai n s a co mp lete c lassific atio n o f

all th e lette rs of th e Devan agari al phab et ac c o rd in g to th e o r ans
g
w ith w h ich they are p ro n o u n e c d ( se e
So ft, and
Li q ui ds . 5 m
m “ Sh o rt. Lo n g . Dlph th o nBS

Um n d Nas l r Anus ii ra m r
o difi e a o v , ,
o
V
iii , e. g . i k am, or k arii
’
.

Um n difi ed S ib ilant r Vi sarga 2 h

o o , .

No te— I u th bo v e table th fi st e a , e r , se o n c d , an d s e e n tv h ( s i bi
l n ts) c o l um s c o nt i n h d so u nds ;
a n a ar th e re m ai nin g co nso n ants
a n d all vo w ls are s o ft e .

6 In w ri ti ng th e De vanagari al phab et, th e di sti n ctive p o r

ti o n o f eac h letter i s w ritten fir st, th en th e p erp e n di cular, an d

la stly th e ho ri zo ntal li n e e g , . . r, d , 3 ta .

7 ( 18 n
C o nso n a ts to b e pro n o un c ed h
w i t o u t an y v o w e l

after them are m a k ed

r w it h Vi rama Th u s ak m u st b e
w ri tten
W .

At th e end o f a s e nte n c e o r o f a half-verse , th e s ig n I is u se d

as a sto p; at th e end o f a verse or lo n ger se n te n e , c th e si gn II i s

e m p lo ye d .

1
Th e p alatals, b e in g eri e d vd fro m gutturals, are be st tr a n s

d
l iterate by i talic i se gutturals d .

2
3 h is no t p p
ro e rl y a li quid ,
but a so ft ( so n an t) b eath i n g r .

si b ilants have b e c o m e
3
Th e s i gn s fo r th e gu ttural an d labi al

o b so lete ,
an d are re placed by Vi sarga
 THE A P L HABET .

Avagrah a ( ) 8 m ark s i n o ur e diti o n s th e eli si o n o f ‘ Ha at th e

b eginni ng o f a w o rd e g Es fi l te pi fo r E Will te api ,
. .
s .

m ark s an abbreviati o n : thu s

m g a tam °
E fl (g )
a te n a , , .

8 There w ere o riginal ly fi ve di stin ct signs fo r th e sibilants

b ut th e sign s fo r th e guttural an d lab ial sibilants h avi ng b eco m e
o b sol ete th e ir plac e i s su ppli e d by V i sar a th e si n o f th e u n
, g g ,

m o difi ed s ib ilant .

9 There are fi ve disti nct letters fo r th e five nas al s When .

th e s e n asal s are fo ll o w e d by co n so n an ts o f the ir o w n c la ss th ey ,

ar e o fte n fo r th e sak e o f mo re e x e diti o u s w riti n p l d by

, p g r e a c e ,

th e si gn o f Anusvfir a Thu s w e m ay w rite amk itfi fo r

m
.

s uk ita si m e m afi kitfi ; gfs m k u md ita

’

amk ité fo r s t
’

m
.

fo r gm k und itii ; T- lfi fll n amditfi fo r n a nd itfi ; fli fiflfl

“ ' '

k ampita fo r m k ampita Th e pro nu n ci ati o n rem ain s n u .

afi e c te d by th e ch an e
’
g .

Th e sam e a pplie s to fi n al R m at th e e n d o f a se nten c e Thu s , .

ss
i m ay b e w ritten fo r WEE b ut it i s really an m an d to b e , ,

p r o n o u n c e d as s u ch .

10 Besi d e s th e fi ve re gular n asal s the re are three n as ali z e d ,

letters I a g o r i E l j I ir w hi c h are u se d to repre se nt a

“
'
,
I I ,
E f , , , , , , ,
,

fi nal i t m i f fo llo w e d by an i niti al 1! y as l a v ; e g fi vrfis

, , ,
. .

wh en fo r if m tam yati ; f é i fi taIlab h ate fo r if W E tam

’ '

labh ate ; fi tffi tai vah ati fo r if R f? tam vah ati

" ’
.

11 Th e o nly c o n so nan ts w h ic h hav e n o c o rrespo n din g

n as al s are 3 r
a 1 s sh
q g
,
s h A, fi n al i
tm th ere fo re b efo re
, , .
, ,

any o f th e se letters at th e b e g in n in g o f w o rd s c an o n ly b e re p re ,
0

se nte d by Anu s vfir a th e n atural o r u nm o d ifi e d n asal ; e g H . .

m ta m ra k sh a ti H E l f?! ta m h ara ti , .

12 In th e b o dy o f a w o rd th e o nly lette rs w h ic h c an b e
prec ede d by Anusv fira are a s t( sh R s gh Befo re th e se mi , , ,
.

v o w el s 1 y 1 v th e m i h e b o dy o f a w o rd i s n e ver
{ 1 a i r ,
R
, n t , ,

changed i nto An usvara e g "WE gamyate E H: n am rah . .

,
.
 THE L H
A P ABE T .

13 co nso nant is fo llo w ed i mmediately by o ne o r m o re

If a -

c o n so nants they are all w ritten in a gro up Th us atk a i s w r itte n

, .

a n ; k ertsnya Hill GI - Th e gen eral pri n ciple fo llo w e d i n th e

.
,

fo rm ati o n o f these co m po u n d co nso n an ts i s to dro p th e p e rpo n ,

d i c ular an d ho ri z o ntal li n es e x cept in th e la st letter .

14 Th e m o st no ti c eable p eculi ari ti es i n th e fo rm ati o n o f

c o m p o u nd c o n so na nts are th e fo llo w i ng
Th e I 1 fo llo w i ng a c o nso n ant i s w ri tte n by a sho rt tra n s ve rs e
stro k e at th e fo o t of th e letter ; = kra ;
as 3
5 I fli 3 I
‘

or

n + I = a or fil d ra ;
a;
1 tra ;

2 sh tra .

Th e I r p re c e di n g a c o n so n ant is w ri tte n by
I

p lac e d t th e t0 p
a

of th e c o n s o n an t be fo re w hi c h i t i s to b e so u n dd e . Thu s 133 +
45 El i ark a 31 + l fl flfi v arsh m a Thi s s i gn fo r I
‘

Q r
‘ ’
.

i s p lac ed to th e ri ght ( w hile An u svara is pla ced to th e le ft) o f any

other m a k s at th e to p o f th e same lette

r r ; e. g . ar k e n dfi .

fl k sh a = -
t fl
i ;
'

+
”

5 gii 5
1 5 7
“

a .

h i so m eti m e s w ri tten
Qg a s

€m = + 3 E fi = + L
I 5 r I 3

It s i s fre q u en y w ri tte n
tl ”
; i e. g . W
;
3 11 ,
“ 3 0 15 ! sra
1 , , Q ska .

Li s t of C o m p o u n d C o n s o n an ts .

15 E k -k a , 38 k -k h a , fl k l a,
- 3 -
k ta , i s! k - -
t ya ,

fl k -t-ra , a k -t-r-ya . i k -t-

va , 2 5 k -na,
gt
i k -n - a
y , W k -ma,
k -ya , Hi k -r a , Ht k -r-ya, 3 k -la, a k -va ,
“

fl or i i or fl
$3 k -v - a,
y W k -sh a, E 1 k -sh -m a, E l k -sh -ya, E k -ah -va ,

Fl k h -ya , g k h -ra ;
— W g
- a
, y g
-ra
, W -r- a
g y
—
H gh -na
,

h h -ma h E
l h — n-k a , n-k -ta,
‘
- a
Fl g
-u - a , y 8 1 g ,
El
g y , g
-ra ; E °
g
n-k -t-ya , n-k -ya , n-k -sh a, n-k -eh -va , n-k ha,
fa fl i g E
‘
 THE A P L HABET .

g n-
k h -ya, g - a,
5 5] n-g-ya, h n-gh - - h
fl
? n-
g fl g ,a y a,
i ii g
-ra
,

i a m y , n-m a,
Q h -ya .

3 k-ka , a Ic-Icha, i k -Ich -ra , a k -ila , 1 7 ! Ic-ma, W Ic ya

-

m [ ch - a,
y i Ha rm a — -a
g y , fl i y -y ha, B g
-n a
, Fl y g
-ii - a
,
‘

$1 -m a
“
i l l g-ya , a -ra a g
“
-va g— E it-l a, 5 ! ii -k -m a ,
g , g ,

W ii -k-ya, 9 a ii -kha ,
‘

a ii - s ,
é a - ’
fi ii a , W ii -ya .

-
t ta , Q L yn —
W th -
y a, I th -ra d -ga, a d -g -ya ,
d- h d -gh -ra , d -m a d ya — d h - a , a: d h-ra
i g ,a
i fl ,
G
a -
a y
IE n-ta, m n-tha , IE n-da, Q3? n-d — a, y fl; n -d -ra , fig n-d -r- a,
y
IR n -dha, n -
71 71 2 , as n-m a, m n - a,
y Fl n -va .
‘

a t-k a , a t-k -ra, ‘

8 134 5 3 , in t-t-ya , a t-t-ra ,
-
t t-va ,

N t-th a,
a Fl ! t -n -t-n a,
ya , F T t-
p a , a t-
p
-ra , W t- m a ,

F! t
l -m - Fl t- a a E t -
r a 3 !
1 t- r - a a t -v a R I t -sa
y a, y , o r , y , , ,

- -
a t s n a, 75 ! t- s -n -
ya — W th -
ya d -
g a , I d -
gh a ,
g d -
g h -ra ,

3 m i f ,
d -d -ya, 3 ,
-
d dh a , a d -dh ya E
- d -n a, 2
’

d -b a,
3 d —
b h a , a d -b h -
y a , fl d -m a , l l d -
y aa , d -ra , H d -r -
y a 3 d -va , ,

a d -v -
y a — H dh -n a , V I
‘
d h -n -
y a ,
I R d h -m a , W dh -
y a ,
l l dh -ra ,

W d h -r-
y a ,
Si d h -v a ;
— H n - ta ,
Til l n -t-
y a ,
—
v =
tl n -t-r a , a
n -d a ,

3 n -d -ra , W n -dh a, i t n -dh -ra , a n -n a ,

3 ! n -p a , =
ll n -p -ra ,

fl n -ma, fl n - a,
y H m m , El n -sa .

i t p -ta, W p
-t- a, SI -na ,
y p
'
W - a,
p p WI p -m a ,
11!
p - a
, y
‘
ll p -ra,
‘

-d a
''
8 p
-
l a, fl p -v a Q
, p
-se , us
p -s-v a ; — E I b- h
g ,a ‘ i l b -ga , a b ,

I t b -dh a, b -n a , b b a, l
- a l -
b bh a , l b bh ya , l b y , a
- - - b -
a
”

a a i l a ra ,

I - —
b va ; ‘ d b h -n a, “I bh -ya , i ! b h -ra , “I b h -va ; m -n a,
“I m -p a, “I m -p -ra , B m-b a, “ I m -b h a ,
fl! m -m a, W m -ya,

Q m -ra , a m -l a ,
3 ? m -va .

“I y-ya, a y-va — E l -k a, l -p a , ER l -ma Ell l -ya, 3 M a,

"

al l ,

l-v a v -n a , “I v- a -ra
8 v -va
‘

Q a
y , v ,
.

Q s -k a ,W s -Ic-y ,
a fl s-na, S1 I s - a
y , ET s -ra , W s -r- a,
y Q s-la ,

w s-va, W s -v -
ya , m -
s se ;— 9 eh -ta , W sh -t-
ya, 2 sh -t-ra ,

El
l ah -t-r-
ya,
g ah -t-v a , 8 sh -tha, m -
sh na, a l!e
l h -n-
ya ,
“I eh - a
p ,
“I ah - -ra
p , W eh -ma ,
“I sh -ya , fl sh -va —
; Eli M rs , G s-k h a,
 THE P
AL HABE T .

1a s-ta , m s-
tp ya , {a s -t-ra , R s -t-va , U s -th a , a s-n a ,

El s -n - a , Fl s-p ,
a 8 5 s -p h a , Fl s -m a, a s -m - a , 8 ! s- a ,
y y y
B s-ra , a s-va , E s-sa .

6
-
h na i h -na , l l h -
m a , 3 h -ra , a h -la, 3 h -v a
‘
.
,

16 Th e num eri c al fi gures i n San skri t are

a Q 3 8 M Q a

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 9

m s were adopte d by th e Arabs who i ntro du , c ed th em

P r o n u n c i a ti o n .

17 o owi ng rules shoul d b n oted

Th e f ll e

I . Th e vowels shoul d b e pron oun c ed li k e th e vowels i n I tali an .

Th e short 1 ? a however h as rath er th e s ou n d f th e so

, , o

c alle d n ut al v owel i n E n gli sh as th e u i

e r b ut , n .

2 . Th e as pirati on o f th e c on son ants sho ul d b e h eard di tin c tly s .

Thu s 8 k h = k h i i nk ho n ; 1 ! th lik e th i n p othous

“
n r e

lli h lik e h i n toph y h l i k h i l h d h

‘

p p ; f l g e g n o g o u s l
e av
; l e

lik e dh in madhou se ; Fl bh lik e bh i n Hobhou se .

3 . Th e guttural 3 in h as th s o un d o f n g i k ing
: e n .

4 . Th e p alatals fl an d a (tran sli terate d k an d 9 b c au se they e

are d eri ve d f om th e gutturals ) h ave th r s ou n d o f c h i n e

c hurc h an d o f j i n jo i n .

5 . Th e li ngu al s a e pron oun c e d si m i larly to th e so -c all e d de ntal s

r

d t n i n E ngli sh th e ton gue b ei n g turne d rather fu th

, , ,
r er

b a k again st th e roof o f th e palate Th e dentals i n S an sk it

c . r

are p ro duce d by b i gi ng th e ti p o f th e ton gu ag i r n t th e e a ns

very e dge o f th e u pp er fro nt teeth Th e E ngli sh t d n .

, ,

oun d li k e th e S an skrit li nguals rathe than lik e th e S

s r an

sk ri t d entals .

6 Th e V isarga,
. whi c h is a final h soun d , is a hard breathi ng .
 UL L A I L D I J;

R ULE S OF S ANDHI OR T HE C O M BI NATI O N

OF LE TTE R S .

19 I n S an sk rit e ver y sen ten c e is c onsi dere d a s o ne un

b okr en yllabl s Th e c oal sc en c e f fi nal an d initi l

c hain of s e . e o a

l tt s i
e erll d S ndhi (p utti g togethe )
s ca e Th e ul
a f Sandhi n r . r es o

a e b as d c hi e fl
r y o th e a oid n e o f hi tus an d o n assim ilatio
e n v a c a n .

Th e ab n o f S n dh i i s i n m ny case s uffi i n t to m a k th
se ce a a s c e r e

stop s whi c h i oth er lan gu ages h ave to b e m k e d by p u n c tua

n ar

ti o n .

Tho u gh both e ba e d o th e s me pho n eti c p in ipl

ar s it i n a r c e s, s

e s nti l in o d
s e to a vo i d c on fu io
, to di stin gu i sh e x t e r n a l
r er a s n,

S a n d h i whi h d te m i ne s th e h nge s f fi l
, c e d initi l l tt
r c a o na an a e e rs

o f w d f om i n te r n a l S a n d h i whi h applie s to th e fi n al
or s, r , c

lette s f v b l r ts a d
o mi l b s s wh e n foll owe d by c t i
er a ro o n no na a e er a n

te m in ti o s
r ufii e s
a n or s x .

No t — Th e ul s o f e t n l S a dhi apply with f w x c p ti o n

e r e x er a n , e e e s,

t wo d s fo m ing c o m pou d
o r an d t th e fin l l tte s
r f om i l n s, o a e r o n na

e r -
b ases b fo e th e P da m id dl te min atio IF ( b hyam fi l : b h i h
“ a or e r ns ,
l
,

W2 bh y h s u ( ee a o before sec on da y suffi es b egin n i n g

, s r r x

with ny c on on nt c ep t 11y
a s a ex .

E x t e r n a l S a n dh i .

Cl a s s i fi c a ti o n of V o w el s .

2 0 ( go ow els ar di i d d i nto
V e v e

A S im pl v owels r am s; gai t; s w a m;i mi ri v5 Ii

‘
. 1 . e : t ; .

2 . Gu na owels v 1? a; 1 11 ar

3 . Vri dd hi ow ls v e : W a; an ; m at ;
 E XTE R NAL S ANDHI .

G una is th e h
stre ngt e n i ng o f ple vowels by p
th e si m a re

c e di ng ‘ I a ( t i l f main u n c h ange d ) ; V i d dh i i s
‘

i a ts e re s r

th e f urt h er stren gt en i n h g f Gu n
oa v ow els by m ea n s o f
othe at a
an r .

I Vo wel s wh ic h are li able to b e c hange d into sem i vowels 3 i

U
,

i i 3 u 3 5 u;
“ ri i i
, ; a l o th e d iph tho n g (
s th latt
,e r s e r

h lf o f whic h i s Q i o 3 u ) li q id vow els

a r : u .

2 . Tho e whi c h are n o t W a

s a : , .

C o m b i n a ti o n of F i n al an d I n i ti a l V o w el s .

21 I f th e ple vo w el (long o r short) oc urs at th e

same si m c

e n d an d b e gi n n i n
g o f wo r d s th e r e su l t i s a l o n g vow l
, ; e g m e . .

“ fill i fla sé p i i k sh ate b ec om e « w i n? sApi k sh ate ; m

a s

fi f fi fi fi iW
“
fi ki n tu u d e t i b e c o m e s l k i n t fi d e ti ; i i k a t i igu r r r

b ec o m s fli fii flk art igu
e
'
r .

2 2 (3 4 ,W a an d W a oalesc e wi th a followi ng sim ple c

li qu id ow l to Gu na ; e g TN “3 ta va in dra h
v e . . ta en d ra h v

mm as u ktva = 1fiw s o k tv a; m a re : as r i ddh i h HE

sard dh i h : wi th diphthongs to Vr i d d i ; h e. g.l l? ( a ta va ev a

fi a tav ai v a i ll ‘ fi‘ lfit: s a o sh a dhi h s url

s: s aush a dhi h ; 1“

W QM 85 . sautsuk ya ti
autsuk
yav ati va .

23 A si mple li qui d ow l followed by any o th owel o r v e er v

by a d iphthong i changed into its semi vowel ; e g i f ? W? d a

s . .

dh i atra m dadh yatra

“
i
f 3 11 k artri uta
i
i i ? k artruta ;
ll
'

g{ a m ad hu iva “fai l? m adh vi va ; a i l m n a di arth am

W tn adyarth am
i t .

24 owels E e an d 1 a0
Th e Guna v

( )a i f foll owe d by fl a re m in u n c ha ge d th e R a b ei ng d ro pp e d
,
a n ,

Wfil te ap i = ll s fi l te pi ; ( fl “fl ! so ap i = tfi s ffl
i
s
”

so x
p i .

b
( ) o owed by any oth er vowel
i f f ll , are c hanged to w a. ( t hrough
 I RRE G U
LAR SAN HI D .

WQ ay W1 th e semi vowels b ei ng d O p p e d ) III?!

'
and av , r :

{a s ak h e ih a as {g s ak h a i h a ; md e r
g p b h o ra eh i

m I f? p rab h a ehi .

25 bec omes W! a(through m ay)

Th e Vri d d i h v owel i ai ,

W} au b ec o mes WI? av (th sem i ow l n t b i ng d opp d i th i e v e o e r e n s

cas ) b fo e
e ll ow l s d d iphth ongs : fi t? fi t iyai
e r a th ah v e an sr ar

fm n fi t s riya ar th ah ; b ut l fi gfa tau i ti m tav iti .

No e
t — Th e hi atu s o c c asi oned by th e d appi ng o f 1 y r an d
‘

i v

i n th e b ove a th ee c ases ( 2 4 2 5 ) re main s n o further o

r , , c ale sc e nc e

tak i n p l
g ac e.

26 owels i f 3 5 a E e a e th e t mi
Ex c ep ti o n — If th e v , , r er

n ti o n s o f th e d u al wh eth e
a o f n o u n s a dj e ctives p o n ou ns o r
, r , ,
r ,

v erb th y m i n u h ng d b efo e v ow ls ; also th e Qi f W

s, e re a nc a e r e o

a mi n m p l, l o f th e p on o u n Waq a das
o . ur aW a i s t li d d r . no e e

a ft th i s d u l 2 e
er The se vowels are c alle d P rag i h ya
a . r .

E 3 41 { i i k avi i m an th se tw o poets ; E F L gal sadh u

x .
, e

i m u th s tw o m e c h nts ; fli t { avi dye im e the se tw o s i en c s ;

a , e e r a , c e

nfi fi Wat tyak te th m th ey tw o ask f m o ney ; W1 Wfifi

e ar a , or

a m u arb h ak u th ese tw c hild en ; Wl - fi W : ami a vah th e

a , o r s , es

horses .

I r r e gul ar V o w el S a n dh i .

(43
27 p po s it
,
i o n e n di n g i n W a
1 o .W !When
a i s a re r

followe d by a ve b b egi n ni n g with E or W } o th e re ult o f th e

r e ,
s

co lesc en c e o f th e ow l i s E e o r l fi 0 no t i ai o r 1 aan
a v e s

m m
.
,

Ex . Ri ‘ ' = p ra + egate = pregate ; Wi l d -Wi gfi l

t [
fi t fil para o h ati p aro h ati
p o Th e tw o e b s N e dh
E x c e ti n — v r , to gr ow ,
an d Q i , to g o ,
if

r ai se d by G u na to 2 ar r gul e, e e ar .

3 1! ( “a fi ‘ fi upa edh ate '

u p ai dh ate ; WEI i f?

Wéfil ‘
ava eti av ai ti .

2 . Wh en a preposi tion e n d i ng in Wa or W! a i s o owe d

f ll by a
 E XTERNAL SAND HI .

ve r b beginning with W ri , th e tw o v owels c oalesce i nt oW a:

i n ste ad of W; ar .

Ex w :
.
“ fl w i fe! apa ri klchati ap ér kkhati ; l m
W p ara s w i ft:
i sh ti p ararsh ati r a .

Note (4 7 5 o ) I nterj cti on l p artic les c on si sti ng o f o

- — e a r endi ng

i n v owels are n o t li able to S a dh i ; g g{ 1 1 i i n d a Oh n e. . r , I ndra ;

s vam, i s it s o i n d e e d ? sat e i n dra, O h In dra ; «

a
ap ehi , halloo , go a way .

C o m b i n a ti o n of F in al an d I n i ti a l C o n s o n a n ts .

28 Th e ru le s c o n c e rn i n g h anges o f fi nal c ons on ants

th e c

will beo nsiderably si m plifi ed

c by ememberin g th at lev n only
r e e

o ut o f th e thirty -fi ve c o s onants c a n n ever stan d i n S an sk ri t at th e

e n d o f a word ; v i z.

i k 8; t
( t
’ ( p ’ ’ ,

a 1, 2 (Vi s arga) , ( Anu sv ara ) .

“l “, i n:
( my
Becau se 1. fi n al as pi rate s m u st b e re plac ed by their c orrespo nd
i ng u nas pirate d l e tters ;

2 . fi nal s oft letters must b e replace d by their c orrespon ding hard

3 . palatals p
must be
l ac e d by gu tt u
rera ls (Q H z i s a lw a y s an d ,

i g s om eti m e s re p la c e d by Q ,t) ;

4 o.f t h e s e m i v ow els o n ly Q l ca n be fi n a l ; fi na l
‘

I r i s r p l a e d e c

by Visarga
5 fi. a l
i n h i s re pl ac e d by 7
2 t ( s o m e ti m e s by ( t o r
i k ) ;

6 o f th sib ilants fi sh an d a a replac e d by Q t ( o m eti mes

. e , s re s

by E k ) Rs by Vi a ga whi c h is th e only sib ilant tolerate d

,
s r ,

at th e e nd o f a wo d r .

Be si d es thes e ten Anu s a a i s th onl y other l etter whi c h can

,
v r e

stan d at th e e n d o f a wo d r .

29 N0 word i n S ansk it e e n ds i n more than o ne c o n r v r e

s o nan t e x c ept wh en I r p re ce de s a fi n al t ( p whi c h

,
K k Qt
( , , , ,
14 E XTE RNAL S AN D HI .

is ra di c al o r su b stitute d fo r a ra dic al . In th e c ase o f all oth er

co mb in tions th e final l tte o r l tt must b e d
a e r e ers r opp d till only
e

n re m ai n s whi c h i s allowabl as a fi nal Th us m

o e ,
1 e .

Wm : abib h ar + t = abibh ah 3 p sg i mpf f 3! b h i to c a y ; ,

. . . o r , rr

W 4 11
5 ?3 3“
su lg s s a l n o m si n g w ell j u m p in g
va uv ,
. .
, .

But a ? fi rk st e gth n o m si g f fi fi rg i
! , r n a ,
. n . o : var

v art 3 p s , g im p f i n
. ten s o f
a v
. i t o
ii v i dh. W E T
? m a t . r r r a r

f om m i
r
fi g r .

Th n o m sin g o f fi dfii kik i rsh ( f o m th d es i d erati ve f

‘

e . . r e o

o d o ) i s ffl afi t k ik i k th sh wh i c h wo uld oth e
'

q k i t fi n al
r ,
1 , e ,
r

wi s bec om e Z t b ein g dro pped b c ause it i s a d e ivati ve suffi

e
\
'

, e r x .

Cl as s i fi c a ti o n of C o n s o n a n ts .

30 P l ac e o r o r ga n o f c o n s o n a n t s

1 Th e t h oat
r , th e palate
oof f th e palat th e teeth th e lips, th e r o e, , ,

an d th e n o se are c al l d th pl c es o gan s f th l ett s e e a or r o e er .

2 . By c o ta ct b etwee n th to ngu e an d th fou pl ac s —th o at

n e e r e , r ,

palate roo f te th — th guttu l pal at l li n gual nd d t l

, , e ,
e ra , a , ,
a en a

c o n so n ants e form e d Labial c o son ants e form ed by

ar . n ar

c o ntact b twe e th e l ip s e n .

3 . I n fo m i ng th e n as al s o f th e fi v c l ass s th b eath p a ti lly

r e e , e r r a

passes th ough th e n os whil th eal Anusva a i s fo m e d in

r e, e e r r r

th n o s o nly
e e .

4 . Th e Vi sa ga i s s ai d by n ati e g amm ari ns to b pron oun c e d in

r v r a e

th c h est ; it is n o w p o n ou c e d by th
e n ati s l ik e a n h r n e ve

foll owe d by a ery short v ow l g 3 : k ah s ou n d s lik

v k a ha e , e . . e .

Th e thre e sib ilants i I sh s are pro d u c e d by a i nc ipi ent

t ( R s, ,
n

c ontac t o f th e to gu e with th e p alate th e oof n d th e t eth

n , r , a e

re sp ec ti ely v .

h i s guttural th e s emi owels Ry I r Q 1 v a e p al atal

“

5 .

Q { v , , ,
r ,
 E XTE R NAL SANDHI .

l in gu al , d e ntal ]
,
an d b
la ial . fl y , 3 1 a v c an be n asali z e d ,
w w w w w
h w itten y
w
o

an d are t en r ll
, 85 ,
it
, or fi , 3 ,
“
c l, , l, v .
I r c an

no t b n as ali ze d .

31 Q u a li ty o f c o n s o n a n t s .

Co ns on ants are

1 . E ith r h ar d ( su d) thefirst s c on d an d seve nth ( ib ilants)

e r : , e , s

c olu m n s i n th e tab le i n
5 .

O s o f t ( s on an t) : al l th
r e mai i n g c on s on nts th se m i e r n a , e

v owels (c olu m ns 3 4 5 an d An u s vara (b i d s al l th

, , , es e e

v ow ls n d diphthongs)
e a .

2 . E ith a s p i r a t e d : c olu m n s 2 4 7 g h an d A u va
er , , , , n s ra .

Or nn a s p i r a t e d : all th e re st .

will ppea f om th e b ov that th c ha g f 1 lg t dj k i s

It a r r a e e n e o o
‘

c h an ge f plac e an d th at o f 1 1 to i ch q y
a o
fl y g, f u li t ; : s a an e o a

whil i th t an siti on f 1 1 to Itg

e n e r f
( t t i n th e is a o : , or o o , re

cha g both f pla and o f qu lity

n e o ce a .

32 Th e c ha g s wh ic h tak pl ac by th e c ombi ati on o f

n e e e n

th l en fi n l c o son nts with i niti al ow ls o c on on ants m ay

e e ev a n a v e r s

th e fo e c o nve ie ntly b treate d u n d

re r tw o h ad s
n e er e .

Fi nal l tt rs a e c h a ng d
e e r e

I With egard t th i plac es o o gan s

. r o e r r r .

II With r ga d to th eir q uality

. e r .

I . C h a n ge s of l l ac e
‘
.

33 Th e only fi nal c on so n ants whic h are b

li a le to c h an ge

of plac e are th e De n ta l s , An u s v ar a , an d V i s ar ga .

a . Th e d ental s b c om e pal atal

e an d li ngual b fo e palatals
e r an d

lin gual s .

b . An u svara an d Vi sarga a da pt them selv s as mu c h as po ssible e

to th e o gan
r of th e le tter by wh i c h th y a e foll ow d e r e .

1
a how ev e1, r, is pr a cti call y treated as a li ngu al b eing de ived , r

fr m o I r.
16 E XTER NAL sa nnm .

other c hanges o f fi nal c on sonants are merely ch anges o f

All
qu lity ; these i n th e c ase o f de tals Anusva a an d Vi sarg bei g
a n ,
r , a n

su p ra d d e d to th e c h ange s o f plac e
e .

T h e De n tal s 7 t an d t
:
( i n .

34
i b fore p al atals (W
Fi nal k t e , 3 Hz ,
W Q h
g , W 73 ,

Sl ) s i s c h ange d t a palatal o .

we tat + Ica = talclca , h my! Faraf:

‘

Ex “1 + a an d t is ;
.

1
af m fis tat kh in atti h 3 1! W fil talclch i natti , h e c uts t is
‘

W W I
t t sri no ti taks i no ti h
a h ars th i s 31 +
1 r , e e

WWW wa rm? tat gayate tagyayate this s born

: zz
,
i .

I th e last ex a m pl th e fi nal t 8 c hang d t W k an d th n to

n
( e 1 e o , e

W9 th e sa m e c h n g e wo ul d tak e p lac e b e fo e a n i ni
ati l 15 g h r a

an d b fore a n i nitial
W t m igh t b ec om e ith
W W “

it
e
i 9 ii
, e er or
\
.

35 Fi n l i n b efore R g a W an d ( a hanged , n, is c

t palatal
o
W it .

Ex . 3 13 + surfs W fi ten g y
a ati = taflgayati h e ,
con

q ue rs th e m .

No te— R ules on th e c hange of fi nal Ti 11 before Wk ,

W and

ill b e give n i n 4 3 an d
a 3 w 45 .

36 Final i b e fore
t t,
Q th, 3 d,
; Q d h , “
( a ( n o t 1i sh
\ ) is
c h an
ge d to a li ngu al .

Ex .

m W -
l 2
W : e tat thak k urah etatthak k urah,

th e i d l o of h im 3 1 + zfi K la tat d ayate tadd ayate

y
h e re th e fi nal
( h ang d to t and th en to
t is Q d ( 3 8) th
c e e

sam e c h an e wo ul d ta k e pl ac e b efore an i ni tial d h b fo

g Q ; e re an

i ni tial W m i h b o m i h d
i i
n t g t e,c e t r
Q o r I l e e a

37 Fin al i n ( n t
( ) h i s c h a n g d t l l
y » o s e a .

ta kkhri no ti
a s i n t is
.
h c ase i s generall y c hanged to
Q Ich :
W E
18 EXTE RNAL SAN DHI .

But i i i-
11 + m =
m s arit galam sariggalam

w ater o f th e riv er ;

etadd am arah , th e
F ET U
po h
u r ar o f
W
t
:
em .
27
m etat dam ara h

39 W k,
3 t, T t,
i R p wh e
,n fo ll ow e d by i n i ti al n as a ls ,

c hi fly [ d
e
''
v n an 3
1 m , may , afte r b ec om i ng fl g
f g
d d an d
i h
\
, , , ,

b e furt her assimilate d to th e nasal an d b e written , n il

l , 71,

Ex Q! m: Fem ": -
o r fa m: d ik
“
n agah dign agah
.
" a g
or difm figah, a wo ld elephant ; W
r
'
l '
m m : or

am : gagat n ath e h a
g ga d n fith a h or gagannath alz, l ord of

th eworl d ; W‘ L W WsFfi o W ap + n adi = abn adi o

-
l :
' '
r r

amnadi wate -

m uk hab a
ri ver ;

m
,

k h ah
W 3
ra
r

n
8

m
2

u k h
M
h f
W
ac i n
or

t h
W W
t
: p rfik :

r
p g u o p a g e e as r , .

40 F n al t b efore a 1 b e c om es a ] ( n o t Q
i i

E 11 + m m tat lab dh am = tallab dh am thi s i s

1x .
:
,

tak en .

41 i b efore
a als o b ec om es
Fin al
l Q 1
n; b ut th i s
W1 ,

b eing pron oun ce d through th e nose is written with Anusvara , ,

whic h i n this case i s usually writte n as a half-moon o .

E um + ms z trgi é m: mahan + 16b h a h = mah afiAbh ah

‘
’
x .
,

large gain .

42 Final {
i n, an d
i n, prec e ded by a s h o r t v owel
an d f ll o ow ed by a n
y v owel , are d oubled .

E X “TR .
-
l W ’
m dh fivan asva h _ dh fivann asvah,
.

a ru nni ng horse m u nit= :

W fi p rat any fiste —
p ra

tyannaste, h e sits west ; gum Wfé

turn e d t oward s th e
-
g um é s ugan aste sugannfiste h e s its c oun ti ng well ,
.

But 3 5 31 + Wm k avi n Ah vayasva ( call th e poets) re

main s u n c han ge d .

Fin al R 11 b efore i niti al Q k R i h an d ( p 16 ph

‘

43 , c , , ,

remai n s u nc hanged .
 EXTER NAL SANDHI .

Fi n ali b efore
( k Qn H re quire s th e i n terce ssi o n o f I
,
”

t i, a
l
.

Fin al 7 11 b efore th re quire s th e i n te rce ssi o n o f 1 sh

h
t
Q ,
{ ,

Fi l Fl 11 b efore t l th re quires th e interce ssi on o f Q s

l
na
i 1 , ,
.

Be fore these i n serte d sibilants th e original i n i s c hange d to

An us vara

m
.

Ex m + t ra m hasan k ak fir a h asanslcak fir a,

m
.

h e di d it la ug in g ; h m + fzfp r fil : kalan ti tti

b h ah z kalamsh ti ttib h ah , a m o ving ti ttib h a- ird b WIT 718 :

m : patan taru h p atamstaru h , a falli ng tre e .

44 Fin al Q h an d 1
1 11 m ay hange d before th
re m ai n un c e

si bila n ts
“ (
8’ I sh ,
q s b ut 1 k may opti on all y b e i n s erte d afte r

th e an d t afte r th e
Q n,
Q flu .

p ran + sete
p rans e te o r p rank s ete ( or p rank k hete );
I f! or
g m sugan sarati = su gan sarati o r su gantsarati .

45 Fin al [ vb
''
11
[
e fore t sh rem ai n s u n c h an ge d ; b efo e
q s r

i t may re m ai n un c han ge d o r t i s in serte d ; before i ts it m u st

(
h
b e c an ged to
han ge d to “ li k q
th e p al tal n asal ( 3 5 ) ‘
a l;
fl
fi kkh ,
its m ay furth er b e
5
U
fi lt h
c e, or 5
: .

Ex . 3 11 + “z m ten + sh at = tAn sh at, t hose si x ; 3 11 +

afi = m afi aM um s? tan
'
h
sa ate = tfinsah ate or tautsa

hate bears them ;

, he
-
m o r W r
i « m
s t o r u tan sfirdfi lfin : m a dman
or teaksfir dfllh or tfifikk hfir dfilfin or thi tkh firdfllfin , t hose ti gers .

46 A fi nal 3 t before Q s m ust remai n han ged b ut ( t

; u nc ,

may b e i n serte d .

f m= f sF
-
m:
Ex . s
g+ a c w cs z or u
r n sh a t + sari tah

sh atsaritah o r sh a ttsaritah , si x ri vers .

1
Th is i n terce s si on is owi ng to ogy o f ac c pl m asc o f
th e an al . . .

v owel stem s an d o f n o n . si ng. stems whi c h origin ally en ded

o f n- ,

in ns .
20 E XTER NAL SAN DHI .

F i n al 1 m an d An nt vi r a .

47 1 . Final R m f ll o owed by an in itial v owel remain s nu

Ex .

m 4 WW “
fu n k im atra = k imatra what i s there ?
,

2 . Fi n al R m before c o nso nants ma y, without e ce pti on b ex ,

chan ged to Anusvfira .

a Before I r i s sh s an d h fin al ‘ m mu t b c h ange d
.

t Q q i , ( , , , , s e

to An usva a as the se fi ve c on s onants h ave n o c orrespo n di ng n asal

r ,

b . ore all th e fi ve letters in eac h o f th e five classe s final R m

Bef
may b e c hanged to th e c erre sp o n ding n asal o f th e c las s to whi c h
th e l ette b elo ngs r .

l
l
c Befo re ( y Q 1 ( v fi nal 1 111 m ay beco me
.
,
( yfi , , , ,

( en 30 5 )
E x a mples — 1. Befo re I r,
( s,
( eh ,
Q I h s,

m i
t i m =fi 1l m k arunam + ro diti = k aruuam
r oditi ,
he c ries piteously m m fr} sum s i t? sayya
-

tm + t = fi fim cete , h e li es on -
th e c o u c h ; i nn r ei n
y se e sayy y
M W
all mo k sh am seveta = mo k sham seveta, let a man
c ulti v ate reli gi u s o freed m o m m “If m m ad hu
ram b as ti madharam h asati h e laughs swe etly
a , .

2 Before letters o f th e fi ve clas se s

. 1

M + m fl f w = fi h w ith ( or M fl f s ) kim + k rree h i = 1 i m r

k aro s hi ( o r 1 111 k aro shi ) w h at d o est tho u ?

1
m i ,
“

i f? ( or ) sa
W
tru m + ya h i = satr um g a h i ( o r satru il ga hi ) ,

k ill th e en emy ;
m -i wf = t W f ( M )g m
'

a a q fl fl o r u ru

n emati gurum na mati (o r gurun n ameti ) , he salute s th e

teac her ; 11 1 + m 7
a : --
tp h al am :

k im p h ale m ( o r k im phalam) w h at i s th e u se ? W '

l
'
m
W
,

s wat h i s ? ( o r 31
t
) sfi s tram + m i mfim sat e = s fistram

mi mAmsate (o r sestram mi mi msate) , h e stu di es th e b o o k .

 E XTE RNAL SAND3 1 .

Before y I
3 .

( Q { , , v

a m + mfi r= tra i l l lfi l
‘ '

( or w ai f ! ) satv aram + y3ti

m
''
walk s qui c kly ; fil - 3 5 1?
satvaram
yetiy ( o r satvara
yeti ) , h e t
fu t an ? (o r M M ) vidyi m labh ate vi dyfim labh ate
l
’

( o r vi dya lab h ate ) h e ac

qui re s wi s d o m,; fl
-
l Raf — i i t ( o r
“

I a! ) tam v e da tam v e da ( or at ve d a ) , I kn ow h im .

48 R m at th e en d o f a word i n p ausd, i . e . at th e en d o f

a sente nc e , re mai n s u n c hanged . It is, however , all owable to writ e

it with th e sim ple do t , fo r th e sak e o f bre v it

y . Ex . ( i f s vam thus , ,

i nstea d of
m evam .

V i s a r ga f o r fi n al an d I
R s r.

49 Vi sarga is th e only sibilant whic h c n b fi nal in p aasa a e

'
.

It ( w ll
as
e as th e oth er sib ilants) i s hard th e c o res po nd ing soft , r

letter bei ng I r .

I f V i sarga i s f ll o owe d by
1 . a hard pal atal , li ngual, or dental , l
( It,
Q Hi ,
I t,
I th ,
1 t,

l ‘ th , it is b ilant o f th e c las s to wh i c h th e
c h ange d to th e si

foll owin g letter b el on gs (a s sh s) ;

Q q , ,

2 a hard guttural o r lab i al

.
W «k 1h (
1 p I
Qp h i t
, re m ai n s , , , ,

u n c han ge d ;

3 a
. s ib ilant i t re mai n s o
, r it m ay b e assimi late d .

E am ples x

1
1 13:
.
W W p um a}: h an d ail p um as kan dra h r : ,

th efull m oon ; m m m n ad A
y k ti am : r

na dyas ti am th e bord er o f th e ri ver

r , .

2 fl :
. m : MI: tatah + k fimah = tatah k fim ah h en c e
“

: m nadyA
lo ve W : m W h p aram n adyéJ i pa

ram th e oppo site shore o f th e riv er

m
.
,

3 .
g
-
i t t : or
gm f“ : supta h + sis ulz

su ptes sis uk o r suptalo sisuk, th e c hild sle e ps ; m : 117 7:

22 E XTE R NAL SAN D HI .

m : or M : “ Wp : rath am ah sargah prath am as sarga h

or p rath am a h s ar ah
g , th e fi rst se c ti on .

5 0 Vi sarga
( p t wh e n p re c e d e d b
e x ce y W a o r W I E ) if f l o

l owe d by a s oft lette ( c o s on nt o r v owel) i s c han ge d to I r thi s

r n a ,

l etter b e in g th e s oft fo m o f Vi sarga r

W m
.

E x . k avi k ayam k avirayam thi s ,

poet ; I ll : “i f? rfifia fi gau h gakkhati gaur gal l hati

'
cc

m
,

th o walk s W :
‘
e x arts 3 vfiyu h + v ati = v fiyur ati v ,

th e wi n d bl ow s .

5 1 1 Th e fi n l syllable WI:
. drop s i ts Vi sa ga b efore
a r

ev ery owel o r soft c on sonant

v .

2 Th e fi nal syllable W: ah
.

( )
a d rO p s i t s V i sa g a b f o re e ve r y v o wre l e c p t W e a ; x e

b
( ) b e fo re e e r y s o ftvc o n s on an t a n d b e fo re W a i t i s c h a n g e d t ,
o

WTc afte whi c h W a i s eli ded

,
r .

E am ple s — 1 WWI:
x W WWI W'fi asvfih am i asva
.
'

ami th ese hors e s ; WI’IH

, I : m W I’ TH I W g ‘
: A at A IH - s h ’
ri
‘

y ah A g a t a i sh a y a h r th e po et s h av e a rr i v e d
, m : W W I : { in
"WI: h atah g ga a h h tt a
g g a h t h e el e ph a n ts are a k ill. d ; H T : , e

fi t: mfs : m1} b h ih m abh ih i str p l o f ms m as m oon. , n . .

, .

W m m Agatah z k uta figatah

“
2 . a . : : g! : k utah ,

whe n c e c om e 3 1+ 2:
“
G U: k ah e sh ah ka es hak who ,
‘

is he ? 3 : ‘ fi
E l: = fi W : k ah + ri sh i h = k a r i shi h who i s
,

th e poet ?
b fai nt: i ts : fi rst eh : nirvanah di pak nirvan
. a

di pak th e lam p i s bl own o ut ; W:

,
f“: = Wl fil 2 n ah + bh i h =
n o bh i h i n str p l with th e no ses ; Wt : m
, . . Wflfl lfl n arah
,
:

ay am nar
ya m th i s m an o x
, .

5 2 Th e fi n al syllabl es W: ah an d WI: i n th e f w i n e

in wh i h th e Vi sarga re presen ts an etym ol ogi c al I r are

1
stan c es c ,

1
W
S I p u n ar , agai n ; WWI p ratar, e arl y ; WWI antar , wi thin ;
 E XTE R NAL SANDHI .

n o t subj ect to th e ex c epti o ns o f 5 1 I n other words W: ah an d .

,

WI: ( = o i gi nal W Ir or an d W II )fir b e c o m e W I or an d W II fi r

ac c o di ng to th e
r e ne ral ru l e (5 0 ) th at V i s b e fo o ft l tt
g ar ga re s e e s r

bec omes I r.

Ex SH: WflI : '

m p u u a h api = pu narap i ev e n agai n

m m
.
,

m : “
F : fg b h rfitah b r o t h e h
d e i = b h rfitar deh i , . r,

g i ve ! m T h “ d vfih e
“
sh a = d vfi re s h a t h i s d oo r , .

5 3 I r fo ll ow e d by I r i s a lw ay s d ropp e d ( wh et h e r i t b e

ty m olo gi cally s o r I r) an d a pre c e di ng short v owel i

e
Q
“

, s

le ngthene d .

Ex . fang: mfi fa u na vi dh uh rfigate =vi dh uragate ,

th e m o on shi nes ; 31 : fi ’fl p un ah + ro gl = puna

‘

r ogi , ill again .

5 4 p on ou ns II: aah an d E H: eshak thi s retai

Th e tw o r , , n

Vi sarga at th e en d f a senten c e only b ut b ec om e i h so an d

o ,

u ) esho b efore W a (5 1 2 b ) , . .

Ex .
”
8: m 8 « If? s ah dadati sa dadfiti , h e
gi ve s ;

W: i i } : 8 Q} : sa h + i n drah = sa i n drah , thi s Indra .

But I I:
W : WNW sah abh av at sm b h avat, h e
w as ; i
ll : W: m ritah ss h , h e i s dead .

5 5 a h hok : , an irregular o
v c ative o f
m b h avat, th ou ,

dr ops its Vi sarga before all vowel an d soft c on so nants s .

E a) : + §wra
x .
= t fi i m bi nk g ssan a bh o lsana 0 h lo d !
-- — : , r

ti t: + zuz= tfi
% i 1 n: t
+ d ah = b h o d e vak O h go d s ! ev ,

But i t: i s : th ri l l : h hok khettab bhos khettab O h ,

c utter !
ons W’fi:
”
Th e same a ppli es to th e i nter j e cti bh ago h an d w e?

GI h eaven ; WEI ahar day ; vo c sg o f nou ns i n W

svar, , . .

fi l iII pitar father ; an d s ome v bal form s f o m verb s i n W

'

,
er r

W I agfigar 2 3 sg i m pf o f WP! gagn to awak e

’

. . . .
, .
,
 E XTER NAL GANDHI .

agh o h, reall y i rregular v o c ati ves of

m bhagavat , Go d , an d

M agh avat, sin ner .

5 6 Nouns end i ng in radi c al I r, retai n th e I r before th e

3 en o f th e lo o . plur .
, an d in c om poun d s even before n o u ns be

gi nn ing w it h hard letters .

+ su = vfir sh u, i n th e w aters ; fi II t
- '
Ex . v fir

uh : m : gir pati lz i
g pr ati h , l ord o f speec h .

In co m pounds however lik e fi fe girpati h th e Optio nal us

, , : ,
e

of Vi sar ga i s sa n c ti on e d Tfi Nfi : l h ati h
g p : .

5 7 k it at th e begin ni ng o f a word after a fi nal sho t

Q , r

vo w el, an d after th e parti cle s WI a an d III ms, i s c h an ge d to

a Icicle .

Ex . 31 m I? m tava khfiyfi = tava kkhfiya, th y

h
s a de ; m fir m : at h a ms khi dat m Ickhi dat, let h im

n o t c ut i n mm W a khfldayati M khfida
yati , he o
c v ers .

After an
y oth er l o ng vowel thi s c h ange i s opti o nal , .

m mor m a m h s ds rtk haya o r h s ds rm haya, hade

s of

Badari s .

In th ebody o f a wo d th e ch ange o f Q N: i nto q kl h is n ec es

r c

sary after both long and short v owels .

E e fi t ik kh ti h e w i sh es ; in : ml el l hah a b arb ari an

r x . a , cc , .

5 8 Initi al a s n o t foll owe d by a hard c on sonant may b

, , e

chan ged into Q kh if th e fi nal letter o f th e prec edi ng wo d is

, r a

h a d c on sonant o r 3 it ( fo II n)
r
1 r .

E W w w
x . + = or
m vak + satam

satam o r vak khata m a hun dre d sp e ec h e s ; 3

1 +, fi n F?

i ra tat lo k ena = tal l hlo k ena by that verse ; m + W

s cc ,

M i l : o r W : d h fi a n sasah d ha va i l sasa h o r dh fiv avit

I hasa h a runni ng hare ; “ + W = WW

c , or m ap +

sa b da h a sabdah o r a pk ha b dah th e sou n d o f water

p , .
26 m m “ . sm m .

m r i + ate = mri yate ;

1 + WEI: fi ttfil gri + ati = girati ; 111 +
1
g = v3ft p p +
s r c i = pe purh
63 ( 11 Fi n al
”

1 14 before c on son ant terminati ons i s c hange d

to {1 b fr ; U I afte r
fir la ials to .

E I n to shout ; passi ve rfii fi gi ryate part Tfl

x .
,
lfi: gi r h .
‘
na
!
t fill ; pas s ( 5 ? p fi yate ; p art I n: pam h
;
I i
‘

p r ,
o . r . .

64 2 i ai W} 0 ad au are c hange d before suffi e

e, , , x s

b egi n ni g w ith owels o r IIy to W1Iay m ay Wi av Wfl a

n v
"

, , ,
v .

E i + WW= =
x . IF
I I n e + a n a a ya na ; i + u = =mg + n e

ya = gayya ; i '
i 2 = f a rs i + e = raye ; 7 h + 2 = fi go + e

ga ve fil i
- '

g o + y a = g y
a v a ; fi i W = =ITQ : na u +
' '
:

ah : n fiva h .

65 ( 1 43 ,
I p rec e d i n g ra d i c al i
I r o ran d
( are 3 u
‘

ge n er lly l e a
n g th e n e d wh e n a c o n s o na n t foll ow s .

E ii i t flfi
x
-
.
fl fl f fl d i + ya ti di v y a ti ; ffl I
-
t ft! v
'

rfi fsi : i r
g + b h ih g i b h ih ; g; fi r : 1 6 5 : d h u r +
r b hi h d h ur

b h ih ; fi rs + q = m gir + s = gi h : .

F i n a l C o n s o n a n ts .

66 b base s e n di ng in c onsona nts an d

Nomin al o r ve r al

foll ow d by te rmi nati o n s c on si sti ng o f a si ngl e c on s o na t dro p

e n ,

th t m i ati o n alto geth er tw o c o n s on ants n o t b ei ng to lerate d t

e er n ,
a

th e d f
en wo d o Th e fi nal c ons o nants o f th e bas are
a r e

th t t d li k e oth e fi n al c o n so na nts Q H 1? 61
‘

en re a e r v . :

ak v
p e e c h n o
, m s
s g ; + q m
= p ram + e = p ran
: . .
m : ,

o m sg m asc Here III? p ank whi c h remains after th e

“
ea tes rn : n . . . r ,

d oppi g f q s i s a c c ordi g to th sam e rule re du c e d aga i to

r n o , , n e , n

W p an th e fi n al a sal re m i i n g gu ttural beca use i t wo uld ha e

r , n a n ,
v

b n g ttu l if th e final Q k h d r m i ne d m 4 8 W
ee u ra
'
a e a .
:

s uv alg suval well j u mp i g

s He e after th e dropping f q 8,
n . r ,
o ,

th wo uld rema i n W su lk ; b ut as n o word ca n en d in tw o

e re va
 I NTE RNAL sm nm .
'

o
c o n s n a nts , h
t is i s re du c e d to
m suval . Before th e m i ddle
te rm inati ons W su alg assum es its mi ddle form m su al v v

henc e i nstr plur W su valbh ih “ 1 + II W han

. . . a

s ahan thou kill ed st : 2 p s i m p f d h

, g ve.s . . . a

t _ a dve t h e h ate d 3 p s g i m p f
, : . do h . . . a

t a dhok h e m ilk e d 3 p s i m p f :
:
, g . . . .

67 (1 Final c o nsona nts o f ve bal a nd n omin al ba ses gen erally r

re m ai n u nc ha nge d before termi nati o s b egi nni ng wi th v ow el s n ,

nasals a n d s emi vowels

, Before term inati on s begi nning with oth e
. r

lette rs th ey foll ow th e rule s o f e t rnal San d hi e g from “

, l x e , . . va e,

to spe ak Hf“ ! vakmi W , vakya m vak ani ; b ut F IE

, a kti , v .

68 ( 1 Aspi rates foll owe d by te rmin ati on s begi n ni n g with y an

letter ( e c e pt v owels sem i vowels an d n a sals) lo se their a sp irati o

x , ,
n .

E E F F - fiI
x
H
. m afia m am ath '
ti m amatti 3 p sg pre s , . . . .

m m am th h e sha k es mu c h ; 8 1 + 83
0

a ct o f th e i nten si ve a ,

run dh dh ve = run ddh ve 2 pl pre s m i ddle o f Q rudh ,

. . . ,

y o u i m pe d e ; H u
g } a 3 5 W ?! l a bh sy e = la s
p y e I sh all ta k , e .

But 3 + 3
1 g fv yu dh i yu dh i lo c s ing i n b attl , . .
, e

3 3 + I:
1 I ai m “
lobh y a h l o b h y a h to b e d e sire d
gt i -
i ,

flrfir
‘ 1
g uns k sh ubh u se k sh ub h nati ,
he agitate s .

Nate — Tw o as p k ates c an never meet In S a nskri t .

69 Th e i niti al
( t an d
R th o f sufi x e s are s often ed afte r

soft aspi ates and tak e th e whole aspi ati on o n th emsel ves ( i th
r , r . e . e

fi al asp irati o n wh en lo st before t h ca nn ot b e thrown bac k )

n
i 1 t , , , .

E 3 1 1+ a:
x . labh ta b lab dh ah tak en ; tu+ ,

3 “ un dh thah rund dh ah yo u tw o obstruct “ 11 +

3 r ,

fl w = e b mdh tam ab an d dh am 2 p dual ao 1 a t , . . r. . c .

,

yo u tw o bo u nd .

1
Co ntrar y to 75 i, n d oes no t i n th is case b ec o me up after

s sh , by Panini V l II . i v 39
. .
28 I NTEENAL SANDm .

Note ( 1 1 8 ) —If
{ q h
Q d b, ‘
i d
I ,h bb , h th e en d o f a
g , I , at

sylla ble l o se the ir as p irati o n be fore i dh v ( n o t fix dhi oh

,
s ) a , ,

q s they th row their as pirati on bac k o n Q g I d g d 1 b at

, , , ,

th e beginni ng o f th e syllable ( oth er l etters ) Op 60 no t o n . . .

Ex + b u d h + s =b h ut k n owi n g ; u h : b h u dbh i lc
.
31 a fl :
g , ,

i nstrr plur ; m bh utsu lo c plur ; W abh uddh vam 2 p pl

. , . .
,
. . .

a o r. mi d .

But
gh u d ugdhi
'
fr m o g; duh , to mil k , 2 . sg. im pv .

70 De ntals afi er li nguals b ec ome lingual .

Ex + i sh + ta = i sh ta fq + fil = fl f d vish +
.
{1 §
d hi dvi ddhi N? “VI :
m h
s at n fim sh aml fim .

7 1 i t 11
. after
( I: and
{ 9 bec mes o ( a ; b ut re ma i ns n u

c hanged after { I3 .

Ex .
W + fl= w b ut W : p rasn a ll .

72 a o m
n at i n al o r verb al ba se b efore
th e e nd o f a n ,

si b ilan ts ( no t before eu o f lo l i h d A a
g p s c a g e to n u s ra c. . n v .

fi l fll flf d gi gh smsati h e wi she s to k ill f om a h an

‘ ’ ‘

L , ,
r .

But w su hin eu subi n sa .

73 i 11 rem ai ns u nc ha n e d b efore se mi owels

t g v .

E gal a h a n ate h e is kille d fro m

x .
y a ; m ,ta n v a n f ro m ,

a n str etc hi ng
N
“
t , .

7 4 ( 1 35 m re ma in s u n ha nge d be fore I y I r a 1 ;
R ,
I c , ,

but m th e no m sg b efore m i d dle term inati o n s o r p rs onal termi

. .
, , e

n ti on s be gi nn i ng wi th m i i s c ha nge d to i t 11
a
R or
( t v, .

E m : k amyah fro m k a m ; flm mmram fro m “ tam ;

x .

fl
W3 : a mla h from W a m .

But I “ p ras sn n o m sg m : prasfinbhi h i nstr pl ur

,
. .
, , . .
,

W 5 p 17 as an s u lo c pl
r f o m m ,
p r a s am ; W W . a ga n m
. a ,
w r , e

went a nd W aganva w e tw o went fro m “R gam + R m a

, , ,

a nd “TI ge m vs .

75 Th e de nta l i n, f llo owed by a v owel o r i t n R m l l y , , ,

 I NTE RNAL SAN HI D .

R v, is c hanged i nto th e lin gual I I ” , if it i s rece ded th e p by

lin guals Wi r , 1 14 , I r, o r
1 sh , e v e n t ug a vo w el , a guttural , ho h
a b
la ial,
( y R g
v h , , , or An usvara in terven e .

Enl
a m M : nfi +n5 m = nr i nfl
m mf me n
ear ;M ( ow
dush ana m,
el i n te rve n e s) a
; a u se b h m a a v

s a m n ourishing (Anus vara h a nd a ow l i ntervene ) ; Wi l l v e

m
, , ,

ark ena by th e su n ( guttural a nd vow l ) ; : k sh i puuh th ro w e

i ng ( vow el an d lab ial) ; W

, ,

W I praw s by love ( diphthong and n ,

labial) ; m : b ra hmanya h ki n d to Brahmans ( v owel h , , ,

la b ial v ow el i 11 foll owed by y f w w h d (t

, ,
R ) ; : n i s a n a l re ste i 11 n l,

foll owe d by i n wh ic h is i tself as si milate d to , mi n pra

yena generally ( owel l y vowel) ; Wm ak sha vat havin g
,
v , ,
n ,

eye s ( v foll ows )

R .

But WW arka nam worshi p ( p latal interven es) Wfi fl arna

'
a

m
,

ve na by th e ocea n (lin gual intervenes ) ; E

, darsana m , a

sy stem o f ph il o s ophy ( s i s palatal) ; WN W ardh e na by h l f

a , a

(I‘ dh i s d e n tal ) g
; i ft! k urva n ti t h e y d o ( i
t n i s foll ow e d by ,

( t) “fi remen , ac c .
p l .
, th e Karm a (1 n is fin al) .

Nate Th e
— n um ber o f intervening letters , it will be seen fro m
th e a bove ex am ples , is not li mite d . I n th e word m um Reme
yana fo r e a mple five letters ( three vowels
, x , ,
a lab ial a n d a sem i
,

vowel) intervene between th e I r an d th e I I n.

Ta l e b s h o w i n g th e C h a n ge s o f i t 11 i n t o HI » .
32 DECLE NSI ON .

C HA P T E R III .

DE CLE NS I O N .

80 . Dec l en sion is m o st c onve ni ently treate d u n d er

hea ds
1. Nouns a nd a d e ctivesj ; 2 . n um eral s ; 3 .
pro n u n s o .

81 I n Sa n sk rit t here a re

a . Th re e gen ders : mas culin e, femi ni ne, an d n euter .

b . h b
T re e n um ers : si ngular, d ual, an d l ural p .

blati ve g ni tive l o c a ti v e
m en tal , dative , a , e , .

Note— It i s i m po tant to k now th e cases in thi s orde b eca use

r r,

it i s th e o nl y arra ngem ent b y wh i c h such c ases as are i denti c al i n

form either i n th e sin gular th e dual o th e plural may b e
, , , r ,

g r o u pe d t o geth er .

82 Dec len si on co nsi sts i n th e ad diti on o f case-termi na

ti on s to the ste m o r b ase .

Th e n ormal ca se -terminati ons are

S I NGU L AR .DUA L P L URA L . .

m . r . N x . E . N .

a an i f W as
I i
2

WWIbhyfim

Note 1 . Th e o
v c ati ve i s th e sam e a s th eomi nati ve i n all num
n

bers ac p
ce t th e mas c . a nd f em . si ng. o f v ow l ste ms gen erally and
e

the mas c si ng . . o
o f co n s nant ste m s in at, an , i n, a s, yas , vas .
 DECLE NSI ON .

Note 2 . Th e n o m . ac c v o c . .
p l . n eut .
( wh i c h en d s i n
I i ) i ns erts a

n as albefo e a fin l c on sonant o f th e ba se This nasal is d termi n d

r a . e e

by th e c onsona t whi c h foll ows it ; hen c e Q a befo e guttur ls

n r a ,

h before p alatals Ill b e fo lin gu al s i t befo e dent l R n

‘
( ,
a re ,
11 r a s, i

b efo e labi ls Anusva a befo e sibil nts and g h Neut rs n d ing

r a , r r a
“

. e e

i a nasal o r a s m i vowel do n o t i nse t th n asal i n th e plural

n e r e .

83 An im portant di stin cti on i n n om i nal an d adj e ti al c v

base s ( hiefly bas s ending i n c onsonants) i s that b tw en

c e e e

s tr o n g an d w ea k ca se s .

If b as es ha ve tw o f orms , s tr o n g c a se s an d w e ak c ases are

di sti ngu is hed .

If b as e s h a ve thr ee f orms , s tr o n g A
( g ),
n e m i d dl e ( Pad a) ,

an d w ea k e s t ( Bh a ) a re d i stin gu is hed .

Note — Differe nc e of a c c e nt i s th e c au se of th e di stin c ti on .

Th e ways bein g acc nte d i n th e stro ng cas s

ste m al e e , na turally

pre se v d its full fo m whil th e ac c e nt h ing o igi nally este d

r e r , e av r r

o n th te m inati o s i n th e w ak c as es th ste m w as c o ns q e ntly

e r n e , e e u

sho te n e d
r Th e last owel o f th e bas i s o ften sho ten e d i n th e
. v e r

v o c ti e b e caus th e ac c nt i s a l w a s st sy ll b le
l
a v , y n th
e fi e o e r a

84 Th e st o ng c as es are r

No m . vo c . ac c . si ng .

No m . vo c .
a -
ac c . d ua l of m a scul i ne o
n uns
2

No m . vo c . ( n ot ac e . ) p l u r .

No m . vo c . a cc .
p l ur a l o n l y o f n e u ter s .

All th eothe ca se s a e w ak r r e .

Wh en the e a th bas s th e m id dle c ase s

r re r ee e ,
a re hose
t th e

te m in ati o
r o f whi h b egi n wi th
ns c o s o a nt ( i c a n n . e . NT’ I b h yam ,

1
Fo r th e sa k e o f b re vi t
y, th e ac c en t o f th e n o m . sg . d u pl . .

only i s , a s a. rul e , parad igm s gi ve n i n th e .

2
N a ly all n ouns with ch a nge ble b ases form th e fe mi
e r a n ine in

i f ( 10
5 : 4)
3 4. DEC LE NSI ON.

f‘ i : b h ih a )
, y w
“I: bh ah, ea k e st are all th e
'

re ma i n i n g eu . Th e
weak c as es ( i those f whi c h the terminati ons begi n w i th Vo w e ls ) ;
v z. o

W W ? t h m d l ( t b m Ip y ) l
‘
e.g .
p ra y a i au no u a s ro n g a se l rat a i l , . c

W W : p ratyagbh ih (middl e bas M pratyak) ; “WWI: prati k o h e

m p )
,

ge n d u al ( wea
. k e st b ase ra tik .

In n eute s wi th th ree b ase s th e n m v o c ace si n gul

r i o . . . ar s

m id dl th n m v o c ac c d ual weak e st ; e g n o m vo c ac c s g
e, e o . . . . . . . . .

m p rat ak
y , no m . v o c . acc . du . m p ra ti ki , no m . vo c . ac c .

p l . “i f? p ratya fi k i . Th e other c ases are as i n th e masc uli n e .

HO UR S AND ADJE C T I V BS .

85 Thi s d e c le n si on m ay c o n ve ni ently b e di vi d e d i n t o
tw o c lasses

I . Bas e s e n d i ng on son ants in c .

A . Un c hangeable bas s e . B Chan geable bases .

II . Base s n di n g i n
e owels v .

A In. Wa an d WI a .

B In. i an d 3 u

C . In i i an d a s .

D In.
W ri .

E . In aai ,
al l o ,
v i
Note— order to a oi d c o nfusing th e mi nds o f begi nn ers it i s
In v ,

a d i sable to c om m n c e with th base s i n co s on ants bec au se th

v e e n ,
ese

a dd th e c as e -term in ati o n s given in 8 2 wi thout mo di fi cati on S o m e .

g r
a m m a s b g i n w i thrth e ow led e c l e n s i o n i n W a ( I I A) s i n c e th i v e .
, s

i s th m o st i m portant c o ntai ni ng as it d o es th e m ajority o f all th

e ,
e

d ec lin e d b ase s o f th e language But th e w id e d e iati o n o f i ts en d . v

i n gs f om th e n o rm al termi nati on s mak es it obj ec ti onabl e to b e gi n

r

wi th them
U
.

A . n c h a n g ea b l e Ba s e s .
86 ( 15 1 , These b ases m ay end in o
all co ns na nts e x c e pt
i
f a, ‘ h
I , Qy . Th e b ases are li able to su c h changes only as .
ar e
 3 6 DE CLENSI ON .

No te — I n th e paradigm s o f re gu lar n u n s w it o h un c han g a b le e

b ases it w ill b e sufi c i e nt to re m e m b er th e no m . s in g .

, no m . i n s tr .

lo c p l
. .
, an d n o m .
p l . n e ut .

- Ba s e s i n De n ta l s ‘
an d I a b i al s .

89 T h es e are d ec lin e d l ik e ffi fa q kitral ik h

'
.

NO M 8 0 R O N PL M F IN ST R PL LO C P L . . NO M P L N . . .

a
.

m
. . . . . .

w it h r , gre e n , EEG : { fi fg { Fi f i
m f
. . n . h ari t h ari ta h h ari d bh i h h ari tsu h ari n ti

W ag mmeth , w fiw
q fl mz ” Its :
’
" at
; " i fs!
fi re -k i n dli ng, m f agn i ma -m ti th ah -m ad bh i h -m at sri m an th i
’
. . u . t
-
m s uh rtd ,
’

m m galE :
fig “
; fi fe
frie n dl y , m f . . n. s uh r l t su h n
’
dah su h ri dbh i h s uh r i t su s uh r i n
’
di

“ b u dh , kn ow i n g,
31
3
H : W E ;
R
“

gfil
'

b h ud b h i h b h ut s nl b li n dh i
’
b h llt b ll d h ah
’ ’

Tl su p . gu ar d i an , Tl T l : E h “ T3 Elf "

gli p gl l
’

pa h gub b h i h u
g p s l l
’

gum p i
-
m urge : muf f a c r
°
t § fi r
2
k ak up k ak ubh a h k ak ll b b h ih k ak up su k ak um bh i
’
«

Ba s e s i n P a l a ta l s .

90 p alatals ( i h Q I h a g 15 gh) m ust b tr ate d

Th e , c , , e e

s p arat ly f o m th e othe
e e four c las ses b c aus th y un d go
r r ,
e e e er a

c h n ge o f o ga
a as well as f qual ity ( 3 0 3 1 ) i n th e no m sg
r n o , . .

a d b fo e t rmi atio n s b gin i n

n e r e w ith c o n s o n a nt ( 2 8
n Th y e n s
g e ,

a e r t i n d ( e c pt k h ) only wh en foll ow d by a owel

r e a
Q e x e e v .

i c h ange d to T k o
r.
(
s g r .

Base W g l m i k m as c c l o u d ( wa te -droppi n
a a
g) l , . r .

1
T here a ha dly any base s e
re r n d i ng i n li nguals .

2
Ud se as a n euter at th e end o f a c o mpou d dj ec ti n a ve .

3
Bases en di ng in W e ]: are c h angea b le ( 0 4 II I) 1 , .
 DE CLE NSION .

NOM . SG . NOM PL . . I NS TR P L . . LO O. PL . NO M P L N ‘
. . .

a m more m afi a : m g m g -
re
yal am uk gala mfi k ah gala mu g b h i h gal am uk s h li g al a m li rl k i ’‘ '

Lik e W gal amu k are d ec lin ed m vfik , f . s peec h ; a?

tvak, f fl . sk i n ; h gi sruk f ladle rulc, f lig t ;
. , . .

Note ( 5 9) Th e spec i al bases i ? krufik c url w 1111

— m
“

l n , e , p ra ,

worshipping fl vrisk c utti g a e e spectively d cli e d

, ,
n , r r e n i n th e

no m sg .n o m i nstr lo c p l th u
.
,
. . . . s

31 5 3g
'

a : k rli fik ah
’
rli fi : k n nl bh i h k rl l rl k s h
’

k
’

3
3 5 3 3
53 1 u

ar
e p r xi a
’
uh : prfifi kall
'
111 35 5 1: p rfifi bh i k nit; p rfifi k s h u
'

3g vn
’
t p
bs : vrzsk ah
’

W i n v ri d bhi k
qqg v ri s ll t
’

2
Q h ange d to
g t whe n fi n al
k h is c an d b foe re co n
s o n a nts b u t to 5 3 b e fore v ow l s
,
1 e .

BAS E. mou s nou p m s m mn e . s . . LO O P L. . NO M . P L. N

.

w e p rfik h an ask er “R W : , WW: m fll F

QT
p r fit prfiS ah p adrb h i k p ra sli t p ref
m S i

3 W i g i s c han ged to GEk o r fi g .

BABE . mou se n m n m s n PL . o r . r . LO C P L. . no n P L . . N
.

“ m y, di sea s e 8 5
5 e r:
r s f » ! sq f
ta
i
’
uk ru h ruk s h l l rl l figi
’
r ga h ru
g b lz

G
i mp , stre n gt h 35 ? fi t S fi fi: 3 8
: a fii
firk firgah flrg bh i h fi rk s h li fi rgi

Lik “ m y a e decli ne d i fflfi lwanig m merc hant t

e r i , .

s hag m physi c i n ; fi h i t ig m p i e st ; 8 3 ; s ay f g l n d
’ ’

, . a rz v , . r r ,
. ar a

m asd g n bloo d , . .

Note I Nou n derive d from a ny o f th e s oots q i t yag t

. i s — x r , o

sa cri fi c e ; ti
fl b h agg to o
l st ; B
R b h ag to r sh i ; “ g a,
r a r ,
ne r ,

to shi e to rule ;
n ,
fl m ig to l n;
W s ig t mi t t r ,
c ea r , o e , o

c reate ; als o
m p g ar i rfi a m e n di c a nt — c h a nge
fly qto t v ,
 DBC LKNSIO N .

or
'

i d; e g no m sg an d p l of
M pari n flg are
m
-
. . . . .

p a ri vrfil ,
trft a fi : pari vrfiyall ; m sa x n a g , m . o s v ereig n

m sa mr flt, m sa mrfiga b ; i
i i dev ég ( fro m h de va

W y g) a , w o rs hipper of th e go ds
a devé t , ii i : de vé ga k

W b h i ro a sti ng :
fl bh r ft, W bhn ggab
’

gg r ,
.

Not W e 2 . am yfl
g , a V e di c pri es t, is irregular in c h a n gi n g

it bs t m ase o a va as
y i n th e no m . an d before c o n so na nts

no n . so . vo c . so . no n . PL . m en . PL . Lo o . PL .

1 mm m m : o r 1 mm 1 mm: w i tfw: m g
fih avayfi h o r avaya h 6 avayi hs u
'
’
avay a vayaga b a va b hill
y
4 . Bases i n 3; h
g , whi h c are rare , c hange Q gh to 3
\
k o r ’T g
\
.

91 x. No bas e en ds in
‘

Q n or
( a
2 . Bas es in Q 1; un d erg o no hange c .

Base W s ugan, a rea dy re k o e c n r, m f

. . n. (g eu , well , an d

“ g ,
a i n to c ou nt) .

no x so no n PL m ore PL no n PL N

W
. . . . . . . . .

am . am :
21w w e m
su
gar: s ugé n ah s uganbhi h euganea sugani ( ,
8 2 n. 2 )
3 . Bas es i n Q h ang b le an d will be treate d i n
n are c
99 0 2 ea , , 1 .

4 Base s i n th e l bi l n asal Q m c ha nge R m to i a a i n n

th e no m . sg a nd b e fore c o n so nan ts
. Th e R m is ret in e d be fo . a re

v owel s.

BAS E . no n . so . no n . PL . m sm '
. PL .

1 mmp asam r , m il d , u m mm: W 6 12 “ mg

p ras n fi p ras fim ah p ras an bh i h p rasan s li

Ba s e i n S e m i v o w el s .

92 I. No bas e e n ds in k y 1 or ( practic al ly ) i n i v
]
.

2 . Base s i n a l u n d erg o no m o d ifi c ati on .

h
1
See dec l . of d iv , 1 06 .
 DE CLENSION .

3 . Bas es i n r r are regular, e x c e p re c e d i n g pt th at 3 i an d 3 u,

th e g r, are le ngth e ne d if th e g r i s fi nal o r follow d by a c o e n

o
s n an t . I n th e 10 0 pl th e g r (b ein g ra d i c al) re m ai n s u nc h ange d
. .

b fo e 3
e r shu

BABE . NO BLV OQ S G . NO M aP L . . LNBTB PL . . L OO P L . .

fnggir
‘

, f . oi 7 fl : gi h fi TT: gi ah 7 95 5 : gi bh i h Thé gi r sh
v ce
' ’
r r
’
ll

town 11: pm gr: p ra h 1 65 : pfi bh i h g p ar sh fi

fi
’

3; p ar, f
. ll r

mrv ar , n w ate r
.
“

QT: v dk
'
m v
. ri g w : varbh
§ i h a1 Vfir sh fi

m a fi : dv
'
3 1; d var, f d oo r 3 1: d v dh . : dvil ra h a bh i h
r
fi d var eh d

Ba s e i n S i b i l ant (a 8,
fi s h , 1 1113 11 ) an d
i h .

93 Base s i n a 3,
fi sh , 3 \
k sh , an d
g h ch an ge t h e se

lette rs to tw hen fi nal an d be f o re c o so n

n an ts ( op . 2 8, 5 an d

BABE R O LL S G . NO M . PL
. . NO M . PL . N IN. ST R PL .
. LO UPL . .

v 1.9 , m f . . n . fag fW : fi fw m
o ne who e n te rs vi v i sa /l vi d bh i h vi su i
fn dvi eh , m f . . 11 . far fa r: Fu g
hati ng d vi sh ah d vimsh i d vld bh i h dvits ll
’

m a ke h , m f . . n .
R m: life m : neg
p a i ng
r tat tak s h a ll tamk sh i tad bh i h tatsfl

{Ti h m f n 7 {11 3 F
H?
g ,
u . . .
34
c o v en n g gh l l t gl
’
l h a h
’

gli mh i gh u d bhi h g h uts ll

'

94 Ex c e p ti o n s .

1 . Bas e s i n a s .

o 94“di s hw m d ms , to see , an d
’

a . Base s d eri ve d fr m , to s o ,

$ 3
31 p e ri s , to t ouc h han ge , c
fl s to 35 k ; e .
g . f m di s , f . a

c ou t y n r

NO M 8 0 . . NO “ . PL . NOM . PL . N . I NS TR . PL . LO O . PL .

fa gdik first: di sah fi fa d imsi q m: d i gb h i h f a

rg d ik s h li
40 DE CLENSI ON .

b . Bases fr o m “ u se , to d e str oy c ha nge a s to q t

, or
”

Q k

e.
M g .
gi van é s ,
m f . . n. life -d e st oy i n
g r

N OM so INs 1 B P L. '

am ; = =
. . .

m§ or
° °
rgfi1z or
°
rfmz
0
m or as;
i at -n & m a d hh i h -n a bh i h t
-na sli o r -t u
g v an o r or g
0.
3 6 3
m p ur o d as , an offe i ng r , or a p i est
r , i s ir regular , bei n g
d e c li n e d lik e “1
NO M s o . .
“ avayag
NO M
( 90 3
. PL
,

.
, n. 2 )
INSTB P L . .

Ef f? “p uro dfih
3 m
a : pu ro d ds a h Ell a “! p u ro d 6bh i h
2 . Ba se s d e ri ve d fr m li l dh r i sh y to dare ,
i o 1
c hange I{ sh to Q k ;

e .
g 61 .
11 d a d h n sh ,
’
b ol d
NO M so . . NO M . PL . NO M P L N . . . mo r e . PL . Lo o . P L.

we W “ a? “ aw
da dh rfk d a dh rzsh ah d a dh rzmsh i d a dh rtgbhi h d a dh rzk s h u
’ ’ ’ ’

3 . Bas es i n
g h .

a . Bas e s f om roots
r e n di n g in
“

g h , an d b e gi nn i ng wi th g d ,

c ha n
ge
i h to
“

Q k als ofi flli
‘

u sh ni h , a m etre ; e. g .
si
'
d uh ,
m f . . n . m i lk i n g
NO M s o . . NO M . PL . No n . PL . N . IN ST R . PL . Loo . PL .

ga dh d k
g ge zd i l b a h
’

gfz d fi mh i afa r: dh u b h i h
g gg
a dh uk s h d

b . Base s d eri ve d fr m th e o r oots R d ru h ,

to hat R m uh e, , to

c o foun d
n ,
fa g s ni b , to l ov U zi s n ub t
e, to , o s p ue c h an ge,
i h
dr uh m f n h atin g :
“

k ;
g t or
Q e .
g .

R ,
. . .

NO M so NO M PL N M L N INST
O PL Lo o LP R P

W g “ L“
. . . . . . . . . . .

{Ko ng
5 3 :
gfg e: fm : or t

dh rl l t o r dh d rl l h ah dh rud bh i h dh t
ru sfi o r
’ ’
k
’ ’
rll d rl l mhi or

d h rugbh i h d h ru k s h l l
’

c . Base s fr m i o f nah , to bi n d, c ha n ge
i h to
( t; e .
g .

3
m up anah , f . a s ho e :

m
NOM s o NOM
'
. . . PL . ra . PL .

m 3 m
u p an at u p an é h a h up ané d bhi h
 DE CLE NSI ON .

Ba s e s i n th e De n ta l S i b i l a nt q s.

95 I Bas e s i n i s, s
.
fl u ,
« q us .

In t hese bases i t i s im po rtant to d i sti ngu i s h th e d e r i v ati v e

o
fr m th e r a di c a l
1
.

Th e f ll o owi ng rules m st b e carefully noted u .

1 . De i ati ve “ as i s le gthene d in th e no m
r v n .
(n o t vo c a ti v e )

s ing m as c an d fem (
. . . n o t n e u te r ) .

2 . D i ati ve { Q is an d S R u s rem ai n unc hanged

er v .

3 . D eri vative “ Q as { q is 3 “us le ngthen their vowel , ,

.
'

( b e

s i des n as ali zi n i t) i n th e no m l
g . vo c . ac c .
p .

4 , D e ri vati ve
{ q i s an d
W us befo re v owels bec ome
an d S u sh
R
T h e se rule s are re ve rs e d in th e c ase o f r adi c al
fl as,
fl i s,

fl us ; in oth er word s , ( )
1
W as r e m ai ns u nchanged i n th e
no m . sg. mas c . and while ( ) {
2 q is and UK us are

le n gt h en e d ( v o c . an d n e a t . a l s o ) ; (3 ) th e v owel o f th e no m .

l i s n ev er length e n e d ; ( 4 ) q i s an d H u s re mai n
vo c . ac c .
p . n e ut .
{ R
h nge d b efo e v owels
u nc a r .

Note R d { q i s and W u s (n o t “Q a s ) are length e n d

— a .
.
e

befo c onsonant termi nati ons ; “Q a s always bec ome s I } 0

re

b fo e Q bh
e r

N0 ” 8 0 . vw . 80 0 N0“; PL . I NS TB. PL . LOO PL

. . N0 “ . PL . N
0

Den fi '
FI
'

q m anas
gm °
az
”
e m ”P
15 1: ° =
rifs
ki n d, m f . . n . s a m anak -n ah -n asa h -no b h ih -naksu -n fi.msi

1
It i s e as y
ogn ise a radi c al as i s u s by rememb e i g
to re c , , , r n

th t all oots bei ng m on o syllab i

a r o ly o n e syllable must re m in c, n a

afte p re fi r are detac h e d ; e g

m
x es sutus w ell -s o un d i ng f o m . .
, ,
r

eu well a n d su m an as well -mi nd d f om

g QR,tu s B ut
w , . ,
e ,
r

a s u w ell a nd
m, m a n s mi n d f om
, W m an to think a , , r , ,

“ as .
 DECLENSI ON .

Nv . . so . NON PL . . INS TB PL Lo o PL . . . . N0N P L N . . .

Ra d . fli m p inda-gras °
az w e: °
zfifi u
°
a zg
°
zi fa
- ré h - rasa k - o b h i h - h li - ram
g g gr gra s
g

m
w h
e ll -li g te d, m f
sugyo ti s

. n .
°
fflt
-ti h
”

-
ti s
I“
hah
:
°
firf§ z
-tirbh i]1
°

-
fil$§
ti hs h u
°

-
fi fil
ti msh i
.

Ra d m sup fs “fl: °
fflfl t ° l
Q lf§ 3 °
fi § f
°
fi fa
w w ell - alki n g, m f . . n. -pfl¢ -
pi rbh i h -
p i hs h 1i - i m
p si
°
s="
a : °
sf§ = °
sr
s “ f“
i
l ong-li v ed, m f
. . n. - uh
y
-
yush ah -
y u rbhi h
’

y
- a ks h a - flms h i
y
me g 0
1 :
e
ye .
o
m °
§fn
w e ll- o
s u nd ing, m f . . n. -tli s ah -t fi rbh i h -tfi h sh li -tli ms i

Note 1
W dh vas ( fr m o fi d h vams , to fall) an d
“ eras

( fr m o U
K srams, to fall ) when u se d at th e end of c om po d un s

change their Q s to
( t i n th e no w . a nd voc . sg . , an d b fore e

te m in ti on s b egi
r a n ni n
g wi th c o n s o na n ts .

No n vo c . . No n . PL . m en . PL . Lo o . PL .

“193 1 l tan
su « l eafs milm g
p arn ad h v at p ar na d h v as ah p am ad h v ad bh fh p a rnad h v at s u

Note 2 . Nou ns d eriv ed ofr m d e sid erati ve s hough end i

t ng

i n d eri vati ve {q is
l
, le n gth n e th e v ow el in th e no m . sg. m f . . n

and be fore c on onants s . I n th e ne ut .

p l . n o n asal i s i n serte d .

NO“ K . E N . NOM PL . . IN ST R . PL . LOO . PL, NO E . PL. N

.

i
p p a thi h i
p p a thi s h a h i
p pa thi rb h ih i
p p a thi h s h u i
pp a tll i sh i

Note 3 W M . asi s, f . blessing , i s d e c lin e d : n o m . vo c . Wi fi

M k, no m . p l m fisi sh ah , pl n. mafi fs M mshi i n str W
m
. , .
, .

asi rbh i h, l o c . W i ll is M beb u o r asfshsh u .

( T i s h opti o nal
1
In t i s h c as e th e « is is n o t o ne sufii x , i . e . fil m i
p p athi s

i
p p a th i 8. Hen c e , p obably
r , th e d ifferen c e o f tr eatm ent .
44 nLc LE NsmN .

Bas e
m ad é t, ea ti n g, o
fr m “ g ad , to eat .

SI NG UL A R . D UA L . P L URAL .

m s c uu rm .

ad antau

le
afs : ad ad bh i h

m
’
u ad ad b h yam

W a dad bh
yah

w ri t: adatoh
W ad a am

NE U
TE B .

m u ad ati '

Note ( 1 86) — fl
fl m ah at, great, o i gi n ally p
r a re se nt partic i ple ,

fo r ms i ts str o ng bas e in
“ an t .

fi
gh t- M m}: u n .
°
€lfi ~h anti

1 .
m t m a ll e t: °
gfs z-h ad b h ih

98 b . Bas e s i n “
( m at an d
fl ( wh
v at i h e dj c ar a oe

ti ve s , m ea ni n g posse s se d o f,
’ ‘
h a vi ng d iffer f o m thos e i n 3
r
1 at

s olely i n le ngth eni ng th e owel i n th e N v . 5 g m

. as c .

W gn i maat h a i ng fi re , v .

N NV i
fl

-m fi n l -m ante ll n
o '
i l ilk m anti
. .
p . .

A .

W -m ante m

V . F la m -m a n
 DE CLE NSI N O .

W gfi an av at, having k nowledge .

A sum : gii anavatah

.

Note [ whe n i t m eans ou Hon ou i

‘
1 ( 18 8) — ‘ Tfl1 b h é va t, Y r r,
’
s

d e c li n e d li k e
m gi ldna va t ( e
th vo c . is m bhavan o ‘ fl r

b h o h) ; whe n i t means b ei ng pres part ’

, . . of i b h fl, i t i s re
gu lar

( e wa
li k
s a d at ) .

Note 2 ( 1 90 ) how m u c h ? a nd
M iyat, so mu c h , are
d e c li n ed li k e o
n u ns in
fi m at : N .
m k iyan , V . fai n ki yan .

99 2 . Bas e s i n “ in .

Th ese form th eir weak base b y

d oppi ng th e K u ( b ut on ly r

b fo e c onson nts)
e r a .

Th y d op th e Fl u i n th e N sg m an d n a nd le gthe n th v owel
e r . . . .
,
n e

i n th e N masc l e ngth eni ng i t also i n th e N A V p l ne ut

. .
, . . . . .

M A S CU L I NE .

N 8 g w fldhani p l v fi m : d h a n i na h

m
. . .

A dh ani nam ufi m: dhani n ah

I v fa m d h an i n a m : d h a mb h l h
v vis a d aa i n h
NE UTE R .

w hfi rdh anl ni
v . uta d ani h or affi d h eni n

1 00 3 B as e s i n i“ i y as ( c o m p a r a ti v e suflix ) fo rm

m
.

th e i r stro n g c as es fro m y B
l ams
se . a he a vi e r .

S IN GULA R. M ASC UL I NE PLUR AL .

N .
m a
g y
ri an

A “fil .
m é
g yri amsa m A . m : gari ya sa h

Wm nflnl fir: gari yo b h i h

‘

1 . a
g y
ri a sa
 N A m ls : géri yaki -
ni l us? a i asl nfi ui fe gé rlyams i
. .
g y
r

No u n s w i th th r e e Ba s es .

10 1
-
1. P ar fi c i p l e s of th e r e d n p l i c a te d p er fe c t
in m v as . Th e str ng o bas e i s “ v ams ; th e mi ddl e , “ va t ;
th e weak fl , ush
l
.

E m ru ru d vas, h a vi ng we pt from Q , ru d , to weep .

M ASC UL I NE .

N .
m ruru d v fin NV
. .
°
fi -d v3msau
§ ll
A W “ ru rud vdmsa m
“
F la -d vamsau e
g -d i l s hak
g
.
;

W
'
V . rl l rud va n

r urud l i sh a
’
1 1!
.
F5 5

w : -d li sh o k

Nr UT E R. .

}
0 4
1
5
Note 1 ( 2 05 ) — p
Parti c i le s i n fli tva s , whic h i nsert 3 i b etwe e n an

th e pli cated oot d th e te mi n

re d u r an r a ti o n dr op th e Q i wh e ne ver
,

th e te mi nati o n N vas is c han ged to

r
fl sh b ut r a di c al
u
Q i or

m
,

s n e e d oppe d i h
i i i v rt i s c a serHe nc e th e n . I . sg
. of

tasth i an f om a n sth a t stan d i s

v , r
m ,
o , tasth u sh a, b ut of

fe w n i ni v an i t i s fo
a m n i ny ush a.

1
Th e q s of
N v as is c h a n ge d to
i t b e fo e q s an d {
r bh , as

m va tsyfimi , future of
W v a s, to d w ell m yami ) s .

"

S R a sh is d e d u c ed fr m o W va s U nacc e nted a va c omm onl y .

bec omes 3 HQ us b efo e vowels regularly b ec om es S Ru sh

‘ “
11 . r .
 DE CLE NS I N O .

Th e followi n g ex a m ples o f r ed u pli cate d perfec t par tic iples ( cp .

ote 2 ) may b e us eful

1 83 , n

M IDDLE BAS E NOM so . . . NOM . 1100 . P L. rNsrn P L . .

W m sru va
w s,
m ai n:
“ as :
w e :

havi ng he d su sruvfin ar su sr uv amsah susruvfi sh ah s usru vé d b h i h

m
h avi ng c
p o ki vé
ook ed
s , i fa w
ki dn ki flmsah k i h k
M
ki éd bh i h
:

p e v p e v p e l s a p e v

wfi m y g
a mi vé s , « fie e
-
m W e ur
ge : s fi w ls :
‘

h avi ng g o ne a
g gmi v n fi a
g gmi vfimsa h a
g gmush a h g g
a mi vad bh i h

3 m a
g gan v as
:l
, m 51 m m: 3 7
5 i :
h avi ng g on e a
g ga nv n fi g g
a a n vfims a h g g
a mli sh a h a
g ga nv éd bh i h

m m m
i

’
a
g gh n i val s,

havi ng k i lle d g g
a h ni v n fi a
g gh n us h a h a
g gh ni vad bh i h

m m m
.

e
g gh e nv ds ,
s w a m a i n: “5 “
havi ng k ill ed g g
a h a nv a n g gh an v fi m s ah g g
a h nush a h g g h a n va d bh i k
a a

Note 2 Begi n ne s a e apt to c onfou nd th is ” dup li c t d p erf

. r r a e .

a ct parti c i pl e wi th th e ac ti ve pa ti c i pl e forme d b y ad di n t h e r
.
g
sufi “ ( v t to th e p e rf pa s i ve p rtic i pl e ; e g Q? k ri ta p f
“
x a .
. s a . .
,
.

p t .p a ss d o n e ., k r i tavat h a v
,i n g d on e : N m k ri té , .

va n A
m°
, k
. ri tava ntam T h e caus e o f th e c on fus i o n is that .

b oth e nd i n fl1flvan i n th e N sg . .

1 02 2 B a s es i n “ a n (W a n Ha n a n s a v a n )
. .
, , .

T hei r st on g bas e i s “R a ; thei weak e st Fl" ; an d th ei r

r ll r ,
11

middle base I f a .

Th e N . sg . masc h as . W a, n e ut. a ( cp . th e b ase s i n { i

t i n) .

If th e suffix es
W man a nd
W v a n a re i mm edi atel yp rec ed e d

by a c o nson nt th ey d o no t dr op th ei “ a i n th e weak est cases

a ,
r .

This is to void th e c onc urren c e o f th e e c onsonants thou gh th e

a r ,

rul e d o e s n t a pply to b as es i n si mp le “ H e nc e m
o
1 an .

atman a b ut m tak sh na
, .

1
O n th e ch ange of
Km to i n , se e 74 .
48 DE CLE NSI N O .

In all oth woer rds th e E l a is opti on lly

a r etai n e d i n th e L . sg .

an d i n th e N AV. . . d ual n e ut.

W r figa n, m . a k i ng .

s l No .

I . ( NT ragn a
L .
"
( Tfi l
'
1 5 9 11 1 or m aga ni
r

7 mm: n ama n , 11. na m e .

s 1No . D ALU . PL B U .

N A me nam e
. . W n dmn l or

min i n fim a n i

m b ahman
r , m . n. th e c reat r o (fl l n an
p re c e d e d by a con

o
s n an t ) .

M A S CU LI NE .

s 1No . PLUR .

N W . b ra h mfi

A .

m b rah m flnam s u m: b ra h m zm ah
’

1 .
m b ahmana
r s a fe : b rah mab h i h
l
 DE CLENS IO N .

I r r e g ul a r B a s e s i n “ an .

103 1 .
m p thi n
a , m . path , h as fo r i ts

m p a nt h fin ; fo r its mi ddl e base fl pathi ; fo r

b a se p th
a .

Th e NV . . sg . ar e irregular .

SING . U
P L B.

W p ath ah

2 .
m th an , 11. day, tak es a h as as its m i ddle b as e .

m o. D ALU .

N AV . . .
v
e g: s hah 1131 5 13 111 o r m ah ani

’
wgr fi fs : é ho bh ih
‘

I . 11
3 1 ab s:
q ah o bh yam w

s f; ah m
“i f: é h no h
W g ab ’
e ken

Th e Vi sarga of th e N . sg. i s treate d lik e an ori gi nal i r

He nc e m : ah arah ah, day by day and i n , c om po siti o n , e .
g .

“ fil l: c e pti on : m
l

fl
ah argana h Ex : ah o ratrah, m
ay
. .

an d n i
g ht . 4

3, 4 “ wy an , m
(j ). yo
a ud o g, M
n g uvan , m . u ve n -is , ,

2 8
tak e
{ 1 su n
fl y fi n a s
, th ei w e ak e st b ase O th e w i s e th e y r . r

are d ec li n e d re ularly l ik “ 1 b h man m

g e ra ,

I
( Ti ll r dtri , f . ni g h t b e c om e s
, ( I? ratra, m .
( or n .
) at th e
end o f c ompou n ds (cp . 2 15 ,

2
u: un ac c e nte d va
( 10 1, 1 , oot-n ote)
f . Cp . x 69 »: s va n ( ) a nd

fl ui ds .

3
Fo r yu -u n ; u fo r va ; c p . si milar c ont ac ti on i n Lat j i n -i o
r .
‘

l r .
5 0 DECLE NS I ON .

sm o . PLun.

Nm . xv i ( r im ) W yu a v W fl
s v na k
m yuv an a }:

A .
m sv nam 3 M yuvan am
W a i n“
W y finah
‘

v .
g
ar -
{ yam s Lt fin rvé bh i h m yd ve b h u

5 Etha n ( f o m Jfi r h m , to ki ll) at th e e nd o f c ompou nd s

tak es a ba n l
( g
e n th e nin g th e v owel in th e no m . sin g .
) fo r i ts
stro ng base , b e fo r its mi d dle , an d
Rgh n fo r its wea k es t b a se .

“ a b rah mah an, a h

Bra ma n -killer .

110 11 so . . No n . PL . s oc . PL .

g s
l b w hi ne ). m glm u g fin ss sm zrfil h ani

'
s urfs : m lfill
b rah mah fi b rah m ah as a ll b rah maghm l lc b rah mah ab h i h b rah mah fis i

Loc . sg. rfs brah maghn i

su or u s eful b rah mahani .

III . Ba s es i n fl ak .

104 hese fo m th
T r ei r str n o g bas e in i i s ilk , the i r

mi ddl e i n “ ai th i w k r, e r ea est in
h ii: or ( acco rdi n g

L mild ? pratikl
.
'
-tik 6h

1
H Fo r ya]: an d H1 vak res pe c ti v el y . U nac c en ted 1! ya a n d
e c o tra c te d t 0 i n thi s hough they are
1 vs ar
int o a nd 3 c ase , t
m o e c ommonly sho te n ed t d 3 ii
‘ ’

r r o
3 1 an .
5 2 ns c m nsro n .

l 05 begi nner will find i t useful to rem embe th e foll owi ng

. Th e r

p o i nts w ith e ga rd t c hran ge b le b as e s o a

I Th e v owel o f th e s ufli i s l e ngthene d i n th e N sg masc i n

. x . . .

a ll c han geab le b ases e c e pt th se i n

o al an d
x
“ at e .

W agn i mfl n
m vi d dv fin rm fl
y , gfi f fl l flb m h m fi l ,

m P rati d i fi ; i n ? d hanvi m u n vA gm i in n s? m edh a i

'
, , v

m a
g y
ri fin ; m ru ru d v fln .

But a n bhava n ; m p rat yfll .

2 . Th e N . sg . m asc . e n ds in a nasal in hangeable bas s

all c e

ex c e pt those i n W an (als o T l man e

, R y an ) an d tho se i n
{ t
i

i n ( al s o m mi n M vi n) , .

3 A l l
. n o u n s wi th c h an ge b l e b as es whi c h le ngth e n th e v ow
ael ,

in th e N sg m asc shorte n i t in th e v ocati ve

. . .
, .

But t avan ; m p ratyan .

4 Th e fe
. m i ni n e sou ns w ith c hangeable bases are forme d
of n

by addi g i i to th e w ak b ase ( wh en there are tw b ases) to

n e o or
.

th e wea k est ( wh n th ere are three ) Th ey follow th e v owel d eelen

e .

si o n i n i i ( li k e W n adi I I I ) , .

x x fi rm fi agnimati , m fl
vi dy v ati ; u h rflgfi i ; m

E x c e ti p on s — . Base s i n
R v an b ec om e flfi '
v ari : m pi van
'

( s te p ) , fat, f . w e pivari (fl ie tpa )

'
. Ba ses in mi m an are d e c line d

li k e m asc uline s m d dman , f . r ope ; N . sg. m dfim a, A .

W dfimfinam .
 DE CLENSI ON .

I r r e gul ar No u n s w i th c h a n g e a bl e Ba s e s .

1 06 . 1. fl ap , w ate r, is ways plural

al . It l en gt hens i ts Q a
i n th e str on g c ases an d sub stitute s
i t fo r ( p before 31bh .

A w :
. a pak 1 « fr :
. ad b h i h L .
W a p su

2
“ di v o r
g dyn , f . sk y, us es d
g yn fo r i ts mi d dle b a se ,

fti‘

di v ev e r ywhere el s e ex c e pt th e N V . . sg .
, whi c h i s i rregular .

sm c . a a.

NV . .
fl i t di va k

A .
m d i vam fi z zdi vak

Ab G . . first: divé h ( Acfé s)

L . frfi di vi ( mf r) gg dy fi sh u

3 W an ad ut, an o x , h as t hree base s o

str ng, G
m
anad vi h m i d d le, “ E gg an ad ud ; weak est ,
W m an ad uh .

A .
W an ad vah am A . “ R ! an adfi h ah

1 . m m am ass 1
. wa
y s: a nadfi dbh i h

L .
“ gag an adfi tsu

4 ( 2
“ p u m ,
man , h as t hree b ases : str n g, o m p fi m fims ;

mi ddl e , 3K p um ; w e ak e st,
gs p uma.
 DECLE NSI ON

N . sg .
M p fi mfin
V '
W p ri ma l : A . pumas];

I .

i s ! p umsfl

Ba s e s en d i n g i n V ow el s .

1 07 A Ba s es i n
. Wa an d W a. ( t a = Gk -c c, -ov ;
.

Lat .
-us
,
-um : “I a: Gk . a , r) ; Lat . a ) .

Sm G ULAn .

Bas e t in rants

s ir : rental.

A .
m k finté m

I . I fi fl kanté n a
'

D .

-
Ab i d m zk m dy ah
un

G ar as : i k an tfis y a. m 1 k fintay ah
: i n : hu man .

L am
tr rantay an
s
V s ir rants s fi k i ntc
z
m
u ! k finta
DU A L .

fi fi t k anté ?
‘

AV . . arr k antari i In k finté

1 D Ab
. . .
W k sntsb h ym k m hym W k u td b h yam

t i n ) : k anté y o h a in t: k flnté y o h
‘
G L
. . fi rth: k finté y o h

l
Th e owel declen si on ( e cept bases in
v i an d di ph th ongs )
x r

h as th e sp e ci al e n d i ngs i ai U
I: 611 “I Am i n th e dat ab l
R
‘
‘
, , .
, .

ge n .
, l o c sg es pe cti vely
. . r .

2
i t ! a mb a mothe forms its V in Ua fi amba
, r, . : .
 DECLENSI ON .

P L UR A L .

NV . . a far: k sntfih a im: ken m mimfi rk antdn i 1

A .
W k antfin
z
a im: n e w tri m k entdn i

1 . fl k anta i h wimfir k fintfibh i h

“
er a: k snta i h
D Ab
. . m : k anté bh yah m : k fintflbh yah wfi w : k anté bhyah
G . Hir a m k fintdn am W k an tdn am m m k fin tfin am
15

L . 3 3 3 kfinté sh u m k antzsu was k anté sh u

No te— Cer tai n j
ad e c ti ves i n w : ah , HI 5 ‘
, “ am o w th e pro
f llo
n omi nal d e c le n si on
1 08 Bases i n radi cal 1 ! a, d ec li ne d ali k e i n th e m asc .

an d fem , t h ow o ff th e “I a in th e weak est c ases

r I n th e n euter

m
. .

hey sh orte
t n i n a to w a and are d e c li ned lik e k an té m .

few vi sv ap fi, all - r p otectin g ( /

s Tl p a) , i s d e c li n e d t
‘ hu s

I . W fi sva p - fi

B Ba s e s i n i i an d 3 u : ma s c .
, fem , n e u t.

W
.

1 09 Bas e Suk i , pure ; fig mri dti s oft , .

S I NG ULAR .

us e r m o mm s no w

W
. . . .

N fi s fq : gg t
. :
q r
g qg
mm s flkih suk i mri dfih m rid ti h

A o
s f'fl
s ti lcim
Wsuki m
s f“ m
mr id fi m
m
m rid fi m mri dti

1
Op 8 2 .
, n ote 2 .

2
O rig . am s : Goth -ans , . Gk -ov s
~
, La
.t -os . .
5 6 DECLENSI ON .

m . NE U
T . ru s e .

mrtd tma mr tdvfi

' ' '

s uki n a sfi kya sdk i n a m rtd un a

5
21
sukyu
W suk in o
ti
mrtdvai
'
1
is?
m rtd fin e
’

gr an:
gh a: m m
mrtd vfih
'

mrtd ti n a h

1m tsf fl
flm mrtd vfim mrtd fin i
'

s fik suk i a i
y
i i f l
ii
mik e s
?
fik t
Te
mrtdo
’
53
mrtd u
’

D UA L .

W Wi W sfik
a
m rtdfl
'
a is“?
'

mrtd ti n i

ru mt suk i b h yam
'

td ubh m
.

g e ya

sfik yo h sfik
yo h s uh in o h m rt
'

dé hv
'

mrtd v é h mrtd ti n o h

P L URA L
=
.

NV w v fi fi1 W W :
W
s fik a y ah s fik a y ah mki n i m rtd é v ah m rtd é v ah m n dfin i
‘ ’ ’

ss
sfi k m
W
s dk i n i
“ as
mrtdfln
'
s o

m rtdfi h
its !
m rtdfi n i
'

D Ab
1 .

W f
sfik i b hi h

ww : sfik i bh yah
qgf
w
st: mrtd fi b h ih

: mrtd fi b h a h
'
’

. .

q qg y
G .

W sd k n ami W mri dfin am

L .

m s dk i sh u
qg g m
'

rtdush u

Note 1 . Neuter j
ad e c ti ves ( no t ou ns ) n m ay h e d ec li n e d
th r oughout (e pt N A V num b e j
x ce . . . o f all
) rs , a nd fe m . ad e c ti ve s

1
Se e 107, foot-n ote .
 DE CLENSI ON .

and n un s i n o D Ab G L sg lik e masc uli n e s Thus th e L sg

th e . . . . .
, . . .

o f flfi‘ mati , thought, i s matyam o r md matati b ut o f “ ft m ,

a
v ri, n e ut water only wrFrfin vari i .
, tt .

Note 2 Bas es i n 3 u som etimes form th e fem by le ngthe nin g

. .

th e vowel r ad di ng i i ; e g
“ r uk a Kuru fe m
'
3 k u o
5 s : k u . .
, , .

rfilt ; 3
3: lagh ti h li ght fem eith er th e same o r
W lagh vi , ,
.
'
.

1 10 . r ‘l fi pati a lo d i s i rregular in th e weak cases o f

, r ,

th e si ngular : I . m patya D wi t p é tye Ab G i ra: p aw ,

.
, . .
,

L .
117 6}pétyau . At th e e nd o f c om p u nd s it i s e gular ( li k e o r
W
2 U
ffl sak hi , a fri en d , h as th e same irregulariti es , b ut,
besi des , h as m a s o
pec ial base , sak hay , in th e str ng cases

Nm . sé kh a A
m Sakh ay am 1 s u
, n a m y a . D m i , .
, .

sé k h e Ab G
y W ,: s ak h yn h L .a n d s ak h
.
y au V H a s ak h e ; , .
, .

d a N A v tra m
. . ) sakh ay au pl N v m : 3 5 m m A
. .
, . . .
, .

a “ sak h i n At th e end o f c om po u nds F f! s k hi is r gular in

. a e

th e w ea k c as e s b ut e tains th e bas e
m sa k hay i n th e stron g
, r .

3 Th e n e u te rs V FW a k shi an e ye U f a asthi b o n e Efi l
, , , , ,

d adhi c urds s fw sak thi thi gh fo m th eir weak e st cases fro m

, , , ,
r

bases i n W an (lik e m nfiman 1 0 2 e g I sg W 1 , ,

. . . .

a k sh tt fl, etc .

Q
]
c . Bas es i n 1 an d 3 a : f e mi n i n e .

111 whi h m on osyllabi c an d

Th e f ll o owing poi n ts, in c

polysyllabi c bases differ in declensi on should be n ote d ,

I M on osyllabi c b ase s c hange i i an d 3 0 to fl iy an d 3 1

.

before owels th e polysyllab ic to { y an d 1 v

v , .

1
A few polysyllabic words in i i an d 3 fl besides roots in i ,
f
an d 3 0 at th e en d o f c o m po un ds are mas c as well as fem , . .
5 8 DECLENSI ON .

2 . M on o syllabi c bases m y ta k e th e p
s e c ial fem . termi nati o ns 1
,

polysyll bic bases m u s t

a .

3 P o ly
. syll a b i c b as e s ho rtens
i i an d 3 0 i n th e V sg . .

4 P o ly
. y lla bi c bases in i i have no Q s in th e N sg ex c ep t
s . .
,

m : lak sh milt god dess o f p rosperity m tarfl b oat i 1 12

'
, , t, ,

tantri k , lute .

5 . P l o ysyll abic b ase s form th e A . sg . in

h im an d
m m , th e

A .

S rNG UL An .

i h h fl,
earth

'
afi
’'

a; bh ti h n ad i “1: w i nd»

W nad
'
im m vadh ii m

W b h uv d m na d
yfi m va dh vfi

s
i? b h uvé ad nadyai W3 vadh va f
gs : b h uvé h m nadyah m zvadh vah
gra
bh uvi

DUA L

b h abh yam n adi bh yfim v adh fib h ydm

G L fw d
. .
as) : an}: was) :
dh iyolt b h uv oh nadyoh v ad h v é lt

m 7 , foot-n ote
1
.
 60 DECLE NSI N O .

D . Ba s es i n t ri : ma s c .
, f o rm , n e a t.

1 12 SI N G ULA R .

ma s c . rim . n or .

Ba se n é p tr t, ds n o W evé s r t, sister
W provi dence
’
dhatr t,
’

fl gra n

N am n éptfl m svasfi m
’
. . E . dh atr t

m A m fir am W
'
A . n é pt r am svés dh atr t

I .
w n aptra G E T svasrfi W
° -
trtn fi o r
" °“
4 rd

D . W? n ap tre E a svésre °
fi -
trtne
"
or
”
i -
tre

Ab G 3 3 : (r) n é ptn h (r)

. . 3 3 (r): s vé sn h r
° l 2 - rt'n a h o <
( ) r
i ll t r
1 t

L . m né ptari s asari W -tfln i o r w ft -tari

V as : (g) 3 8 2 (g) W dh fitr t °
'

. nap talt r ( ) svasah r () or l 2 -tah

D UAL .

NA V an d n aptfir au E ma svash au
W dh atr i n i
’

U
. . .

D Ab
'
I rtb h fim 'IT‘ o
trt bh yAm
. . .
s fi y T
jP
G . L . at?
OI
“nap tro lt a s) : s vasro lt
°
trftto lt

A .
W n ap tl
’ ‘
in W ev as r
’
flz W fill dh atfi ni '

fi w i fe : dh atrt bh i h
'

n é ptrtbhi h
'

s vé srtbhi h
’
a q r:

D Ab wgw : nap trtbh yah W W

' ' '
. . 2 svés rtbh yah 2 dh atrtbh ya lt

W eb abri mm
'
in am
‘
é srtn am
G na t
s w
’ ’
.
p r

m “I“ d h dt t h
'

L n aptrtsh u sv asr i sh u
’
. E 113 r s u

Note 1. Th e n ames o f relati n s o in 1 ti ( ex c e pt n aptr i , 8 11

své sr i , an d mi hu sb an d) have a s h o r t
bh artrt, b efore t r
’
is a

father an d 8 111 m atrt mothe N fm pita am

’

, , r . .
,

mata; d u . N A V fw d pitaran m t? mataran p l N fm :

. . .
, . .

p itfiralt, m mfitfirah
r
.
-
A fu 1 p i tTZn , 3 11 2 m atr f h
1 .

Note m i , ma n, i s de clin e d lik e t i only th e G

’

2
a Ip ,
trt .
 DE CLE NSI ON .

pl i s .

W nfi n fim o r N 7 “nfi A . , .
W n é mm,

I . m ur d D ,
. nré , A
. unb ( r) L fi ft n éri
, .
, V 3 . 2 n ah.

Note 3 s i t; kro sh tri , jack al , is irregular in f ormi ng its

o fi g k ro sh tu
mi d dle b ase fr m .

Note 4 Th e fem o f a dj ectives in i i i s forme d by a dding i f

. . r

m m k artrt f
i artrl (li k e af t na di )
’
k
’
. . .
,

B Bu u i n i a i i fl o ! a .
,

l l3 ( 2 1 7 Bas e % ,
Th o 111 f b ull co w ;
g , . .
,

a? nan f shi p , . .

a! n ad h ( wa ds
)
( F)
vi
i o

m : n fivé h ( ml-
7 5 9
)
(mm
‘
a rts n fivi

N A V m ? l flyau
. . . an? u dvan

7 hm g6b h y§ m flung n aubh fi m

G L . . ( Ti l: rfiy6h “332 gé vo h W2 n fivé h

PLURAL .

NV m. . : r fiyah 1m : gflvah an : fl
n va h ( af )
w er

A . ( Tmrfiyé h
“
m : gfih an : ndva h

I . “fa : rebh i h fi fw: gobb i h fi fe : n aubh i h ( vo iid u)

D Ab. .
‘

UW2 r ebh yah M g6bh yah 7 3W: naubh é h

y
G . If “ rd
yflm m gé v am m n fivflm ( un f )
ai r

L . ( T5 r aad fi g na ush fi ( m od )
No te— fi dyo , f heaven is declined lik e 7 ag
.
, o. It c oi nc ides
i n N an d V . . sg it . w h “ div sky ( 10 6 , ,
62 Li t m u s .

-
l 14 Th e ( se c o n daryb nfi x of th e ( rai n w a te r11 6 k .

m p o ) m d th at o f th e m p erla ti ve i l l h m h -ti m o m o d de d
( t )
. to

l 15 Be fore th e o th e r ( p ri mary) sufi x es o f th e c o m pun ti

im m
a ( rare l y tle ya s, Gk . Lat -io r )
. an d o f th e su p erla ti

{ l is h tlu ( G k . m o
) ,
h a s es
. a re red uc ed to o n e s yllable , s ufli x es he ing

p o si ti ve fro m th e so me ro o t
W W W W k anish tha ,

W
.
,

an d n édi e s ,
y i f“ n é dish tlm
y in sen se t r e ,
b e lo ng o nl o

alps s mall n d i f“
, , a ntik a nea re s pec ti ely o ,
r, v .

A rule th e ro o t t k es G m
s a be fo re these tw o sufi x es a

m
,

with m t thes i o f fi g ar Q T; k hud a m ean

e a s k sh odi s r

m
.
, ,

y as ; a l l t p r a n
’

t ra i
p y s T here are how e er m a n y a v

i r e g la forms e g i ? ! bah nla f e quen t m

, .
, ,

b amhi y s
r u r
s , . .
,
r ,
a .

Th p i
es em tl
y r
co m p ar t i es anrd su p e lati ves h a e th e a caute n
v r v o

th e fi st ylla ble
r s .

r u n n n a ns .

1 16

1 “
02 1 61111 . a m u p tfin fi rm i .

2 f
r z dvi . en i g m a“ .

3 3 f ! tri . Q W o ave n

4 3 m katti t . Q0 m d és an ( 86m ) .

5 11 61 1 mm . sq W é k fid m n .

6 fl“ sh s Ah .
“
I Q W dvfldasan .
 60 Q 0 F f? sh ash ti .

7 0 so Fi fi sap tati .

80 to W fiffl asi ti ‘

90 Q0 “ fi t n e vati .

17 ‘
UW W sapté dasan .
1 00 qlo o
W satam .

Q]; W
1 8 ash t fidasan . 10 1 “
M
m ék asatam .

m m m
dhi k am
ek e

satam .

20 ac fi QTfil v i msatf . 102 QO Q km d vi sa tam .

W Km d vya
dh i k a m satam

2 3 22
3 M W t ay r o vi ms a ti
1 03 QOQ fi m flt i r sata m .

m W
.

2 8 at w rfé srfirash tflvi msati .

tryad h i

2 9 QQ “ m navav imsati .
k am s atam .

w h i fin atrl msat
m
1 10 fi lo
‘
m d asasatam .

0 fi riflw é t
30
3 a t .

dhik am s atam
“ fa “ navatrimsat
.

39 QQ
.

-
m a fi a fin akatv fi at
2 00 1 00 i i f? d ve s até .

rimsat. m d vi sata m .

m fllf m W fil
‘
trfni
'
3
“
00
4 0 so wa r 300 se

49 8Q m m
rimsat. h
tam

m tri sata m .

Sw im fi nap aii k dsat .

mo o i o o o W
‘
W dosa satan i .

5 0 lo
‘
Q W p a fik sé fi
t.
m sahasram .

Note — I n
order to form th e numb ers from 2 0 to 1 00 n o t
e n um erate d ab o e t is o nly n e ce ssary to remem b er tha t
v , l 3 n d 2 , , a

8 are 2 1 d vfi “ q t aya an d e m a sh tg b efore 2 0 a n d 3 0 (I I

, r s,

fi fllfil ‘
d vflvimsati, 3 m trayo vimsati, “E lf?
“ ash t g
h is fi -
t Li l a sh ti he fo n e So ; bo th fo rms
m ay b e n se d w i th p to 7o a nd w ith 0
9 .

1 17 O nly the first fo ur c ardin als di sti n g uish th e gen d ers .

u : M W M M é kam , fo llo w ing th e dec le nsi n o f th e o

pro n o m i na l a d ec ti ves ,
j i s in fle c te d lik e Hi ear n ( 1 30 ,
b) .

fi dvi is decli n ed as th e d nal of th e ba se i d va .

N A V xi i d ve 2 d v e ; 1 D Ab m m d vzblryam
’
. . . d va fi, , . . .
,

. }: dvi yo b
G L I n . .

-
NV fl :
. . m ills : W t: w ft v a:
roa m }.

A fi fe fi e: I fi lf t w e :
'
“

.
q r:
kam

f wfirz faqfil : '

D Ab fi lm : fi rqw :

trayfinfim ks tas l l s fim
’ '
v

L fit
tris h li ka tasn sh u
’

111
1 h
sare : N AV . . . s
q h a
st , 1 fi ght:
. sh adbhi h ,

D . Ab .
m sh ad b h
yah , G .

W sh annfim , L .
W sh a tsfi .

The nu merals in i i an are all d ec lin e d li k e l it -

Ipaith an

N A V vi !
. . . pailhe , 1 . fulfi l : p a fi k é b h i h , n Ab ti o n: pa ii k é
. .

b h yah , G .

W p a fik fin fim, L .

m p ai lk é su .
 NUME R ALS .

m ash tan , however , h as th e f ll o owing alternati ve fo ms

r

N A v uni a sh l a d 1 1 m
. . .
'
, . m: asb r ab bih , n Ab . . m
e s b tab b eh L m t b a
y g ee z e o , . .

Note a . Th e n u m eral s 3 to 1 9 are u se d as plu als agreeing

r

with their sub st ntives in n umb er and c ase (3 n d 4 i n gen d r

a a e

a ls o ) .

b Th e nu m ral 2 0 to 99 a e sing fem ; It? sate a d m sahé

. e s r . . n

s ra s in g ne ut ( som eti me s
, . are u s e d with n o un s in th e sam e
.

( in appo itio ) o i n th e G plu

'
c ase s n r . r.

1 19 O r d i n al s .

rst W 2, o
WI, ”I
R , p ratb a m 2 e k fidas fih .

mé h , -3 , -am .
3 3 3 112 n av a d asé h .

zu d W 2, °1
TI, ” TR, dvitf
'

m fi iu: fin avimsé h .

ya k ,
-a,
-em .
“ m ar: finavimsati
11 12, m ° '
3 d ”F ri ti a h,
r
$ , L t y tamé h .

4 ,
-am .

m 2 v imsé h .

$ 2, ” fr
, Icatur
t ahh 4 -
a m
fi st: trimsé h
.
, ,

h
W 3 o t
m W
.

°
2, tu rfyah ,
Fi rm : trimsattamé h
, ,
.

4 -em .
,

fi f filf fiflfifi ryam -a am

p .

sth W 2, “fl,
o '
‘I
R , p aii lca
'
m alt, -i , -am .

6th m , w t, sh asb th ah , 5 o th i s m: pask as é h .

-i
'
, 4 1m .
i s m“ : pafik asattam é h .

7th m : sapta mah . 60 th tr am : sh ash ti tamah .

8th m : ash tamtl h .

’
6 I st m e k ash a sh ti ta

9th W 2 n a vamah .
m alt .

1 o th m 2 dasa mah . W 2 ek ash ash thé h .

 NU
M E BALS .

7 o th Wm : s aptatitam é h . m um: ek asi tfil .

7 1 st m 2 ek as ap tati 90 th m fimv : n av a titam a h .

tamé h .

gr s t W 2 ek a nav ati

m m ek asap tatah. tam “ .

8o th m m s si ti tam ah . W 2 ek an avati h .

Sl at m sflfam ek arstitameh . 1 00th

11m : satatam ll h
’
.

Note — Th e femin in e fr m 5 o on wards is always forme d with i f .

Num e r i c al Ad v e r b s an d o th e r De r i v a ti v e s .

12 0 W -
as h ft, onc e .

fi 2 dvi lc, tw i c e .

f a: hri c e
trfh , t .

fi g2 katli h fo ur times , .

W 2 p ai k ak ri tvah, fi ve time s .

W 2 sh atk ri tvé k , si x ti mes , etc .

m ek adh d, i n o ne w a
y .

firs t ovi db s o r i s ! dr o ob s , in tw o y w a s.

fai n tridh fi o r i t" tre dh d in three way s

“

, .

n i our ways
l l aturdh fi, i n f .

i f! “ p afik adh fl in fi e wa s v
y , .

i f? ! sh o dbfl i n six ways etc , , .

m 1: old
ek asah , o n e-f .

fast: avast tw o -fol d , .

m 2 tri sdh thr e e -fol d

, , etc .

m dvayam or
m dvftayam, a. p air .

1 “ trayam or
m trftayam or T la trayi ,
'
a tri ed .

W katush tays m, a tetra d .

m p afik ata am
y , a pentad , etc .
68 PR ONOU
NS .

Th e f ll o ow i ng e nclitic form s are als o u se d : Sg A 111

. . ET
tva; D . G . a m e a te , . Du A . . D . G . =
fi n an ,
m v am . PI .

A . D . G a . : n ah , Q2 v ah .

De m o n s tr ati v e P r o n o un s .

12 2 ompositi on ) l gtad that ( also =h e

Base ( in c , , sh e , it) .

S I NG ULAR P L URAL . .

ma sc . n u ma s c .

N . 8 2 s ail GT i t‘
A .
“ tam i fl tfim afl tfin

I . h a té na 1m taya 8: tai h
D 1113 ‘ mu 1113 t“ w
’

i m
.

n : tébb yah : tfibb yah

Ab J
W té s m dt
m : té s y dh
G m am i m té s h am m ess es .

D ual m f N A V a? tan i t té ;
, . .
, . . .
, 1 . D m .
m a bb yam ;
G L 7 312 tayo k
. . .

Neu ter N A , . . sg .

“ tat .
'
Lat i s-tud , E ngl th a t ) ,
( Gk ro , . .

du . té, pl . m tflni . Th e oth er ca ses are th e s am e as in th e masc .

12 3 om po
Bas e (i n c si ti on) { 6 1i dam th i s (i ndefi ni tely ),
.

S I NG ULAR . P L URA L
“ABC . M AS O O

N .

m a yam m i amy { a i m é w : i mam

A .

m i mam {m i m fim
{m i mdn W 2 i mfih

fi m ya ts :
‘

1 . n a n ena an a i fs : ebh i h ar Abb i /r

 PR ONOU
NS .

Dua1 m f , N A V { niti mnu { ai me; I D Ah

,
. . . . .
, . . .
m ah h yfim ;
G L “We“a n ayo h
. . .

Neuter N A , . . sg .

{ E1 i dam , d u .
3 3 i m é , p l .
m i mflni .

12 4 Bas e (i n c omposition ) “3 1 a dds, t hat .

SIN GU LA R P L URA L .

M ABO . M ASC . mm .

“B? “a m) f
'
asau “1 fih
°
a san 1 aw am

A “31 . amum “1 1 “fl am fin “ 1 : amfi h

m m i tfir: am i bh i h f
‘ '
I amuna am u fi w f b h ilc
.
«
g y sn
au : am x

D “1 6 amfi sh mai “Eaamfi sh yai

m am: ami bh yah “1 5 112 amii bh yah
.
’

G “3 “ amfi sh ya
“ W tamnsh yah
m am sh fim i “1 “ am
'
fish fim
.

1
L . “W am fi sh mi n
W amfi sh
yfim
''
am s h u i “15 am fish u

Dual N A V “1 W
'
I D Ab
’'

, m f . . n . . . amti . . . am fibh yam ,

“ w : amli yo h .

Ne uter N A
'
,
. . sg . a dah, pl . am fini .

12 5 . Li k e Hgtad are i nflecte d

A . 1 Th e de m onstrati ve pron ou n s Ngtyad h e sh e i t , , ,

s
g . N
.
° 8 12 s yah , N1 s
yfi, N1 tyé t ; A N1 ty aw N11 tyfim
.
, ,

Nl tyat , etc .

2
m e tad, t ish ( ver y n ear) ; sg. N . ( fl:
A m . etam,
m etdm,
“ etat, e tc .

3 m e n ad ( e nc li ti c ), h e, sh e , i t, i s defe c ti v e, only oc

c urri ng i n th e A . sg . du . an d p l .
, I . sg .
, an d G . L du . . It i s
su b stitute d fo r F i g e té d an d
m i dam wh en t h ese re fer to an

Fi g etad o r
R1 i d am i n a pr e c e di n
g se nte n c e .

B Th e i n te r r o ga ti v e p on oun f“
r kim, who ? sg . N .

8
:
h a», an k s, W him ; A .

“ k am , m a k am fa g k fm , .

1
Op 5 4. .
70
’

Pno uo uns .

0 Th e r e l a ti v e 11 ad
gy , who whi c h ,
: sg . N I n ya
.
,
111

ya,
11
1 m; A .
“ yam ,
111 am
1y , “ yet .

R e fle x i v e P r o n o un s .

m i s i n de c lin a le b one ’
12 6 . 1 s vayam , s e lf, s

uni 1 1 5 11 s vayam vr i tavan, I ch o se it m yself , tho u

c h o s e st

tavati ,
hyself h hose
it t
sh e c ho s e i t h rs elf
, e

e
c

.
it h ims elf
m s vayam v r i

2
W Atm é n, self, i s dec li ne d li k e m brah mAn

m m m fitm anam fitm ana pasya , see yself by thys l f

th e ,

gno s c e te i psu m It i use d i n th

. s e si n gular masc e n wh en re. ve

ferrin g to n o u ns i n an oth er g n d e er o r n um be r.

3 a : s vab , E T s va, G R svam is a re flex i ve ad e c ti v e , j

o spo n di ng to L tin s uu sua suum ”
.

c rre a s, , : E 3 1
w s vam

pa ttam d i sh tvfi ha i g se n h is o w n so n
r , v n e .
( O n th e d ec l . of E
s va , see 1 30 , c ) fiTfl n iga is u se d i n th e s a me s en se fa fi
mm
.

n igam dh afryam adarsayat, h e s how ed his ( ow n )

c o urage .

C o mp o u n d P r o n o un s .

By ad di ng 1 1 ( Ir-
'

12 7
“

d ri sa, o r dn ks h a to
5 is
1 3 1
1 3 ,

c e rtai n p on o
r b
mi nal as es , th e f ll i ng c m un d ro n u ns av e o ow o po p o h
bee n form ed

m m h '
tadrfi tadri sa , a tfid rt k sh a ,
l
u li k e
‘ '
, s uc .

W etad n
m e tad s
m tfidn k h a th is li k e
’ ’ ’

a
s, rt a , e s ,
.

W y A
m y m wh
’
d d d
’
fi
’
rzs ,
z sa y a t k s h a at lik e r , r ,
.

im am tg d in i d h ’
i sh
’

a s: rtsa , k t i s li k e ,
rz a, .

i t“ mam fi gs: k i drtsa fi gs k i d tk sh a what lik e ?

,
’

, r
’

S i milarly form e d are W

W m Ad zsa
W t ad c a l i k e me
’ ’
r , v r s , ,

l ik th T h e fem i ni ne is form e d wi th i i : l l
“ tfid t k
’
e t ee , e c . r ,

m
W ? tad ms i
’
. n ;
. M , f
.
 P RONOU
NS .

12 8 By ad ding
fl vat an d “
(y a t to c erta i n p ro n o min al
base s th e , foll owing c om po un d s, i mplyi ng quanti ty, h ave be en
forme d

W fi v at, so m uc h

M eti vat, s o mu c h de clined l ik e o

n un s in
“ vat

M yfivat, as m uc h
n at, so muc h
W y fi aw
“
W
i dn, § fli fy ill ! yat ( 98 )
h y“, h o w mu c h
N o te — G fi k é ti,
’

how many ? ‘

affi tati, so ma n y , an d flfi! yeti ,

as man y are u n in fiec te d i n th e NA b ut i n th e other c as es a re

W
, .

de c lin e d lik e sfi k i

12 9 o
Th e inte rr gati ve h a rm, by a dd ing
M t, we
in
kana, or “fq ap i , i s c h ange d to an pron oun
i n defi nite .

m k askit,
W k fikit, fi liffi k i mkit s ome o ne ; als o
m
,

G k akkit, an ythin g .

m k aska na, W k fikana, fi ‘ fi l k fmka na, s ome o n e .

fi sfil k 6 x i
p , W fil k fipi fi fllfi l
ome o n e , k fmap i , s .

In th e same manner i n defi n ite adverb s are forme d : 5 3 ! k adfi

“

W
,

whe ? n k adfikit m a k adfik ana on c e ; a k va whe ?

, , , re

N I f! na k vflp i n o t anywhere , .

S ometimes th e relative p ron ou n i s p e fi e d t th e i nterrogati e r x o v ,

t re n d
o it i n d fi nite : l l : 3 : yah k ah who s oever ; W
er e E I 1m
yasyn k asya o f whom soe ver Lik wi se a : W yah k asl it who
,

,
. e c ,

soev r o r n: W yak k asl a o r 11: m yak k askana

e , c ,
.

Th e relati e pron ou n i f d ouble d assume s an i nd efi nite o r ra th er

v , ,

d i str ibuti ve m eani ng f l l l t m m m yé yak yd yd yé dyad

‘
: , , , , , ,

whosoever O cc asi o ally th e rel tive an d dem on strati p onouns

. n a ve r

are c o mbi ne d fo r th e same p urpo se :

m y atta d wh atso ever ,
.
 PR ONOM INAL ADJECTI V ES .

P ro no min a l Adj ec ti v e s .

13 0 T hese
whic h foll ow th e pro n o min l
are ad ectiv e s j a

dec le ns i on (l g tad 1 2 2 ) alto geth er o r in p art b ut o nly if th y

, , e

are us e d in th e sen ses gi e n b l ow v e .

a “N anya othe ; “N H
. ! auyatara e ith er ; { I t ftara oth e ;
, r , , r

k at m a n e ( o f m any) ; a w e other ; an d wo ds form d

e a ,
o , r e

with i t tm and HR tam from th e p on omin l st m s 3 k a ii t a r a e ,

‘

a,

1! a m k wh h f W k m wh h m y
y ( atara i c tw ? ata ,a i c o f a o o ,
n

follo w th e pro n o mi al de le nsi o th o ughout tak in g g d i n c n r , n

N A V sg neut ; g “N : a nyah “NI a nyd “ N1 anyat

. . . . . e . .
, , .

b Th e foll owin g d iffer only i n tak i ng 1 m in st d o f g d in

. ea

N A V sg ut : m ubl a ne b oth ; a n ek a ( n ; m a,
. . . .
y . 1 e l o

ek at a eith r ; fw v i sv “ sama ( e nc li ti ) fl !“ sima “asé

ar , e a, c , , rv a ,

all ; i n né m a h alf ,
.

Ex . u§ sarva : sg . N . ui . sarva h, 1fi l sarv a ,

m sarvam

D {wi th sa v smai ; Ab r a . Gi m sarv asm at ; G « i s: sarvasya

m
. .

L . can a smi n : pl . N . at car ve , “i f . sé rvfih , ni rfm

sfl vfini .

N o te — m u b h aya h as no d ual , an d i n n é ma h as opti onally

i f “: n émfih i n th e N .
p l m as c . .

c . Th e f ll o owin g optio
y tak th e te mi nati ons o f th e nomi l n all e r na

d ec len si o n i n th e Ab a nd L sg m n an d i n th N p l 1 . . . . .
, e . . 11

W adh ara i nf i o we st ; “i t anta ra ou te ( c ept “TR ! 1 :

,
er r, , r ex

antara p fi h su b u b ) o r low , ( c i l g rar m t) ; W a p ara o th er s . en , er

or i nfe i o ; “ I avara po te i o we st ; “ I li ttara sub se que nt

r r s r r,

n o th ; 1: m d ak sh i
, , ,

r i ght s o uth ; “I pa s ub s q uen t ;

na , r
I ? , ra , e

p i
'
l rva p i o ast
, ; 3 rs a w
r, e
o n v ,
.

E 1 3 xp u rv :
. sg Ab
{ 3 8 11
1p
a u as m at o
a mp
i . fi at . rv r
'
rv

L N i
'
.
p fir as m i n o r
1 p
! ii r vve p l H
E p fl ve r
{ t p u ah . r o rv .

d uni a dh a h lf w e : alpa little r a ffi rm k ti paya

,
a , , , a ,

s o me W k rama l st ; m p th am a fir st ; 3 1! d vaya tw
a , a ra , , o
 O U
C NJ GATI ON .

fo ld ( an wo d d si milar
s i n 1! ya : fl tra y s); F8 1 1r! d vf ta y a tw
“

, o

fol d ( an d si milar wo d s i n I ll tay a f i ll “ tri taya ) m ay foll ow th e

'
r :

p o n om in l decle nsion i th e N pl and ft m dvi tiya an d W

,

'
r a n . .
,

t i ti y i n th e whole si ngular
r a .

E 1 mm k a mflh o “a ka m é D W
'
x . ar d vi ti yéya o r
r ra : .

-
fe e l ma d viti yasmai ; Ab
M d itiyfit o r fl fi
m
' '
d vi ti . v

ya s mfi t G “ W d vi tly y
.as L W d vi ti ye m f m '
a .
'
or

d viti yasm i n : N .
pl . ffi flfll ’

: dvitfyflh .

No te — At th e e nd o f possessi ve om poun ds ( 2 1 8 ) these

c p ro

n o mi nal j
ad e ctive s are treate d li k e o di n ary wo ds
r r .

C HA P T E R IV .

C O NJ U
GAT I O N .

13 1 Sa n sk ri t v er s a re b i n fle c te d wi th h
e it er a c ti ve o r

m i dd le termi nati on s .

Th e ac ti v e vo i ce i s c alle d P a r as m a i - p a d a i e t ra n s i ti v e , . .

( li t .wo d f n o th
r e r fr o m c
or a red p a as m ai D s g,
’
f ‘ II p a a r ,
. . o .
r ,

a n oth er i a verb th e ac ti o n o f wh i c h re f rs to a noth

, . e .
) e er .

Th e m i d dl e v oi c e i s ca ll e d Atm a n e - p a d a i e i n t ra n i ti e , . . s v

( f ro m m i ni atm a n D s g o f m at m a n s l
e, f i e a. v e b t
. h ,
e ,
. . r e

ac ti o n f wh i h refers t th e g nt)
o c o a e .

Th e p a s s i v e t k s th e term i n ti o ns o f th e A
a tma n ep d p
e a a a, re

fi x in g 1! y to them i n th e fou spe c ial o r m o di fi d fo m s

a I n th r e r . e

other form s th pa ssi e with tw o e cepti on s ( 1 7 8

e v , c oi i de s x ,
nc

w ith th e A tm a ne pad a.

1 3 2 Th e S nsk i t v erb h as i n e a c h te n se and m oo d th re

. a r e

n u m be rs S in gula ,
D l and Plu al wi th thre e persons in eac h
r, ua , r ,
.

13 3 There are i n S nsk i t fo m s fo r n i ne m oo ds n d a r r a

7 4! C ONJU GATI ON .

te ns perfec t ( in dicati e) ; 3 I m '

Prese nt (i n di ca ti ve ) ; Im
“

es : 1 . 2 . v .

p e ra ti e ; 4v O p t ati e .
( po te n ti l) 5; P e vf c t ( re d u p li c te d a n d . r e a a

p e iph asti c ) 6 Ao i t ( fi st an d se c on d ) ; 7 Future (si mple n d

r r . r s r . a

pe i ph asti c ) 8 Con di tio al ; 9 Bene dicti e o Pre cati e (a k in d

r r . n . v r v

o f ao i st op tati ve )
r .

Th e above form s o tain tw pri n ci p l g oups th e pr se nt

c n o a r , e

g r o u p ( p e s e n t i mr p e fe c t i,
m p e ra t i e op tart i e ) a n,d t h e si b i la n t v , v

g r o u p ( s i m p l e fu tu e c o d i ti o n l fi s tra o ,
i s t b e nne d i ti e ) O
a f, r r , c v .

th e em ai ni ng fo m
r tw e e d pli c ated ( p e f t an d se c on d
r s, o ar r u r ec

a ori st 3 se e
, : tw e p i p hra stic ( pe fe c t a n d fu tu re) a n d
o ar er r ,

o ne oot-p ete i te ( ec ond a o i st 1 a d 2 se e 6 and

a r r r s r , n 1 1

Be si des th s e fo m th e i s e e i nfi i ti e
r s, u n c onn e cte d
er on n v

wi th any te nse -stem ; a d pa ti i ples c on nec ted with th e e t s n r c r e nse ,

p es e nt simfle futu a nd pe fec t active m iddle nd pa ssi e

r , r e, r , , , a v .

The e is eith e a plu p e fe c t n o r a s bj n ti e i n c las si al

r n r r u u c v c

S a nsk rit n r i s the , o a n op t tive r im p re ative o f a ny te s a o er n e

e c e pt th e p re s ent
x Th re are there fore far fewe v erb al fo rm s i
. e r n

no n -Vedi c S anskri t th a n i n Gree k .

S p ec i al an d Ge n er al F o rm s .

13 4 ou fi t f th e above -mentione d forms whi c h

Th e f r rs o ,

m y b e c all d th e Sp ec i al o M o difi e d Fo m s b elon g t th e p sen t

a e r r ,
o re

ste m ( p
c G k - .3- - .m -
p m
'
-
n urr (o ,w i th a o r v1rr o v, rl
'
'
r ac t, rl
'
‘
r e r .

g m- )
u
ru Th is p esent ste m i s fo m e d f om th e oot i n te
op . r r r r n

d ifl e nt way s
’
er Hen c e S sk it g m m a i ns have di i d d ll
. an r ra r a v e a

v e b s i n to te n c l ss s a di i si on wh i c h m ay c o v eni e n tly b e re
r a e , v n

tai e dn I n th e oth e fi e form wh i h m ay b calle d Gen eral o r

. r v s, c e

U n m o difi e d Form s th e term i n ati o ns a e a d d d i m me di at ly ( o

,
r e e r

afte i n s e ti ng a s i b il
r t) t th root
r In th e te th c la ss howe e
an o e . n , v r

( n a l
e ry ll th e v e b s o
a f wh i c h a s e c o nd a y ) t
rh p s n t s te m re r , e re e

i s u s d i m o st o f th e gen al fo m s s i th e oth e s ec on d ry
e n er r , a n r a

ve rbs ( c aus ti ve s d si d erative s i nte si ves a n d d en o minati e s

»
,
a , e ,
n ,
v ,

Wh i c h i nfill b e t eate d i n 2
9 r 1
 CONJ GATI U ON .

ir res pectively : ‘ fi ml , to walk : “I “ may-aya .

31 leur, to s tea l
fi lm k o r-aya as; dal, to em u d el -e e k rft, to prai se
c ut : l
y fl
.
.

fi ll k i rt-aya .

13 7 3 . S ec o n d C o nj uga ti o n .

Th e s tr o n g fo rm s are

( )1 p
Th e si ngular re s e nt a nd i mperfect ac tiv e .

( )
2 p ons imperati ve a c ti v e a n d m i d dl e
All fi rst ers .

( 3 ) Thi d si ngular i mperati e a cti ve

r v .

Th e stro ng form s have Gu a o f th e radical ow el o r th e afi x n v

( th e term i nati o n s b ei n g u nac c e nte d o w ea k ) i fi u i how e v er i s r .

“

, ,

re p resente d by 3 1 n a ( th c las s ) a nd by
9 1 n 3 n (7 th c l as s ) ,
a .

Note 1 Th e vowel o f th e oot o r afli i s shorte ne d in th e wea k

. r x

forms owi ng to th e term in ati on s b ei ng a cc ente d ( stro n g) or .

Note 2 Am on g th e gen e al fo ms ( 1 3 4 ) th e redu plicated p erfe c t

. r r

al o n e h as a c h an ea bl e b as e th e si n ular a cti ve b e i n s tro n g

g g g ,

( se e

13 8 1 . Th e s ec o n d o r Ad c lass a dds th e te rmi nati on s

d irectl y to th e r oot whic h i n th e

, o
s tr ng f o rm s tak e s G uns i f p o s
si ble ( 1 3 6,

No te — T ish an d ost di ffi c ult classes be

th e s e ve nt h are th e m ,

c ause so m ny rules o f i nt rn l S n dh i h v e to b e ob serve d th

a e a a a , e

vari ou s i nitia l o f th e termi nati o ns c omi ng i n to d i e c t c o ntac t w i th

s r

th e fi nal o f th e root .

a t ad , to
; e at : “ f“ ad -m i, « fie at -si, w fis et -ti . i , to go
i sm
‘

e fs emi z f elei e r f : e fu
’

y r eti 1111 to lic k i lé h -mi ,

, a
g , .
,

wh en fife lé -dhi
/

2 Th e th i r d o r Hu c lass ad d s th e
. termi nati y t tho ns di rec tl o e

r e du pli cate d root whi c h i n th e s tro ng form s ta k e s G uns if po s si ble

W
. .
,

h u, sac rifi ce : -h 6-m i I sac rifi c e 11: -h u

3 to g u , ; 33 yu

men, w e sac rifi c e .

o
N te Th e in tensi ve
— v er s b c onj ugated i n th e P arasmaip a d a

( 2 0 )1follow th i s c l as s .
 CO N-
I GATIO N U .

3 Th e. s e v e n th o r R ud h
c las s a dd s th e te rm in ati n s di re c tl o y
o o b o h h
to th e fi n al c n s n ant, e f re w i c 1 n i s i ns erte d i n th e eak , w
a n d a u s i n th e t o n g fo ms s r r

m
.

ug t joi n : m h jo i -na- -mi

31 y y g
, u i
o t - a w e n ; 2 y u g , ,

I joi n .

Th fi f t h S l d d 3 n u wh i c h tak e s G u a i n th e
4 . e o u as s a s
3 r c , n

t o ng form s to th e oot
s r , r .

a e u t o s que e ,e o ut
3T ! s u -
znu -mah 1 s t p l p res ;
:
F i fi ! , . .

s u -n 6- mi I s t g p e s ,
s . r .

5 Th. e ei g h th o r T a n las s a d d s 3 n wh i c h i n th e st o n
c g , r

fo m s b ec o mes i fi o to th e root
r ,
.

fi ta n to stre tc h ag, e : t a n -u -mah 1 st p l p es

: F i fi “ ta n -6 , . r .

m i 1 st sg pre s
, . .

Note — All ve b s b lo ngi g to th is lass en d i n 1

r e n c e pt c 11 , ex

1 : k ri : 11 a k ar-6-m i , 1 do .

6 Th e . n i n th o root th e syllable Nd ni
Kri c la ss a d ds to th e r
“

wh ic h b ec omes 7 " na i n th e st on g form s and is horte ned to flu r s

b efo e owels in th e w k forms

r v ea .

fi lm to b uy , m i n: kri -ui -mé h , 1 st p l . ni nth ri t ua

l-mi ,
1 st si n
g ; fl mfl . k ri n-anti , 3 rd p l

T h e Au gm e n t .

13 9 Th e i m pe rfe c t, th e a o i st
r , an d th e c on diti on al tak e
a ( wh i h c is ac c e n te d ) as t h ei r au gmen t. Th i s a fo rm s
V rid dh i w i th an i n i ti a l v o w el .

31 b u dh : p re s
1 .
-
thin fa b 6dh aml s mug ab o dh am .

3 g u nd : m u n atti , he w ts e im f p £ 31 a fi n at Q
mw
. .

m rt kk hati ,
’
he g oe s ; i mp f . ark/chat .

Th e augment o f th e i m f ( h are t h e n u s e d i m p era p . and a o r . hic

tiv ly) is dropp d aft
e th e p ohib iti ve pa ti c le “I md
e er HI r r

m W m d b ha an k h sh i t L t no t yo u H o no ur d o th i s !
v r , e r

or H T8 1 i n d sma k arot M a
W
y h e n o t d o it ! ,
78 c o uw c a n o rx .

B e d u p l i c a ti o n .

14 0 Fi ve ve r b al form s tak e re dup l i cati on i n S an sk r i t,

vi z . p es nt stem f th e th ird c onj ugatio l lass th e perfe c t
th e r e o na c , ,

th e re d u pli c te d ori st th e desi derati e nd th e i nt n si

a a , v , a e ve .

E ac h f th se fi ve h s c erta i n pe c ul ia iti e s whi c h mu st b e t

o e a t d r , rea e

se parately u n d e th s p c i a l ul e o f re dupli c ati o n ( 4

r e 1 46 66e r s 1 1, , 1 ,

1
9 8 , C o mm o n t o all a e th e fo ll owi n g r .

Ge n e r a l R ul e s of R e d u p l i c a ti o n .

1 yll b le o f a root ( 1 e th at po tion o f it whi h

Th e fi rst s a . . r c

en d s with a vow l) i s re d upli c ate d ; e g

e
fl b u d h =m b u -b u dh . . .

2 Asp irate d lette s are re p es n te d b y th i orre spon di ng r r e e r c

u nas pirate d l tters ; e g ffl bh i d to c ut

g e M u b ib h i d
g .
i d.h n
'
, , ,

sh ak e , = d u dh fl
to
g1 .

3 Gutturals are re p re s e n te d by th e c orrespon di ng p ala

ta ls,
gh b y 1 9; e .
g .
g? k u t, to sever,
m ku k ut ; “1 k ha n ,

to d ig, W kak h an ; 71
1 ga m ,
to go , 5 17 1
1 a
y ga m ; fi has ,
to lau g h , fl 1 h
y as
a .

4 If th e r oot begi ns with more th an o n e c onsonant , th e

fir st pli c ate d ; e g N k us to sh o ut = m kukrus

only i s re d u . . r , ,

m p k h i t o thsow fn fm
, I ik s hi p r , c .

I f a root b gin s with a sib il t foll ow e d by a h ard

5 e an

c o n so ant th e l tte i s re d u pli at d ; e g stu t p ais e a

n ,
a
fi r c e .
,
o r ,

tush tu F "sth a, to stan d , m tasth a ;

“ s
h u t, to dro p ,

W ku skyu t ; fi
g pp roac h “ 6 3 I ask an d
sk a n d,B ut to a ,
1 c .

8 sm i to p i sa sm i ( m i s soft)
3 r ,
n e, r .

6 If th e a d i c al v ow e l wh eth e fi n
r al m e di al i s l o ng ,
r or , ,

it is short n e d i n th e re du pli c ati ve y

e s ll b ; g i g
l e “ T ab to a e . . ,

en ter ,
m a
y gfih ; Nil kri , to b uy, m l I ik i ; { g ud
c r s ,
to

stri k e , z
m su s h fld .

7 If th e ra di c al ( no t fi nal ) v owel i s 2 e or Q ai , it bec om e s

 CONJ G ATI U ON .

3 i i f it i s “l “8 an i t b ec o mes 3 B
g R t wo h i p
’
0 or , se vu o rs e. .
, ,

fifi flsi s h ev ;
'
9 1 dhank ,
to app ro ac h a
3 ? dudha uk , .

8 R oots with fi n l 2 a e, i s i, “8 0 are treate d lik e r oots

e n di ng i n “I a, tak in g a in th e re du pli c ative syllable ; e g N . .

dh e , to fee d, Q fi d
‘ a d b a n ; fi gai , to si gn fl gagau ; i h
,

to sha p r e n,
W ? sa s au .

S p e c i a l R ul e of R e d u p l i c a ti o n f o r th e T h i r d Cl as s .

14 1 a r i an d
‘ ri are re p re s e nte d in re d u plic ati on by
i
r ; e. g .
1
1 b h r i , to be a r, fw ffi b ib h arti ;
q p ,
r i to fill ,
fvuffi pi parti .

T e r m i n a ti o n s .

14 2 Th e f ll o owin g tabl o n whi ch a e

e gi ve s th e te rm i na ti s, r

o n th e whole th e sam e fo all verb s o f th fo u m od ifi e d form s

r , e r .

Th e c h i e f diff ren c e i s i n th e O ptativ e whi c h i s c harac te i s d by 2 e

e , r e

i n th e fi st a n d 111 yd an d i i i n th e se c on d c o nj ugatio n
r , I t will .

pre ent c onfu i on t membe th t th e present h as th e prim a y

v s o re r a r

( m i si, ti , w hi l
,e th e i m p f o pt a n d i m p v ( th e lat t . w i
, th .
, . er

s o m e v ari ati o n s) have th e s e c o n d a y te rmi nati o s ( m s t etc ) r n , , , .

O f th e fi ve ge neral form s ( 1 3 3 ) th e Future and fo th e m o st ,

r

part ( espec ially i n th e m i ddl ) th e Perfec t tak e th e p imary e , r ,

while th e Conditi onal th e Ao i st and th e Ben edicti ve tak e th e

, r ,

sec on dary te rmi n ati o n s , .

I n o d e to u nd erstan d th e differen c e be twee n th e tw o c o nju

r r

g at i o n s i t i s,
worth n ot i n g th a t as i n th e a -d e c l e n si o n so i n t, h e ,

a -c onj ugati on th e ac c e nt n e ve falls

, n th e te m i n ati on s b u t r o r ,

always n th e sam e
o yllable o f th e b as e ( o n th e oot i n th e fi rst
s r

a nd four th o n th e ffi i n th e i th an d te nth l sse s ) wh i h

, a x s x c a ,
c

th ere fore re mai n u nc h a ge d O n th e oth er h nd as i n th d

s n . a , e e

c le nsi o n o f c h a nge abl e b ase s so i n th e sec on d c onj u gati on th e , ,

stro ng b as e h as th e ac c e nt an d i s s horte n ed i n th e we ak forms b y

,

th e sh i fti ng o f th e a c cent to th e te mi nati ons I n th e s ec o n d r .

 C ONJU
GATI ON .

c o n u ga ti o n , t e re f re ,
j h o th e t e r m i n a ti o n s ar e ac c e n t e d

e x c e pt i n th e s tro n g fo ( 137) rm s a nd i n th e i m p erfec t ( th e a ug

m e nt al w a ys b e in g ac c e nte d ) .

PA R A S M A I P A DA .

P rese nt . I m perfec t . O p tative . Impe ra ti ve .

r st 00 1 j . a nd co n ] .

2
M e
y am ma yam
( 1 es m1 yas
m “ e
”

( et y t

a ev a m yava

m e ta m 11171
1 yatam

2 3 11 etam
W yatam

ER em a w e yama
H e ta m yata
m e
w s
em s

AI M ANE P AD A
'‘
.

Pre se nt. Im perfec t . O p tati ve

. Im perative .

( e ( ) {
1 i ( ) N
2 e ya i iya Q
“ h t ee ( m e mes m i th as a sv a

t i i ta am tern

W E i vah i “H Qfi v ah a l

M eth am ( 1

W i th i n: ( )
2

M e tam ( ) 1
m W e tam ( ) 1

i yfitam m atte : 2 )
R f? m a i h “ f? e mah i
m i mah i ?
“I“ am ah a l

{ ca
n i d b v am a
nd h v am

W anta (1) m eran

i i
t i ran “ m a n ti m 1 )
“I ata ( )
2
 C ONJU
GATI ON .

Note I — Th e fi n al onj ugation i s lengthene d a of th e first c

b efo 1 m o 1 ; g “ 1 ! bha a m m bha a vah

re r e 5 v - i . : -
. v , v .

Note 2 Termi n ti o s b gin i ng wi th vow ls should b ad de d

— a n e n e e

in th e fi st c o j ugati on fte droppi g th e fi nal

r n Th us ‘ fi
a r n a .

b ha E ct 113 b h av -et
va
1 1 .

Note 3 Th e termi nati on s f th e first c onju gati on gi e n i n th

— o v e

a b ov e tabl e as b e gi n ni n g wi th 2 9 eall y c o nt i n th e fi nal “ a o f r a

th e ba e + § i ; b u t o p a tical gro u nd s i t i p efera b le to ssum e

s n r c s r a

that th y b gi n wi th ( ee e .

Note 4 V b s o f th e fir st c onj ugati on tak e no termi nati on in

— er

th e 2 n d sg i m pv P a Those o f th e ec on d ge n ral ly tak f?

. . r. s e e

h i wh i c h b e c om es f“dh i ( = Gk 6 ) fte a c o son an t ( in 2 3

,
- . 1 a r n , ,

V b s o f th e fifth an d i ghth d op 1? h i u nle th e 3 u i p ec e d d

’
er e r ,
ss s r e
-
by a o nju n t c o nso a nt : ffl aki -mi b ut mgrg ap - u -h f Ve bs
c c n
'

,
n . r

o f th e in th c las i f en d i g in a c on so na t t k e “I1 Ana i n stead o f

n s, n n , a

ft h i “ 1 m a
:t h w e m at h - du e ; b
, u t 3 3 k i W k i - i -h i r ,
r n .

Note 5 — Ve b s o f th e th i d lass n d du pli c ate d b es ( c p

r r c , a re as .

1 45 l I,I 5 ;
c a ls.o 2 0 3) t
,
k e “ fa at i a n d “ 3 a t u i n
, th 3 d p
a l p s e r . re .

a nd imp Par I n th i tm o f th e whole s ec o n d c o nj u g a ti o n

v . . e .

th e 1 n o f th e 3 r d p l p e s M p f an d i m p v i s r ej e c t e d . r .
, .
, . .

Note 6 — Ve b s o f th e th i d la s e dupli at d ba e a d fi g vid

r r c s, r c e s s, n

(c l I I.
) t o k n ow ,i n th e 3 rd p l M p f
, P a i n st e a d o f “ 1 n t a k e 5 : . . r. , a ,
“

u h b fo e wh i h a fi nal v ow l re qu i re s G una 5 2 u h m ay als o b

“

, e r c e . e

d d ed to fi l d i h a d to roots in “I a d vi h -
a
i v s n a an o : s r

“fr at ad vi sh -u h ; 1" ya( 01 I I ) to g “ 11 ay an o “ : ay-u h

a . ,
o, r .

P a r a d i gm s .

14 3 As th e f o nj ugati on are i n ou r c las se s o f th e fir st c

flected e ac tly li k e o ne p arad i gm will sufi c e fo r th e m

x a Th e
, .

sa m e ppli s to th e fi fth and eighth cl ses I n th e sec o d class

a e as . n ,

Q 1 d i sh h as b ee n u s d i ste d o f “1 ad f th e pa d igm
v e , n a ,
or ra ,

b e c se i t i llustrate s b ette tha “1 d b oth th e rul es o f i nte nal

au r n a r

S nd h i a nd th e di ffe enc e b etwee n st o n g an d we ak form s

a r r .

0
82 C ONJU GATION
.
ONJU
C GATI ON
.
C ONJUGATI ON
.
CONI U GATION
88 C ONJU
G AI IO N
'‘
.

é
h

W
s

E
V

t
l
I n
»
l
l u
S s

:
h
l a
a
- -
h
v t

u u
n n
u u
s s
ONJU GATI ON
C .
94. 00 111 0 9 1 1 10 11 .

I r r e gul a r i ti e s .

Pi r s t C o nj u g a ti o n .

14 4 . f i r st or Bh fi Cl a s s . 1. 1 5 1 k ram, to ste p , “I
a-k am , to si p ,
1g uh
g , to c on c eal , ffl1 sh thi v, to s p it ,
le ngt he n
their vowel in th e p re sent base : 1 11“k rfima, “I“ a-kfima , 13
fih
g a,
'
m sh thlva
'
; 11 mn g, to
’

c lean se , tak es Vn ddh i

'

: m1
m arge ; Hg sa d , to si nk , tak es i f : lfld si da ( Lat
‘ ‘ ’ ‘ '
. si d o) .

2 .
fl ri , to go , “1 gam to go l l1 yam to re strai n form th e
, , , ,

prese nt base w ith 3 kkks ( = Gk cm ) : W rflckha , W gahkka .

,

W yakkh (al o { 1 i sh to wi sh i n th e 6th c l : { 3 i kkha)

a s , ,
. .

“ I h a t s m ell W I a t d in k H 1 th a t t d h
3 g . o r p ,
o e o s
, n av e ,
r , , a ,

a r e du pli c at d p esent b s e e fa n gi gh a
r pih a ( Lat bi bo )
a : r , .
,

fl ? ti h tha ( Gk E -
s m L t s i st o ) .
'
a g a . .

4 m d
. a ms to b ite 1 1 m a n
,
t h t o c h urn i 1 rang to ti n ge
, , , , ,

“ sang to a dh ere G , 1 s itg to e mbrac e drop th e n asal W

, va , ,

dasa, etc .

5 .

“ h i s , to s ee , “II d m a, to h blow , “1 runs, to stu d y , su b

stitu te as a
p y , WI dhama , 1 1 man e .

6 .
{I1 u
g p, to prote ct 1 1 dhup , ,
to warm , tak e “Ill aya
‘

rfivm go pflya 1 m d h fi pdya ; 1 1 k am tak es

, “ II a a
y w it h
V n ddh i : 1 5 m k amaya ( p roperly c au sati ve )
’

F o u r th or Di v C l a s s . 1 . H1 tam , to la n gui s h 11 dam

, , to

ta m e , 8 1 bh ra m , to o 1 g mad to rejoi c $1 sam to c e as e

r am , , e, , ,

“1 sram , to b e wea y le gth en th e i

r owel m tdmya etc
, n r v : , .

2 . Verb s in “d 0 drop th e “d 0 b e fore 1! ya ; e g IO 8 0 to .

m
.
,

sh rp en
a , syati ( c p . 1 3 6,

3 . fi ab hrams , to fall, dr op s its n asal : t ras a y ;“ v

y a dh ,
i
top ie c e tak s S ampras arana
r , e
l
f? ” vi d h
y ;
a
li
l1 yan , to b e bo rn ,

sub sti tute s m fl

g y a .

1
Th e term a ppli ed by n ativ e
gram mari an s to th e o
c ntra cti n o
 C ONJUGATI ON .

p
d u li ca ted ve r bs , tak e ‘ fil ati an d
fl a tu i n th e 3 p l re s . . p . an d

i mp v . , a nd 3 : uh i nstea d of
“ an in 3 p l
. i m f ; e g 3
. p . . . . sg .

-
aft da ri drfi-ti , 3 pl af t { Fa dari dr-ati . . .

m ch a nged

to m sis hi n th e weak fo rm s b efo re c ons onants :

3 sg Wi li?
l

m
. .

s s -ti ;
a 3 du
. . fats: fi s h talc
-
; 3 pl . . ass-ati .

6 .
i b rfi , to s
i pe ak , i ns erts i i n th e str n g o f orms before te r

m i nati o n s b eginni ng wi th c o sona nts n : w ith b ravi mi .

fi mfi g, to c lea ns e , ta k e s Vn d dh i ins tea d of Guna ru ff

’

7 . a.

mars h -i i .

b 3 yu
.
, to join
oots en di ng in 3 u tak e V i ddh i
, and all oth er r ,
r

i ns t d o f Gu
ea i n th str ong fo ms be fo e te mi n ti ons b e gin i g
na e r r r a n n

w i th c o nso n an ts : al l! y i -mi b ut 1
m y a v -am al , a .

8 “ m s to d si e tak s S amprasarana in th e weak fo m s

.
, e r , e r

W vas mi, b ut W usvah .

9 . fag vi d ow b si d e,s h
to k n
t e r e g u la r p res i f “ , éd m i
e h as . v ,

als o p e fe ct fo m wi th p s ense : Q3 é da p l f w
a r r i dm a( Gk
a re . s v , . v .

b
’
ot a, Germ w e i s s w iss e n ) o r i g v i
.
-v ed a e tc ( c p , , .
,
. .

fi i t li e d own le ep ( A tm o ly ) t k G i t h
10
Q . s s , o a e u a n
, . n , s n e

p sent ste m an d in rts 3 r i n th e 3 pl pres im pf an d im pv

re se

m
. . . .

3 g s.
i t} é - t .
( G k i -
ms ) 3 p
; e l i n ? se r a te . et s é r al ta m . .
’

, ,

Wi lt ?! sa r ata c .

11
K h an . t o k ill d a ps
i n b e fo e
i t a n d 1 ! th i n th ,
r r e

weak fo ms 3 sg t fil h nti b ut 2 pl E1 ! h a-th In th e 3 pl

r : . . a , . . a . . .

p es im pf im pv th e adi c al i t a is droppe d nd th e gh b om
r .
, .
, . r a
'
ec es

H f '
h m g p
'

flg h d g h a t
: i E gg n n tu n n a h n a n, Th e 2 sg i m ias , . . . v.

f
i ? ga h f ( d i s i m i l te d li k e a re d su p li c at e d fo am fo r f
{ a , h a - h i ) r , .

T hird or I n Cl a s s . 1.

{g d a d “ h
an das th e i b as e s i n th e w eak form
d ad fl d ad h r s .

( g
a i n s ta 69 ) b ec o m es
q dh at b fo e
1 t an d l
l th : ( W e r

d adh fi -m i b t f“ :
u i da d
, h vah W dh at-W i Th e i mp
-
, t. 2 . v.

P i s i fs d e -h i and i f: dh o -h i
ar . .
 CONJ GATI O N U .

2 . WI ma , to me as ure , an d { I h a to ,
ru n a way b oth Rtm have , .
,

M fi TEl h p st m s d opp ing th e

‘

mim i an d i
g hi as t e ir re s . e ,i i r

befo owels p e g fa ? yi h - fflfli gi h i -sh 3 p l fi t?

re v : r s. s . e , e, . .

g i h - te
; ai m p f a fa f é
g g i h -i « far m g thah 3 pl a fa r a
. : é i h i - -
, , . .
.

agih -ata .

{ 1 h a to l v P ar h as ai l g hi i n w k form s droppi n g th e
’

, ea e, .
, a ea ,

i 1b fo e
e v ow el r d Q y W EE gab am i b u
s an t p l W I g h i , 2 . . a

3 2 . o th erpvri
erb s i n whi
an c h fi d
n l a is p rec e de d by a
labi l h an ge th e owel to K fi ex c ept wh e
a c v r, re it q
re ui res G u ns .

or Vrzd dh i
'
: fi Nffi p i parm i ,
’
b ut 1. da . firfi : p ip firva h .

F i f th or S n Cl as s . 1. R oots e n di n g in v ow e ls m ay d r op
th e 3
’

11 b fo e {
e r v an d
R m :
$ ?a 4
s un é m m i , b ut fl? su n -val;

or
W s un u -vain.

2 R oots e n di n g in co ns on ants c han g e 3 u to T i nv b ef ore

mh
.

v ow els sa k -a uv -anti .

3 .
a s r u, to ear , a n d
i dh fi , to s hak e have N , sr
’
i nu an d

33 d h n nu as h
t e ir p re s. ste m s.

S ev e n th or R u dh Cl as s 1 .
fl a fig, to an oi n t , “ in dh,

fla t t e ry b fgq hi ms op thei
’

to k in dle, , to reak , a n d , to ki ll , dr r

na sal b efore i n se rti n

g i
“'
v na : “ fi n b h a -n a-
gmi .

K trzh , to kill , i ns erts i ns tea d o f 11! h a fi fl tri n éh mi

’

2 . ac .

E i g h th or T a n Cl a s s .
Q k ri , to d o , h as as its o b se
str n g a

fi a k ar6 , an d as i ts w e ak ba se “ 1m m , th e 3 11 o f whi c h i s

dr oppe d b fo q e re m, y
R i
“

v : m k ar6-m i , fi k u r-vah,

m
,

m k uru -
th é h , k ur-yfim . Ot he r v er b s o f thi lass m ay s c

dr op th e 3 ’

11 b o
e f re
{ v a nd m
R , as in th e fi fth All v erb s be
.

l o ngi n g to t is h c la ss ar e both Pa r . an d Atm .

Ni n th or K r i C l as s . 1 .

g d ri , to tear, i d b u, to s hak e ,

1 p 0, to purify ‘ zp i , r , to fi ll , Q If) , to c ut,

1 vri ,
'
to c hoose 11 etri , ,

11
 98 co nm s u mn .

to
n fi-mi
c ov e r, sh orten their vowel i n th e p re s . ste m; e. g .
m pu
.

2 . a n gya to gr , ow weak , 1" gri d , to k now, i f ! grab , to s e i ze,

are s horten ed to fargi a t 9 6 K g i h e g m gA-nfi-mi , , r . . .

3 .
fl b an dh to b i n d i i
i m anth to shak e drop th e nas al ;
, , , ,

e .
g .
m fs b ad h -n fi-m i
W ffl m ath -nfi-mi , .

Ge n er al or Um n o d i fi ed T ens es .

14 5 I n th e rem ain i ng f o rm s— th e Red u lic ate d p Perfect ,

th e P eri phrastic Perfect th e First nd Sec on d Aori sts , a , th e Si m ple

Future th e Pe ri phrasti c Future th e Co nd iti ons] a n d th e B n e
, , , e

di cti ve all v erb s are treate d alik e th e d isti n gu is hi ng feature s o f

—
,

th e Present ste m di sapp eari ng O nly th e verb s o f th e tenth c lass .

pr s erv e thei W aya thr oughout ex c ept in th e Aori st a nd

e r ,

Ben ed ic ti ve .

B e d u p li o a te d P e r f e c t .

14 6 (3 1 3 S p e c i al R u l e s of B e d u p li c a ti o n .

1. H i a T i T , ,
an d
‘

Q 11: are re pr e se nted by W a i n th e re d u

pli c ati ve syll ble Q a : k r i , to d o ,

’ ’
11m kak fifra; H tr i , to o
c r ss ,

mp
i
m tatii
'
ra ; a , bleto b e a , 1 m kak alp a .

2 . a . I niti al i t a or i ll afoll ow e d by o ne c o n so n a nt b ec o me s i n a
Wg ad m ob W '
W3 , to e at, ta i n t! fi
fid a ;
p ap , to ,
a.

b Initial w a o “I 5 followed by tw c o nsonants and i niti al

. r o ,

fl i p efi “Ft fin I i i ark to ho nour G HQ fin a ka ; a rzy ;

’

r , r x : , , r

to obt i n
“ a afi n igé , r .

3 R oo
. ts b e gi nn i n g wi th Q i o r 3 u ( n o t p r o s o d i ca lly l o ng) c n o

t act 3
r a n d a n ;-a d to
i t a nd a d ; b ut i f th e adi c l .
r a

{ i o r 3 u tak e Gu a V i dd h i 1 y a nd
i v are i n e te d b e
n or r , s r

twe e n th e re dupli c a ti ve syllabl e a d th e b as e n .

{Q i sh {fi t i sh a tu h t h,e y t w o w i sh e d { i i i -
y
- é sh a I wish ed
, ,

3 1 uk m 2 fik atu h th y tw o were pl ea s d ;
, ,
u- v -6I I e e ca ,

w a s pl e ase d .
 CO N] U
G ATI ON

d a d h fi-th a, Qfi fl l d a dh -i -th a
w : d a dh -uh T h es e roo ts
, ( ex c e pt .

i h v e , to c all) al so ta k e l a a u as th e ir term in ati o n i n r an d 3

‘
. .

s
g P ar
. . : ? d adban
“1 dhfi, a“ .

15 0 owels pable f Guns

I . V ca o , ta k e i t t h oughout th e
r

si ngular i f foll ow d by o on s o n nt
e ne c a

m
.

{ i n iy
-es h -a ;
fl b u d h , b ub ed h a ; b ut m
2 . Fi nal ow ls tak e V i dd hi o r Gu s in th e fi st Gu na i th e
v e r n . r ,
n

se c on d , V i dd hi o ly i n th e thi d p e s o n i g l
r n =fi ui to l d r r s n u ar : , ea ,

1 . fm nin flya or fm nin aya , 2 . fai n ni né th a o r fe afim

fi rms
'
n in a
yi th a, 3 . nin fiya .

3 . bM e di al Wa
efo re si gl e c o n so n a n t is l e n gth n e d ( i a n e . e. tak e s
V i ddh i) op ti o ally i n th fi st an d n e ssa ily i n 3 sg
r n e r ce r . . e .
g .
a
b a n, to k ill , 1 . a ura ga gh fina o r m gagbé na , 3 . m m gagh fin a .

15 1 other h nd the oot i n th e w e k fo m s

O n th e a , r a r

i s we k n e d i n th e follow i g
a e es n c as

I R oots i n whi h i t a i s p e d d n d followe d by a si ngle

. c r ce e a

c ons o t (e g n an an d wh i h i n th i r re d pli c te d syllable

. . c e u a

re p t th e initi l c o son nt u c h ng d (th i s e l d e oots begin

ea a n a n a e xc u s r

n ni g wi th as pi at s w ith g tt ls n d wi th R v )
r ontrac t th
e ,
u u ra , a , c e

tw o yll bl e s t o n with th e d iphtho g 2 e ( c p L t c p -i o c é p -i )

s a o e n . a . a ,
.

Thi s c ont ac ti on t k plac e r i 2 sg P when 1 ! th e i s

a es e ve n n . . ar .
,

a d ded with { i (th e st on g fo m is use d wh n l l th a i s dd d with r r e a e

i p p -th a b ut um p p -th a in :
o ut
Q) a l : e k i a ak s,
g , ,

p e k uk ; fl tan , fifiw te n -i -th a, aat tenuh .

Nate— 1 b urst fi bh ag to enjoy

tri , to o
c r s s , 15 5 ; ph a l, to , , ,

and
W fid h ( i th e se n se o f killi n g ) i e gula ly foll ow th e ab o e
r n
’
rr r v

ul e ; e g tri m tatfira at : te rfi h S o me oth e s d o s

r
Q . . , , . r o

optio ally n .

2 R oots b e ginn i ng wi th 1 va als o

.
Wy g a to s a c ri fi c e fi n v ad h
i y , , ,

to p i e c e and I b i k S m a m i h e w ea k
Qr
gra to s,e e ta e a p ras r a a n t , z ,
 c o nm o an o u . 1

fo rm s . In t h e se b s Q i and 3 u re p re se nt 1! ya a nd El va in
v er
“

du plic ati ve syllabl ag vah to c a ry m

'
th e re e : u -vfl h b ut , r , a,

a fgw ah im a u -uh -im a) ; a

s y g g u m i -y ag b u t £ w a , a,

i yi m a i -ig-i ma) .

3 “ . h a n k , to di g, T
R gam , to go ,
W gh as , to e at, HR gan ,

to b e bo n a r , b an , to k ill, dr op th ei r ra di c a l v ow el i n th e we ak

f o rms : 5 mm ga gfim a W 2 gagmuh ; , w e gagh fifs a, 3

n y a

k s h uh ; W gag h fln a mg: gagh nfih , .

“ 4 .
$ 1 b hgt
radnt
e c e i e
“ mh n th
, t to ti e ,
o be d am , o v , ,

c om e loose nd
“ sw ag to em bra c e op ti o n lly drop th e n sal
, a , ,
a a ,

i whi c h c as e th e fir st th re e follow 5 nth ii h o

n
1, r :
g g r 1 a a r

H3 : gr e th uh .

15 2 I n th e weak forms b efore terminati o ns begin ning

,

h v owel fi nal
w it s,

( ) 3 i a
i 1 i i if p e e,
d d by o n o n s
, o n an t b e
r c om e,1 y r c e e c , ,

Q ; i f
r b y m o re th a n o n e
fl y 1i “ ar i fi i to l d fil
fl , ,
: u , ea ,
’

n in
y fi h fW sri ,
to go , WW : si sri y fi h ;
“

f k ri , to d o ,
fi t ka

kr fi h ; GI stri , to s p re a d , W E: tasta r fi h .

(2 ) 3
‘
u an d Hi (i al w a y s b ec om e fl uv :
gy u, to join “3 ,

u
y y nv fi h '
c g stu , to prai se,
m : tush tn v fi h .

(3 ) a
‘
rt b ec o mes I TS ar :
5 k rt, to s c atte r, m : k ak aruh .

-
121 r e g u l ar i ti e s .

15 3 . r fi ki , to gat he r, f? gi , to c o qun er, fa h i , to i m p el ,

di ss imilate th e ra d ic al in i tial to a gu ttu ral : firm kik a y a, famv

i fi
gg y ,
a faw n i
gg h fiya .

2 (3 4 3 , i bbu to b e , , re d u plicat with i t a and retains S i 11

es

t h oughout
r : $ 5 3 b a bh flva, Q R : b a bh fi vuh .

3 . El
i ah , to y, i
sa s d e fe c ti v e , f rm i n g nl 2 sg ,
d u al o s
; 3 g o y . . . .
,

“IN fitth a , fl it ah a “E s: ah ath uh, w : ah atuh ,

'

du .
, p l . :

mg: ah uh .
 C ONJU
GATI O N

P a r a d i gms of th e R e d u p l i c a te d P e r f e c t .

15 4 I .
R tu d , to strik e :

a t
g e
a f
sa ari
W as? mfi fi ms
tu t6da tutu d-iva tutudi ma tutu d é tutudi vah e tu tu dim ab e

i
w ht
m : m W ? W safes}
tu té d ith a tutu dath u h tutud a tu tu d ish é tutu dfith e tutu di dh v é

a m M :
m : m m i mi
tut6da tutu datu h tutud uli tutu dé tutu ddte tu tu diré

2 . “T d h a, to plac e : sg. 1 . v i
i d ad h au, 2 .
m da dh dth a or

15 v d a d h ith a ; d u . 1 . f
s“ d adh i va; p l . dadh uh ; Am .

r .
( ad a d h é , 2 . dadhi sh é .

3 H . t an , to stre tc h: m tatfin a m tatana W

or , te ni

th a ; i f“ ten iva; ii te mi k fi te n é fiffi te nish é

, .

4 .

“ ag,
y to sac rifi c e : m iyfiga or
m iyaga , m i yash tlua

{ w 1: iyagi th a i f“ igiv é ; £ : i
3 g ;fi h fi tigé , tra i tigi sh é .

5 .
( Kh an , to k ill : m m gagh fina or m g g
a h an a , 3 “ ya
gh an th a or “ f“ g g
a h ani th a ; g g
a h n i va; Hg: gagh n fi h ;
a ngagh n é ,
31 a g g
a h n i s h é .

6 fl?. ui , to lead ; fe m ni n fl
y a or fawn ninaya ffi , n ni ne
th a ,fw fim ni nayi th a ; fi fw a ni nyi va fa g : ni nyfi h far}
n i nyé fafw i r ni nyi sh é
, n inyi dh v é o r W -dhv é .

i t k ri to b u : fa w n Ici k rfi a o r farm k ikra a frfi m ki

7 .
y , y y ,

k ré th a o r fe arful : k i k rayi th a fa fi afi n k i kriyi va fish y: k i

k riyuh ; fi f l fi Icik riyé fwfi lifi fi k ik ri yi shé ; q mfné kik ri yi

‘
’
,

7 } -dhv é
<
dh vé or .

s k r i , to do W k ak ara m kak ara , -

a n i m al th e
.
1
; : ar ;

a a kak n sh é ; 7?
'

kak n va; 7 kak ni h ; kak r é , T i 1

’

3 2
k ak r i d h v é .

9 .
“

T k ri , to sc atter : “ It kak aira

‘
or W kak ara, W ha
104 c o s m o amo x .

Note — Afte r b s whi c h us e d in th e Atman ep ada 5 kn

’

ver ar e ,

is c oj n u ga te d as Atm b ut
a as and
i b h fl 1n th e Paras mai pad a .

He n c e fr m I "? ed h ate , h e gr
o s, W fi e d hflmlcakre , b ut ow
W e dh amb ab h uva a nd m -as a I n th e as si ve a ll three . p
a u x i li ar y ve r b follow th Atm
s e an epad a
( cp .

15 6 1 . 1 11
1 y
a to, o
g , m As, to si t d own ,
d
QR y, to
a

p ity ,
pe i phrasti c pe fe c t
ta k e th e r r .

2 . It is tak n opti o ally e n

( a ) by fi
g g i t w a k e ( W Kg g
fi a fim
r fi
k g vi,d o r ,
to k n ow
( fe m vi d
'
am ) .

(b) after red u pli cati o n, by a n bh i , to fear ( m rrq b ibh ayiim )

fi ,

1 bh u , be ( fi m bi b h arflm) , an d h u , to sac ri fi c e
‘

1 r
to ar
g
( W g uh av dm ) .

Ao r i s t .

15 7 T h e re are tw o k i n ds o f a ri s ts o in S an sk rit as in
Gre e k . Th e Fi rst i s f o med by inserti ng a si bilant b etwe en oot
r r

an d termi n ati on , the S ec o n d by addi ng th e te m in ati o s t th r n o e

bas e .

Both aoris ts tak e th e augm t ( whi c h i s alway s ac c ente d ) an d en ,

with som e m odific ations the termi n ti on s o f th e i mp fect , a er .

Th e re are four fo rms o f th e Fir t Aori st th ree o f th e S c o n d s , e .

F i r s t L ar i at .

15 8 o m s o f this aori st are really th e same ;

Th e fir st tw o f r

b ut th e fo m e b ei n g pec ul iar to verb s wh i c h tak e i nterm d iate

r r, e

i p refi es i o th s i b i la nt wh il th e latte b i n g p e c uli

Q , Q t x e t o , e r, e ar

v erb s wh i c h eje c t th e i ttac h s th e si bi l nt d i l y o th e

Q r t t , a e a re c

root These tw o are th e only fo ms o f th ao ist whi h tak

. r e r c e

G una o V i ddhi Th ey h ve V id d hi i n th e P a asm ip d ( in

r r . a r r a a a

th e fi st form a me d i l v ow l ta k
r G u a o ly) an d Gu a i n th e
a e es n n n
 U
CO NJ GATI O N»

Atman ep ada (a medi al v owel , as well as fi nal i n }remains u nc ha nged

i n th e sec o nd form) .

M . to
“

Q c ut P ar a s m a i p a d a .

1.
m alav-i sh am m alav-is h va m fiw flav -i sh m a
2 . r enal : elm-1 h « a ffi r m alav -i sh tam m m alav -le ta h
3 1 1
. m m élav-i s m m alav -i sb tam
-
w a i f6 3 alav i sh n h
: -

l tm a n e p a d a .

I W a lav-is hi W m alav -i sh vahi m fgflav -i sh m ah i

z m alav-i sh thah W am ala v -i sb atb am 1 1 m alav -i dh v am

3 w a
. fer ala v -i sh ta
m ala v -ish atam w asfin s ala v-isb ata
-
.

“ b u dh , to perc eive , as it ends in a c o ns on ant tak es only Guna

, .

Par . sg . 1.
m
No te—J JI grab to seiz e d oe s n o t tak e Vri d dhi O ther
ab o dhi sh am ; Atm . R m ab o dh i sh i .

Q , ,
. r oots
with W a followed by a single c onson a nt tak e i t optio nally .

S ec o n d P o m .

f“ k shi p , to t hro w .

f l u i to lead ( fin al v owel) : Par fi fl anaish am ; Atm .

W
.
,

Ufiffl an esbi 2 pl , . . ane dhvam .

7 1 m, to d o (fi nal Par w . iq 4111111111 111 ; Atm u g h

.

ak r tsh i ,
’
2 . I
’ m: ak l tth ah
’ ‘

, 3 .
W é k rtta’
.
 C ONJU GATI ON .

1 . on s be gin nin g wi th q st o r Q sth drop the ir

Termi n ati
q s if th e b ase e ds i n a ho t owel o r i n a c on on ant e c e pt
n s r v s x

na sals : w a s ak h a i p -t « m : aka -than b ut v ita amamata

p s a, ,

from i n: man to thi nk , .

2 Q T d a
. t o gi e “ I d h a,to p la c e I ! " th a
v to st a
, d c h a n g , , s , n , e

th ei owels to Q i b efo th e termin ti ons f th e Ktma nepad a

r v re a o .

These b s tak th s c ond ao ist in th P aras m i pada

ve r e e e r e a

3 “ d. i l t s e 1
13 s ig to
r l e,at oF
!“ p s eto to uc
, h t k r , cr e, s n
‘

, ,
a e

V dd hi wi th m et the s is i n th e P w rah h a m
’ ’

n
fi ng a a ar . : s , s

-
du . 2 . wa r m as ras h tam £11111 . w r fa i asn h h i, m p 1: ae ri

m gr as ri sh ta ;
sbth ah , du .
w a ft as n h h vah i ; p l . 2 .

W
asfi d dh vam .

4 Th e . ao r. of
Q dah , to burn , is d ifi c ult ( c p. 60 an d 69)

W adh fik sh am ; d u . 2 .

W edag d h am ; pl . 2 . 1 mm
ad ag d h a ; Atm M Wad h ak s h i
.
, 2 .
W W: adag d h ah , W “
adag d h a ; p l W . 2 . W ote) é d h ag d h v am ( 69 , n .

5 Th e te r
.m i at i o n
fl d h a m o f 2 pnl Atm b ec o m e s
fl d h va m v . . .

whe n i mm diate ly attac h d to a oot di g i n any oth r ow l

e e r en n e v e

th i n a; op ti o nally fte i t m e di te i p c e d ed b y a sem i

an
Q a r n er a re

v owel o r Q h : W ak i dh a m ; b ut W W ala idh am o r r v v v

e 83 dh e e pe f A
°
fl -d h vam T h f. th tm 2 p l u n d er th v o r . . . . e

sa m e c ondi ti o n s b e c om e s
a d
'
h ve .

T h i r d F o rm .

15 9 h
T is is c onjugate d in th e Par only Th e te
. . r mi na
ti o n s a re th e orm same a s i n th e fi rst f , b ut wi th an R s p r efi x ed

to th m M ost ve b s t ki ng th is fo rm e d
e . r a n in i n a or in d i k p
tho gs ( wh i c h tak e E ! a as th ei r sub sti tu te )
n . I n th e Atm . thes e
ve b s tak e th e s ec o n d form
r .
 CONJU
G ATI O N .

3 .

fi lib fi o sm e ar : P ar .

m alik sh am ; Atm . m ffl alik

31 m
m ali k sh ath flzc ru s h e r: afi dhah( 7 9) , w fis m ank sh m
or m '
ali dha ; W e
“ 5 1ik sh a dh vam or
W audh va m .

4 .

K duh , to m ilk : E m ad h uk s h a m W Wadh k h i u s .

5 fez
. d i h , to a n i nt : o “ w ad h i k s h a m ; W Wad h ik h i s .

S ec o n d A o r i s t .

F i r st F o rm .

16 1 h o
p rfec t o f th e si th c las th e
T is f rm i s lik e a n i m e x s,

te m in ati o n s o f th e fi st c o nj u gati on b ei n g atta c h e d to th e nu

r r

m o di fi e d root I t c o respo n d s to th e se co n d aori st o f th e firs t

. r

c o nj ugatio n i n G e e k ( f -m — ) r ov .

h i sik t sprink le P m m a i m
, o :

L in
e tt
g asik -am wh en as ik ava in firm m am a
-
m v fs vm asi kata
"

m a fi a : é sik-ah wri ar asilcatam

3 1 .

M é si k-at w fm ma ik tam s a
m asikan

Atm a n e p a d a .

? w fm fg asik avah i « fa msfigasik amam

' '

e ! asike
L u t

zé sik ath ah a fa GmQ asiketh am m a

z a fi rw
m asika dh vam

3 w fi
. m ras i kata El
m as ik etam « fa i n asi lcanta

I r r e g ul a r i ti e s .

162 m r.
"

k h ya, to tell , fi s vi , to well fa h ve

s ,
“
,
to call,

tak e thi s a orist b y b

su sti tutin g a b as e e n di n g in l l
’
a :
m
ak h ya m ,
m asvam , m ah vam .

z .

m d ms , to
'
see , tak e s Gu na :
m adu m m .

3 W as , to t hrow an d
“ 35 8, to c ommand are irre gular

m
.
, ,

m fisth am ,
asi sh a m ( cp . 1 44 , c l . ii ,

4 “ v ale, to s pe ak ,
“ p ,
a t to fall , m u ss , to d e str oy
W
,

fo m c ontra
r c te d re d u pli c a te d ao ri sts é v o ka m a-va
v ak -am , c p Gk w apaptam ap ap atam )

W
. . ,

an esa m anan asam , c p.

 co m GATI ON U . 1

S ec o n d F o r m .

16 3 perfec t tia m inatio s o f th e sec on d c onjuga

Th e im r n .

ti o n a e attac h d to th e root This form c o r spon d s to th e sec o n d

r e . r e

a ori st o f th e s c on d c o njugati n i n G e ek g f-Gq- =m a

e o r ,
e. . v

dh a-m A few verb s endi ng in i n at k e this form also i bhfl to

. a ,

b e Th e i ll 3 i s retai ne d throughou t e e pt b efore 3 2 u h o f 3 pl

.
”
,
xc .

wh e it i s ej cted Th ere i s no Atm n pad ( c p p 1 66 note

n r e . a e a . .
,

at d a,
to gi v e .
Pm m ai p a d a .

I .
W ad am “3 1? adii va
2 .
“ I: ad ah W adata m

3 .

m ad“ m ad atam

i b h fl, to b e .

“ 5 3 abh fiva V15 3 abh um a

l1
m abh fitam WEE ab h uta
my “ ab h fitfim W33 1 ab h fiv an

T h i rd or R e d u p l i c a te d F o r m .

16 4 E x c e ti ngb s thi s form o f th e

p a few pri mi ti ve v er ,

a ori st is li mi ted to ve b s in W aya ( ten th class d enomi nati ve s

r , ,

a n d causa tives
) Th e b as e afte d ro p p i
.n
g W ay a i s re du,p li r ,

c ate d an d tak e s th e termi n ati o ns o f th e im p erfe ct ( o f th e fi rst

,

c o nj ugati on ) .

Th e p i mi tive verb s whic h tak e this form are “ k am t lo e

r , o v ,

d ru to run f“ sri to go
g ,
w , adu dru vat h e an
,
: , r

W W asisriyat h e went , .

16 5 a Th e derivati e ve b s a fte droppi ng fl aya

. e du c e
v r ,
r ,
r

th ir Gu a an d V i d dhi vow l s to th e o ri gi nal si mp le v ow ls

e n r e e

b All roots in whi c h th e sh orte ne d vowel i s n o t l o ng by

po si tion le ngthen the vowel o f th e ed u plicative syllable (amu
,
r

m u dat) Tho se in wh ic h th e v owel is l ong b y pos iti on leav e th e

. ,

vo w el o f th e red upticati ve sylla ble short ( ararak sh at)

 CO NJ GATI O N U

c . Where oots begi nn i ng with d oubl c o n onant th

,
as in r e s s, e

v owel o f th e e duplic ative yllable is n ec e sa i ly long by po iti on

r s s r s ,

i t i s o t c han ge d to th e l o ng ow l ( akuk yut t n t akflk yntat)

n v e a ,
o .

I n oth e wo d s th e re du pli cate d b as e with th e augm e nt i

r r , , ,
s

e i th r u e u or u I n oots b e gi ni ngu d e n d in g with tw r n an o

c on son nts thi met i cal hyth m is n c ss rily b ok e ékas k an d at

a ,
s r r e e a r n .

S p ec i al R ul e of R e d u p l i c a ti o n .

166 If a,
Q i ,
3 u, 1
“

f t a re re p sente d i n th e t e
re

d upli c ati yll bl by ve s a e

“a or
{ i, Q i , 3
’

u,
3 i, whi h are all lengthen d
c e

i f n ces sarye .

I . V V 0

“ g m,
to beget : R
m agi gan at fl mu k , to rele as e

m u
n amumuk at 1
”
'

v n dh , to gr ow W M avl n dh at ; v
'

m gfla p
-a
y
'
a , cans . of mgiia , to k n ow agigfia pat
m .

2 V V - o

m
0

“ di p , to s h i ne ad i d i pa t .

I r r e g ul a r i ty .

16 7 Th e cau sal ao ri st o f F IT et a, to h stan d , is slig htly

i rre gular Wfd f m atish thi p at ( fo r ati sh tha p at)
‘ ’
.

16 8 by ad din g to th e b as e 8 ! sya
Th e fu ture i s f o rm e d ,

o r wi th i nte m ed i t
, i
3 { r W i sh ya to whi c h are attac h ed th e
a e , ,

termi n ati o ns o f th e p e sent f th e first c o nju gati o n ( c p

r o .

1 F n l 2 e i ai ‘ fi
. i a are c h ange d to W a
, ,
i tgai to sing 0 : ,

mm gae ysmi .

2 Fi l vowel s an d proso dic ally short m edi al v owels tak e Gu ns

. na

fa gi to c on que M h d m i i
{ t d i t 11m
-
, g e s y r s o s e e r ,

dr a i n ayam ; b u dh to perce i ve a s o t s é ; fi r bh i d
“ : b h y g , ,
1 12 U
c o NJ GA n o n
'
.

fltm a n e p ad a .

UTE ? d
e t svah e m e tdsmah e

W T?! etfisath e u ni etfid h ve

m t : eth a h
c o n d i ti o n a l .

17 0 It i s f orme d by turni ng th e si m pl e future i nt o an

im perf c t e

m
.

“ b ud h : Fut . M b o dh i sh yflmi Cond . ah o

dh ish yam , w i rfim: ab o dhis h yah 1 11 1 ,
q abo d h ish yat, etc .
;

Ai m . u nfai rabo dh i sh ye , etc .

Q i , to go : Fut u nfi t e sh ydmi ; Co n d
. . i“ ai shyam , i n:
a i sh
y ah ,
M ai shyat, etc .
; Xtm i i i ai sh ye
. .

17 1 h ood is fo m ed i c lose analogy t th e opta

T is m r n o

tive b e i g really an ao ri st O pt ti e
,
n It difi ers fro m th e O ptativ e a v .

i n n t b i g forme d f o m th e p se nt b as e an d b y i n e ti ng Q 8
o e n r re ,
s r

b efo e th e personal terminati on s In th e Parasm ai pada thi {

r . s 3

t n ds b tw en th e
s a e
y a o fe t h op tativ e an d th e ac tual si gn s o f e

th e pers on s b ei ng lo st how e i n th e 2 n d an d 3 d si g
, , ev r , r n .

No te 1 Th e te rmi nati on o f th e O ptati ve (m yam e tc ) i s an

.
,
.

a c i e nt s e o nd a ori st o f 1"
n c a t wh il th t f th B e d i c n
y o g o e a o e e
, ,

ti ( W
111
ve y as a m e tc ) i s th e fi s t o i s,t o f th.e s am e oo t 111 r a r r .

y fih “ I
tfi
, t i n th e B e n st a n d fo r
m y as s a n
.d
m y a s t

( cp . 2 9)
I n th e Ktm
R .
1
th e o ns o f th e o p t ;
s stand s bef o r e th e te rmi n ati .

e .
g m. si y a i ste ad o f h i y a Be id
n es th i s th e p e rs o l t m i . s ,
na er

ti o ns o i gi nally b eginn in g wi th t ( th tak e an a ddi ti onal as

na r
K , ,
.

1
Th e Ktm . oc c urs hardly at all , and th e Par . ve ry rarel y , in
c l as s i c al S ans kri t .
 c o m ns s n o n . 1

Note 2 . Th e W aya o f th e te n t h c lass an d o f d eri vati ve v er bs

is d r opp ed i n th e Par . : i ii “ k o ryfisam , b ut Atm . m
k o rayi sh i ya .

17 2 1. Th e Be n P ar . . weak ens th e root while ,

th e Atm .

stre n gt en s h i t ; fr m o fi ll k it, P ar . firm“ ki tyfisam ; Atm .

afil‘ flfl k eti sh i yé
’
.

2 . Th e Ben Par . . n e ve r tak es i nterm e di ate Q wh

i, il e th e Atm .

gen e rally tak es it .

3 B e fo
. e t
h e 1" a o f th Ben P a th e b ase un d e o
y r g e . r. r e s e x ac tl y
th e sa me c h a nge s as b efo re th e 1! y o f th e Passi ve a

“ b u dh to k n ow P w m,fi p a d a .
.

13
5 W!
“ b ud h fisam
y m b u dh ydsva
W b u dh yds m a

2 3 W : b u dh dh
5 y W b u dh yfistam
m bu d h yasta

3 .
W b u dh yfit m b udh yfistfim
m : b udh yfisu h

Ltm a n e p ad a .

’
fim u sh iy6 t
fis s sh i véh i °
m z sh i mah i
f
’
°
q r t - " - s -

fifmflmze h ss h tm W mfl
‘
° -s
e t ~
sh i yfis th dm h vam

3 1 161102 -sh i s h ta W -sh i

yfis tdm “ hu t -shi ré n

P as s i v e .

17 3 Th e Passi ve takes th e termi nati ons of th e Atman e

pad a .

S p e c i al F o rm s .

17 4 pv o f th e Passive are
Th e p res .
, p
im f , . o pt .
, im .

form ed by d di n g 11 ya to th e root aTh e Passi e d ifi rs from th e . v e

Atm o f ve bs o f th e fourth c lass in ac c ent only : an} n ah yat

. r e,

h e bi nd an? n ah yate h e i s b ou nd
s , .

No te — W ya i s dro pped b efore th e 11 ya o f th e Passi ve

a

b o dh aya to m ak e k n own ; M
, b dh yate i t i s mad e k n own o ,
.

17 5 Before ad din g 11 ya th e bas e u n dergoes th e follow ,

in g c hang s e
 m em os .

1 . Final W a o r diphtho ngs bec ome either “I a o r i 1 : WI p i ,

to pr te c t, o w ri p ayats ; W1 pi to dri nk fi fi p lyate ; i ga i to , , ,

sin g , M i
gy é te

W
.

2 .
Q Fin al i h e ne d
an d
i f t 3
o go
'
u ar e lengt : , , h ats
f" h i t c ollect fi fi k iytrte ; 3 am to hear w sr fl a
’

, o , , , y te .

3 Fi n l
.
1
! i ft er a i nagl e c o nrs o n a nt b eac o m e s s ri , a fter tw o
c on s o ants i t b e c o mes “ 5 ar : k n to d o f fi k ri yate ; F
’

n 7 i , ,
!

Fifi sm aryate .

4 Fi nal a rt is c ha nged to is ,
fr an d , a fter b
la i als, to 3 51 Or
m
.

1 h H sti ryate ; ( 3? fi a
1 strt, to stretc , p yr te .

5 . Hi k han , to di g, h as h UH?
ei t er
“
k h anyé te or w
ra } kh a
yate ; fl a
g ,n to beget , v ii ga n yate (I NF gflyate is Atm
cl . iv ; ep .

6 Bo o ts
. e nd i ng in o
c o n s na nts p rec ed ed by a n asal l ose the
nasal :
“ m ay to ti nge , ( 3
, a ragyats .

7 oo ts.li ab lRe to S m p rasarana

( 5 1 ta k e i t :
fi yg
a a 1 , , 3 9 1?
igyate ; W vak a afi uk yate ; g g ah ar e ? g i hyate
r ,
r ,
r .

W
.

8 .
W eds m ak es e sh yate
i ( cp . 1
44 ,
cl . ii, h ve ,
zfi
h fiyate i ve, to w ea v e, a fi fi yate ; a vys , to e n vel op e M ,

v i yate .

17 6 PA SS I V E .

Pres tfi b h fiyé .
t
y e
n b h fiyase m b h fiyé te , etc .

Imp f w ri ab hfiye . v i m ab h fiyathfih w tgfi ab h fiyate , etc .

Op t .
1! b h fl é
y ya m : b hfiyéthM fi n bh fiyéta , e tc .

rmpv .
53 m 1m : m bh fiyasv a m bh tyt tam , etc .

G en er al P o m s of th e P a ssi v e .
17 7 Are tha ge n eral forms o f th e Pass ive dr op th e 1! ya ,

they d o n o t diffe r, e x cept i n th e p eri phra stic p erfec t and the aori st ,

f om th e gen eral form s o f th e fi tmanepa da

r .
1 C ONJU GATI ON .

R oor P as s m a r ( s tro ng b ase ) F ur m ar ( stro ng base )

m
. . . . . .
.

1 t
( 1 b h cvm t
M b ha vish yen t
an in :
(9) W h e eh
yant

3 hu ( 3)
W guh va t
M b o sh yant

Note part o f W as to b e is “ s a t th t o f fi b
-Th e p re s . .
, , ,
a e r:

fli g h nat ( O n th de cl o f p rti c iple s i n fl at se

. e . a , e

18 3 Th e r e d u p li c a t e d p e r f ec t part i c iple i s form d e

w i th t i s m o st e asily form e d by taki g th 3 d

“ vas I n e r

p l . P ar w ith w h
. i c
, h th w e ak st b as e i s i d e nti c al ; o nly th t th
e e a e

q 3 b ein g h e e always foll owe d b y a v owel is c hange d to fi sh

,
r , .

I n fo m in g th e mi d dle an d st o ng ba ses from thi s i t m ust b

r r , e

rem mbe e d e r

1 That oots ending i n a vowel esto re that v owel wh ic h b e

r r , ,

fo re 3 : u h h ad b ee n n atu lly c han ge d to a semi vowel

,
ra .

2 Th t all verb s whi c h wi tho ut c oun ti n g th e 3 : u h re m on o

. a , , a

syllabi c i n th e 3 rd pl i n s rt 3 i .
,
e .

3 3 0 r u m . m ns r '
Ba ss . S m o ne Bas s . MIDDLE Bass .

we “a s? w as v es ts
babh fivfi h b abh fi vfi sh -a b abh fi vfims-e m b ab h fivad -b hi h

W ang: M argi n W -
i fe ai m m m
k o rayfim as ii h -yam 3sush a - am 8s -i -vfims-am - am as -i -vad -b i la y y h
33 :
tan ti h
h er
te nfi sh -a
m
ten -i -vdms-e m
m
te n -
i -v d
a b h ih
-

is is“ fi r s ts .

lguh i gfi sh -fi i g-i -vfims -am ig-i -vad -b h ih

No te — Th e p re sent perfect 36 vé da does no t in sert Q i : fi g!“

d
vi fis h -a, far m vi d -v fimsam , Ferzfs zvi dvad -bhi h .

Atm a n e p a d a an d P as s i v e P ar ti c i p l e s .

1 8 4 (4 1 9 P r e s en t F u tu r e parti c i les Atmanep a da

an d p
and Passi ve are forme d w ith th e sufi x W I? ! mane hi c is a d d e d ,
w h
 C ONJU GATI ON . 1
;

a fter dr oppi ng th e 3 r d p l te rm
. i n ati on fi ° -nte : Vi m bhava
m ana , WW W b h avi sh ya-m an a ; m bh fiya-m an a .

V er bs o f th e s ec o n d c o n u ga ti o n j tak e e m fin e . i n stead of

me i n s in th e
ma .
p r es . 3 1m m 31m m h o sh ya-mfina gm
.
,

y
b u s-m ans , 7 -
bu t 3 3 1 1 guh v -dn a .

185 Th e P e r f ec t Atm . is f om r ed wi th th e suffi x we

fans , whi h c is a d ded a f te r dr oppi ng
fl i re , th e term in ati o n of

th e 3 rd p l 21t. ser }
fs b abh uv-ir é ,
t eam b abh fiv -ana fiffi
te n -i re, i s m te n -ans .

18 6 Th e P e r f e c t P a s s i v e P ple i s form d with

a rti c i e

th e su fi x e s il ti . an d 7 ! n é Th e latter i s att c h e d i mm di ate ly

‘

. a e

to th e r oot : 71 1 , f
6 i ?! lfi -n a ; th e f orm e r e i th e i m m d i te ly
r f? e a :

i
g, fi '
fl gi -ta, or wi th i t m diat 3 i 111 p at 11m p
n er e e : , at-i -ta .

Th e b
n u m er o f v r e b s ta k i n g { i i s how e e v y small , v r, er .

Th e s uffi x e s b i g ac c e ted th e oot h as a t n denc y

e n n ,
r e to b e

weak e ned i n th e u u l w y s a a .

1 M ost b s i i f an d 3 fl a d tho s v er n , n e in i ri ( wh i h c

b c om i t i
e 3 3 fi aft l bi al s ) a d i n g d
es r, o r r er a n , ta k e th e sufi x

7 : na : 3 1 11, to c n g, sfi m
l i n-te; T
i m was , lfi -na ; e
l m e , efli
n

sti r-na ; 1
! p ,
r i w p ur-na fag bhi d fi lfl , bhi n-na .

No te — ag nud , to pu sh fi ,
g
vid , to fi n d , an d 3
3 u nd, to w et,

opti o y tak e il ta 3 ? nu -na o r a? ut-ta

nall
‘

: n
“

n .

O th er b s wi th a f w e pti o s tak il ta Caus ti

‘

2 . v er ,
e ex c n , e . a ve

ve r b fo m thi p ti c i pl with i te me di t 3 i afte j e ting W

s r s ar e n r a e r re c

em u k a -a a f o m i k i to d o 3 5 1m k a -i -ta
“ ”

a
y a :
y i r , r r , , r .

Note -By d di g th po se s i e u ffi fl vat to th e p st p

a n e s s v s x a a ss .

p t ne w p ti iple f ve y c omm on oc u c i forme d bein g

ar . a ar c o r c rr en e s ,

i n f ct a p er f ec t ac ti v e p a ti i ple Th H k i -ta do e b e
a u s
T r c . r , n ,

c om s W e k i te van
- n who h d o e b ut g n e rally u se d s
r ,
o e as n ,
e a

a fi it n b 1! 3 1 7 m é tat k i ta a h h s d on it ; m
e ve r : s r v n, e a e

“ ? d k i tavati h e h a s d o n e i t ( c p 0 1 n ote
“
a t
3
1i ll t s r , s . 1 ,
1 18 -
c o ars e r no s .

18 7 Th e F utu r e r u st” Parti c i ple i s fo rma l w it h the

suffi x es in “w e , m m in , an d at y a (ya ya ya )
, , ,
w hi c h

c orres po n d to th e Lati n parti c iple s i n n dn s a

: m h at -tavyah ,
m k ar-aniyah,
‘
mi : li ar-ya s, fac i endus .

I Th e parti ci le in N tav s i s m st easil f rmed p y o y o by

taki ng th e e ri rasti c future ( 1 6 9) an d s u sti tuti ng W tav s
p ph b y
fo r m td (
: T d d, e m
’
d a-ti , ( TN d s-té v
ya ; f ! g i , Q“ ge -tfi,
in ge -tav s
y .

II v ai n anlya i s gen erall y ad de d to th e ro d t as it app ears

before N tavya, i nte rme diate Q i b ei ng o mitte d G e na vo w e ls .

o f c o urse ch an ge t hei r fi nal e leme nt to th e c o rms po ndi ng se mi

v owel : ffl i
g, i n ge -tev a , ru s
y h ga
y
-
ani y a.

Th e n aya o f th e causati ve is j
re ec ted : t tv -fiya , NW
-
'
h ani ya
'
fl l b h fiv .

III ord er t form th e participle in 1 ya i t is generally

In o ,

s ffi c i en t to tak e th e fo m i n “ 11 ! a lya and to c ut o ff fl

u an i
r n .

Th us n ah bh av -ani -ya b e co m es W b h av-y am le t-a i a n

a
y , i k
n et ya ;
- w g y
a -an - a
y , i i“ g y
e - a .

Th e f ll o owin g are a p
fe vv s e ci al rule s

1. Fi nal W a an d di phthongs b e c o me a e : in da, tn d é -a

y
itgai i n , g y
e -a .

ta k e Vr i d dh i i nste ad Guns k m,
“

rt
'

and
“
2 . Fi nal 1
5 n
a of :
7
fl b am fi n k ar
k ar-ya ( ut

3 Pe.n ul tima te Q y r e m ai n s ri
u n c hga
en n
e g
rall
e d :
W d r i s

y (
a b u t m d ar p e n u lt i m a
st e 1 N b e c o m e s k i t .

4 P e.nu lti m at e i f a p o s o di a ll y sho t i,s l e n g t

rh e n e d u c l ss r , ,
n e

th fi n al c o so n ant i s a l b ial { Kh s { IE h es ya b u t
e n a :
m l bh a ,
-
,
a ,

m l b h -
yaa It r e m a i n s s.ho t i W sa k -
y a fr o m 315
:ras k to n , ,

ble i n ss h -ya f o m H sah to b ear a nd i n s o me o th r

b e a ,
g ,
r , ,
e

v e rb s .

{Kh an f orms W v ad h - a an d 11
y m gh dt- a
y .
12 0 cox m o x mo n .

th e mtflo f th e peri phrastic futu re o r th e N té vya of th e fut . part .

pas s. :
“ b u dh , W b 6d h -i -tu m ; 3m t
m , av -i -tu m ;

g
”

m-
fi m k é r-tu m ;
m
'

an s , m i es -
arr tum
gy m, W
ko r -é y-i -tum .

1 9 2 (4 6 T hese v er b s are form e d i n th e same w ay as thos e of

th e te nt h c las s 6
( 3 , 1 a? ui , to le a d , m n a -a a ,
y y to ca u s e

to lead ;
7 k ri , to mak e , w a r k ar-é ya , to c aus e to m ak e ; fig
vi d , to k n ow Gen v e d -aya
, ,
to c a use to k n ow ; Hg s ad , to si t,

m s ad -a a,
y to se t .

N o te — M sto v er bs in W am do no t len gt hen th ei r v owel

7
m ga m , mm gam -a a
y .

1 93 Nearly ost o f those i n I

all ver s b i n E ! a, an d m e,
N

! i fi ll
a
(
, wh i ch b0e c o m e Hl a) i se t 1 p b e fo re th e c au sati ‘
,
n r ve

s uffi : 31 d a to
x
gi e e m d
,
a-pay a to c a use to
gvi ve ; a
, d to ,
o ,

o ut w , d a-p aya to cau e to c ut ,

s .

I r r e gu l a r i ti e s .

19 4 ( 4 63 , n ) .

r i with « fa dhi a , to read , s u m a dh a

-
y p ay a ,

to teac h ; H i to go w i l l a rr-p ay to pl c e ; Fa gi W
r , , s, a ,

gfi p é y m g
ai i a B TW g fi fi p ay , m g fi K -p ay ; i d
- hfi t a or a , o

sh k e 7 W dh fm é a 1" a t p ote ct w a s fil p o
a
1 , y ; p p é y t , tec to r , a, o r

til p i to l o ve m
r , p ri n é
, y to d el i gh t ; ‘ fi bh i t f i f “a, ,
o e ar ,

b h i s h aya o r W b h fiyé ya t f ighten ; F ruh t g ow at?

g ,
o r , o r ,

roh ay o fi rm o p é ya
a r
m l bh m
r l m bh aya 5 1gsa d t f l l a ,
a ,
o a ,

W fl at a
s
ya Jo fell ; W e idh to s u c c d s u m s fi dh aya t p f,
o m ee , , o er r

a“ edh aya to perfo m a e d ri tes ; a b an w as gh fitay

s , r s cr , a.

195 Lik e th e e b s f th e te nth c las s c au ti ve s re t i n

v r o ,
sa a

W aya th oughout e ce pt i n th e re dupli cate d aorist an d th

r , x e

Be ne d ic ti ve Par .
 c o m ue m o n . 12

1 96 p ssi ve W aya
If a ca usativ e i s to b e u se d i n th e a ,

is d opp d b ut th root re m ai s th e s am e as i t woul d h ve b n

r e ,
e n a ee

with W ay Hen c uni ? k a -yate h e i s m d to d ; ( mi

“
a. e r ,
a e o

ro -yate h e i s m d to o w I th n ral t n s how

p g r , e g e s a
er e . n e e e ,
ev ,

wh e th e 1! y o f th e p as si e d i ppea s th u ati W aya

re a v sa r ,
e ca s ve

m ay m y no t re pp e r : th
or are th u s tw
a form s th o ughout a a ere o r ,

e .
g F u
.t a w fu l? b h fiva.
y
-i sh ate
y or s i ta r} b h av -i sh yate .

II . De s i d e r ati v e s .

197 D e sid e ti e b as e s re fo me d by e duplic ation o f a ra v a r r

pec uli k i d nd b y addin g a s to th e oot wi th without i nte

ar n a r ,
or r

m d iate Q i
e Thu s f o m i b h fi to b e 3 33 b fi -b h fi - h to wish
. r , , s ,

to b e The e new b as e s
. e c o j u g te d li k e v e b s o f th e fi rst
s ar n a r

c o nj gati o n Th e ac c nt i s
u th e re du pli c ti
. syll bl e e on a ve a .

S p e c i al R u l e s of R e d u p li c a ti o n .

1 9 8 ( 4 73 1 . ow l e c pt S n
All v e s, x e
“
or 3 5 e, p esent d
are re r e

by Q i in th e r e d u pli c ti v syll bla 3 u e a e or 3 5 fi ( l so wh n R fi

a e r

sta n d s fo r Q r i r 1 o t afte l b i ls ) i s
r r a a re gula ly re pre se nte d
r

by 3 u .

Ex .
fl al
p ,e fin afi l i
p p
- ak -s h a-ti ; F IT et a, h fm s fs ti

sh th a-s a -ti
“ w i t, to turn , fi i fl ffi vi -v ri t-s a-ti . But Kgtud ,

W tli -tut -sati ; 5 ! m ri , “ l f? E m d -mfir -s h ati .

2 oots b ginn i g with a v owe l h ve pec uli k ind f i t l

. R e n a a ar o n e rn a

e d u p li c ti o n w ith i
g
’
r a .

E W x .as “ M m as i -i sh ti
; W k:h W f‘ f W H -s a a s :

a k -i k sh -i sh ati ; s q u kk h : s fi rfa qfir u h -i k k h -i sh ati .

m fip ,

to obtai n fo m s (by c ont ti on ) “Fl fp -s ti

, r ra c a .

If th e oot n d s i n d ou bl c o n s o nt th e fi rst l tt
r e a e na , e er o f whi h c

1 n
g d o r 3, th e s c o d l
, tt e i d u p l i c t d
r, e n e r s re a e Wi ark :

fi f‘ flffi ark -i h -i sh ati ; 3 ? un d : s fefewfs '

u n d -i d -ish ati .
 199 “ I gam : M is fit fi g ‘ m- sati o r fmrfiw fivy:

m -i-s ati h a 1 m: ti n ti fi i - i -s h s ti ; 11 b : fi r wfil

ga
; r k k r
gg ra
q
i
a g- h n
‘
l -l l l ati ; fa yi : f m i
y g- i-
sh
‘
ati ; a di :
W
d d -dh uk —
s h ati ; f w f f - -i-s hati o r finc h
q v n n p p ip at
a t
:

pi t -
m e ; pr ak h :
Wfu rvu ta p i -
pri k k h -i -
s h ati ; m 1 la bh :

m ap -s ate ; “ 8 8 k : ef t - W
S l ate ; “ su p : fi W
eu-l h n p -sati ; (Kh an : fflflfflfi '
i
g g
- h fi m-sati .

2 00 T hese bases are m eant to c o n ve y an i n te nsea or

fre qu ent re peti ti n o f th e ac ti on e pres sed by th e si mple verb

o x .

O n ly verb s b egi nn ing wi th a c on sonant an d c onsisti ng o f

o n e syll ble are li a ble to b e turn e d i nto i ntens i ve b as es
a Verb s .

o f th e te nth c la ss th erefore c a n n ot b e c h an e d -in to i nte nsi ve

g
v erb s .

2 01 I nte nsi ves are form ed by a pe c uli ar re du plicati o n .

Th ere are tw o k i nds : the o n e ad ds fl ya ( ac c ented ) to th e redu

pli cate d bas e and is c o njug ted i n th e Atma nepa da o nly ; th e

a

oth e dds th e pers onal termi nati on s i mmediately to th e redupli

r a

cate d b ase ( th e fi rst sylla ble o f w h ic h i s ac cente d ) an d i s c o nju

ga t e d i n th e P a a sm a i p ard o n ly a .

i b b u c c o d iangyl f
ro r m s $ 33 } b o -
b b fi -
y a-te a n d fi fi
' fil b6
bho ti Ro ots en ding in v owels retai n th e 1! y o f th e intensive
- . a

base i n th e general ten ses roots e n ding in c on son ants drop it

,
.

Hence Fut . a m b o b h fiy -i -tfi

,
b ut
“ h m so -suk -i -tfi .

2 02 When 1! ya is add ed th e efi e ct o n
’
th e bas e i s th e

sa me a s i n th e Passi ve ( 75 )
1 an d Be ne d P ar. . only i ri ,

whe n followi ple c onson

n g a si m ant, is c h anged to G ri ,
no t fl ri
k ri , H ui h e-k ri -yate .

2 03 Inten siv e s i n 1! onj ugated l ik e th e fourth

ya are c

c las s i n th e Atmanepada ,
while th o se which do no t tak e l l ya are
12 4 c o nm c x rro u
'
.

2 06 wi th W aya 1! ya a d F!
T h e se ver bs a re f o rm e d , , n

sya , without ny suffi from n omin l b ases an d e pr ss some

or a x a ,
x e

relati o n f th e su bj e ct t th n ou s fro m whi c h th ey are d e i d

o o e n r ve .

Th y are in flec t d lik v rb s o f th e fi st c o j ug ti o n p a tly i th

e e e e r n a , r n e

Pa r p tly in th e Atm
.
, ar .

I Without a d i ati ve suffi : f om i n : k i hn w e: er v x r r s a,

k i h -ti h e b eh v s li k K i h a ; f om f“ pi t i fath e M I ?“
’
r s na ,
! a e e r s n r r , r,

p ita - ti h b h ve lik a f the

r a ,
e e a s e a r.

2 a , D e o mi nati in 1! ya P asm i p ad are fo me d n v es , ar a a, r

by d di g 1! ya to th b as f ou n d e p s
a n e e o a n , an x re s

A w i h f om Th go c w W fflgav -yati h wi h s f r c ows

‘

a. s : r ,
o , , e s e o .

The e e a k i n d o f n o mi n l d esi d erati e s b ut n

s ar g o e rn a n a v , e ver v

ac c u s ati v e .

3 Loo k i g
. u po n o tr ati g s o m eth in g li
n k th o bj c t e pre s d r e n e e e x se

by th oun f om F pfi t a so 3 m put i -yati h e t eats

e n r r , n, r ,
r

li k e a so n .

b D en ominati ve s i n 1! ya fitman p ad m ean b eh i ng , e a, av

lik e r b c o mi g li k
,
o r a c tu lly d o i n g what i
e np ess d by th e e, o a s ex r e

n o n Fin l 15! Q i 3 u e l gthe e d f om Si ?! sy na

u . a a, ,
’

ar en n : r e ,

h wk w
a yen a-yate h e b h v s li k e a hawk ; gffl S uki
, s , e a e ,

pure w su ki -yate h e b ec om s pu e
, ,
e r .

Not ( 5 o r) D n o m i n ti e in 1! ya e t i n th e l l y i th e ge n ral
e — e a v s r a n e

te s u l
nse it i p e d d by a c ons on an t w
,
n ess h en it m y m y
s r ce e ,
a or a

no t b d opp d Fut ga i fim p ut i y-i tfi o nly b u t Hm

e r e : se . r ,

w idb y -i tfi o nfia fvm sam i dh -itfi r .

D o m i ati ve s i n W a a wh i h e t eat d l ik b s e v er
3 y en n ,
c ar r e

o f th e t nth c l s s n d a e onj g t d i th e P asmai p da n d

e a a r c u a e n ar a a

Ktm n p a d e p es th e c t i mpli d by th e n om in al b a s W
a e a, x r s a e e :

sab d oun d W flffi sab day ti h e mak es a soun d ; i sm mi sra

a, s ,
a , ,

m i x ed , fm flfi m israyati , h e m i x e s .
 PR E POSITI ONS .

4 D en omi nati ves i n GI sya e p x re s s a wis h : W k bi a e r ,

mi lk , ai m k sh i r -s ati th e c hild l o
y a ,
n
gs fo r milk .

C HA P T E R V .

I ND E C L I NA B L E W O R DS .

P r e p o s i ti o n s .

2 07 o ow i ng p posi ti ons may be join ed wi th ve bs

Th e f ll re r ,

whi le th e fi st t n m y b e use d sepa ately gov rni ng c as s :

r e a r e e

Hffl ati b eyo n d “f“ adhi over ( som ti m s fi t dh i ) ; G a

’ ‘
‘
a
‘
.
, , e e

anu ft r ;
, a é p a o ff ; “f“ é p i ( s o m ti m s ft! p i ) u po n ; i ts!
e , e e ,

ab hi toward s ; HI 3 r t ; 3 1! up a upo n n e t b el ow ; W ft
‘
, , n ea o , ,
x ,

pari o und ; R f?! prati bac k

, r , .

b W a ( someti m s 5 v ) d own ; 3 g li d u p ; 3: duh ill ;

. va e
“
a , , ,

fa ni into d ownwa d s ; fa: nih w i tho ut ; W para b c k aw y ;

, , r , , a , a

1! pra b e fore ; fi t vi
, part ; F R sam togeth ; g eu well
,
a , er , .

2 08 P epositi on s are usually plac e d a f te r th e cas e they

r
l

g o vern O nl y th re
. e “ a an u “ I a “ fi t p ati
, e i c o m m o n , ,
r , ar n

use as i n d pe nd e nt pre po siti o ns

e .

a Th e n o n na ti v e i s go ve rne d by fl fil ati “ nu fi r
'
)!
.

a a , ,

abh i a n up
“ -
tn: p i ti ufa pratia,
, , .

'

b Th e a b l a ti v e by w ap w a l i ft peri ufi l prati

. a, , , .

c Th e l o c a ti v e by W upa an d w fs i dh i
. .

Th us th ee o f th e above te n pre po siti o n s gov rn tw o c

r s e a se :

Wft pa i an d l lfiT p ati th e ac e and abl ; 3 1! upa ac e an d l

r r . .
,
. oc .

2 09 S e ve ral ad verb s a e us e d lik e pre po siti o ns gov ern in g r

a c as e

11. Ac e “
;
m a nté r , b etw een ; m a nter fi, w ho antarena,

1
prepositions pre serve their o i gi l position an d ac c en
Gree k r na

c all e d an astroph e :
tu ati o n i n th e ao - p ( p B f V d
’

p m i c e n e y e i n c, a .
, ca

und Lin gu i sti c s pp 1 1 2 , .

126 c o x runc ri o ns u rn arm
'
n arro w s .

with o ut , regardin g ; i f! “ anti k am, near ( als o ab l .

, gen .
)
« fin : abh ita h, a r u ndo ; m u pari , bove o er (also gen )
a , v .

m u: ub h ayata h , o n b oth si d e s ; 1 ? i te w i thou t (

r als o ,

fi t : ti rah , ac ross (also m n ika shfi, near ; fl? " Vi na

( als o i nstr .
, ab l . )
b I n s tr m alam e nough ( also
. “
:
,
m samam, BE
saha mi n s andbem tog th r with
i , , e e .

c . Ab l . :
W an antaram , after ; w o n fireb h ya b eginni ng ,

fr m ; o w fir dh vam ; m param, after ;

m prab h ri ti fro m ,

i f? ! b ahi h , out i de s .

d Gen. . “aog e b efore ; W r , : ad hah b elow ( ,

al so fl

a vail , b elow ; k r i te, fo r th e sake of

m p ask fit , afte r ;

at: p urah,
m p uri s tat, b efore ; on “ sa mak sham in th e ,

prese nc e o f .

Go nj a u c ti o n s an d o th e r
-
r a nti d es.

2 10 Wffl ati '

, c om mo nly prefi x ed to j
a d ec ti v e s and ad

b s i n th se n s o f ati satvaram ve y ui c kly ery I m

‘ '
v er e e
q v , r .

It i s s o m tim s u s d i n th s n s o f goi ng b yon d wi th

‘ ’
e e s e e e e e n o un

t fo m dj ec ti e
o r Wm ati st i h goin g b eyon d
a v e ce s r , x

a wom an .

W ath 1 in n arration then afte rw rds 2 c o nn ctin g

a : .
, , a . e

pa ts f a sentenc an d also m ore o er ; 3 i n th e head i ngs o f

r o e , , v .

book s c ha pte s etc o w here b gi s (oppo e d to { f l iti here

r n : e n s

m
, , .
, ,

e ds ) ;
n 4 i f : I ! . R fi lfl l fi l “ a“ at h a ti n

n a n u g kk ham i g mi h yfimi ya m k sh ayam if I do n o t foll ow

a a ,
a s a ,

th em I sh all go to Yama ab o de
’
, s .

W M atha k im what else = it is so c ertai nly y s , , ,

e .

W Tfl atha v5 1 o r ; a o r rath er c orrecting previous state : a

W
. . ,

men t ; 3 fo r i ndeed W 1[ .
I ath a v3 asdh uj dam : . ,

uky te fo r i t i s in deed well s aid

a , .
12 8 co m uu c n o n s AND
'
OTHER n arro w s .

law , i s n o t a m
c au s e ; fwfi rW M d ata vya m iti ya d d an am
d i yate , a g ift w h i h i p c s re s e n te d o a se se o f dutyfr m n .

2 . = h e re e n d s , at th e e nd f b ook s c h apters etc

o , , . :
{ fl THI
fii é flit iti tr iti yo s nk a h , h er ends th thi d ac t
e e r .

3 I n th e c ap a c i t y o f, as far a s, as re ga rd s, as fo r : M l?

W
.

gi t W fi fil fri mfi u ei gh ra m i ti s u k aram n ib h n
’

tam i ti
k i n ta ni yam b h a v et, as fo r d i n g i t o quic k ly ,
it i s e as y; as fo r d i n g o
it s e c r etl y , i t mu st b e t hought of

fi fi lfil ki m i ti , why i n dee d afi! tath fiJti yes

? R ,
.

i v a, e n c li ti c : 1 . li k e : W ‘ fi t ‘

m
ay am k ora i va abbati ,

h
t i s m an l ook s lik e a h
t i ef ; 2 . as if, as it w e re W il m a
M fi fl s ak s h at p y
as am i v a p i n ak i n am ,
I s ee , a s it w re S i e , va

him self ; s
3 . i n d ee d , possibly ( G e r m an w o hl ) , with i t og n e rr a

ti ve s fi fifll NW m i 31 W k i m i va m adh ura nfim

m anda nam na sk ri ti n am , wh at i n d e e d i s n o t a n o rna m e n t to l ovely
figure s 2
poi nti ng towards is u se d li k e a
u ddi sya , a ge r u n d li t.
,

p p gover in g th e e wi th ef re nc e to towards : t
re . n fm
ac .
,
r e ,

m i : s v p uram u d disy pratasth e h e set ut toward h is town

a a ,
o s .

I? a ju st o nly ev ac tly q ui t
, g i s e m ph,
i s t t h e p re , ex , e, ve as o

c d i ng wo d
e I t mu st b e ren d e d i n ari o us way som tim e s
r . er v s, e

m e ly b y tre ss 2 1 5 2 1 ek eva q ite l on e ;

re s
W :vas u d h a e v a , u a a,

th e whol e a th i 1 7 1}? m i tyu e a su re d th

e r fi n t tha e va r r v , ea . a ,

als o ; a?! t d a thi s ery th e sam e a a! na c a by o m ean s

ev , v ,
v ,
n

3 3 I a e a n d l so
c
v
v , a a .

( QR s am th us s m e a m stu so b e t m a s am
"

v , ,
o v a , i v ,

n o t so !

pk aklcit,qu e sti on t whic h th e answ er

I hope im li es a o

m
, ,

e p c te d i s n on ne ) : m m m
‘ ’
x e
y s L t ue a .

k kk i d d i sh ta tv ya rfig n d m aya nti I h e p e yo u have see n

a r a a a ,

D m y nti 0 k ing ? With a n gati ve = I hope n o t (Lat num

a a a ,
e .
 C ONJU
NCTI ONS AND OTHE R PAR TI CLES . 1

m w i m k a kkit tn n s a p aradh a m
i
te k ri ta vfi n

as mi , I have n ot d on e y o u an
y i n j ury ,
I hop e ?
“ m
k amam ,
’
h d y: k fim am — fl
“

l l
’
5 3 I .
g a na tu , rat er

than ( c p m var m— H n ) ; 2 . i d e d c ertainly fo s ooth ; a a . n e , , r

3 g
. ra n te d su ppo s i n :
g g erall
,
y fol low e d b y g tu b u t o r m en , ,

tath api n everth l e s s

, e .

5 k va wh ere i f r p e te d with an oth e qu sti on e p

, , s g reat e a r e , x re s es

diff re nc e i c on g ui ty o r i nc ompatibi li ty : iN : 5 HR} 5 Hm ‘

‘

e , n r

as: tapa h k a v ats e k ka tavak am v p u h how g at i th

v , , va a ,
.
re s e

i nc om p ti bil i ty b etwe n ( th e ten d e n ess o f) th y b od y an d (th

a e r e

h ard sh i p o f) p e nanc e 0 girl ! ,

Fi fi k im what ; why wh erefore ; 3 wheth r in d pen d t

r. 2 e , e en

m
. .
, ,

c lau se s follow d b y QT va 3 ? uta “I? ! ah o r “f i l

‘
, or e , , o,

fih s vit ; 4 b ad wh en prefi ed to no un s : fi rm k imrfiga a b ad

o .
,
x ,

k i ng .

fang k im 11 , fil m k im uta , o r fit 3 a: k im puna h how muc h

m
,

m o re , how muc h le ss : fan; 11? W ekai

k am ia ap
y y atra katu sh t ya m e v e n o n e
n arth a a f th
k im u
e a , o se

( ta k e n s i n gly ) c a u s e s ui n how m u c h m o e th e fo u to get h ! r , r r er

fit? k ila ( qu id em) follows th word to whi c h it b elong e s,

r . ind ed to b e sur
e or m
, ely e m phati c l ief?! fil ? fi lli
e a er : l
,

3 11m arh ati ki la k itava u p ad a am to b e sure th e ogu e d r v , r e

s e v s a nn oyan c e ;
r e
w fa? m m fem e k asm i n

di e vyagh a ayagama k ila n e d y a ti ge di d c om e ; 2 a s i

n r , o a r . s

well k n own th y say 1 33 m fil ? m : b b h fiva yogi

, e : l a

k ila k firta vi y h th re lived a s i s well k n own a Yo gi Karta

’

r a e y vi r a

W
, , , O
.

k év la m 1 a dj m ere ab s ol ute ; 2 ad
a only m e ly v. re :

m
.
, . .
, ,

i n ? E fflf fl k e val am svapiti h e slee ps only a

'

n k a e

Wffi api m k in tu o r W pratyuta ( o n th e c o ntra y)

, .

v a l m — a r
, , ,

n t only— b ut
o .

HQ k h él u r i nd e ed o ften merely emphasi ing th e pre c e ding

, .
,
z
l C ONJUNCTI ONS AND OTHE R PARTICLE S .

wo r d; 2 . pray please , ,
in en treati e s i ? Q
f H i t affi r m de i h
kh a lu me p rativak a nam , pl ease gi ve me a n ans wer ( Germ an do c k)
do n o t, w i t h gerund :
W m k h al u r udi tva, do no t we p e

( cp.
m am , 2 3 ,
0 III, 3 R F; na k h alu , c e r tai nl y no t ,
I
hope no t .

1 ka , e n c li ti c r e, q u e ) , a n d , als o : T hai } m go vi n d o

ramas ka , G o vi n d a an d Ri ms . Wh en m o e th
r an tw o wo r d s a re

c o nn e c te d , th e c onj un c ti on is c o m monly use d w i th th e last o nly ,

as i n E n gli s h .

Q Ira — Q ha , I. bo th— an d 2 . on th e one h an d — on th e othe r

h a n d, t hough —
yet ; 3 . no s oo ner— t an h .

fi m r , i f, n ever b egi ns a sente nce lik e flfq yadi , if . ai m a

a Q Rno ho t oth erwi se l est : H? w fli fifll i f 6 1

'
k et or 7 , ,

m M s ar va m v im r isya k arta vya m no h o t p askflttfip a m

hi ng should b e d on afte d eli be ati on oth e
vrayi sh ya si , e v e ryt e r r , r

wi se ( lit if n o t) yo u will ( o r lest yo u ) c ome to rep ntan c e

.
, ,
e .

RH: tata h r fro m th t plac e th e nc e ; 2

, afte
. th at th en a , . r , .

am : tat st t h = wha t n t go a n proc e d ; sai d by o n e

a a ex , o , e

li t n in g t a narr ti on
s e o a .

m tatha I i n that mann e so ac c ordi ngly 2 and s well

, . r, , .
, a

as h ) ; 3 ye s i t i s so i t shall b e d on
a .
, ,
e.

1:1 : e tatt p i n everth eles , s.

-
fi g tad r p o th t ; 2 ad th en th erefo e : TH sfl mi
'
, . r n. a . v. ,
r

wfg zrz “33 W : W

.

rfig p ut a ay m ta d vi g ah am s
’

tu m a r v a r ro

n h k u tfl
a h la m asti w e a e pri nc e s th re fore w e have a c uri o si ty
a , r e

to h ea r f w o ar .

n e ver at th e b e gi n ni ng o f a sente n c e b ut however

g tfi ,
: ,

k im tu h as th e sam e m e a n in g .

m a vat, r . so
W l o ng how l ong ; 2 at
: c rrel .o yfivat, .

on c e , i n th e fi rs t p la c e first o f all = b ef re d o ing a nythin g ls e

, o e

m us s tava d ag my tam c ome he re first ; 3 me a n a a , .

 l m m m o mn rm m

m m . m m fi c m x . an the m

M w , u a gen a a l rul e ; L in all p o bs bi li ty .

F pfi m h n agzi n ; 2 . bu t , on the o th er h an d .

a : “ ha m , re pea te dly;
M 5 33 5 : mnh nr mu h nh .

‘ '
ti m m ed fo r ha and w h i th e r f fo r , b e a us e, si n e e ; fre
’
v e 2 .

que mly intro d ue es a verse m ppo rti ng a prw io m state m e n t .

W yatbt r. as , i n the manne r th a t : m a y..

thfi v
fi i é payati de val , as yo ur Majes ty co mma n ds ; 2 . lik e , as (z i t
i va ) ; 3 fo r insta nc e ; 4 in o rd c r th a th at ( in th is
. as ,
t .
, so sen s e

h ym w a m m mm r u i m t fi m a ai

so ma na ge tha t h e w i ll sla y him ; 5 . h

t a t, intro d uc in g flik e
‘
ll
g

tvayap k ta m me yath é
‘ yo u to ld me t ha t W W y a thi

yatha— W m h
ta t a ta t a is h use d , —
lik e th e Lat qu o eo , . with
c orn pa rati veo .

ug yatd , 1 . th at : fit i n i fie “ Hu m na v ets i tvam , h o w

i s it t hat yo u do no t k no w ? 2 th at intro d uc in g di ec t asse ti .

, r r o ns

( lik e G k a ) w it
.h o r. w i th o u t { fa i ti at t h e e n d s s d i v iz : m :

{ T l fa i fa v a k ta vy a m y a d ih a m a y a h a t a p y
r i a i ti y o u m u s t s y v
, a ,

I ha ve sla i n my belov ed h e e 3 b e c a u se i n c e ; 4 i nr o d :
’
. s r er

W
.
,

- a -
tha t fi nl i r? n Im m k ym km mm ya
: i
t n h a

k rud hyate n i pa h what c an b e d on e i n ord er th at th k i g b

r , ,
e n e

n o t a ng y ? r

d at I as far as till for w i th ac c lik e a pre p o f ti m

M y v , .
, , , . , .
, e

an d s ac e : a
m h y at fo r a y ea ; w mw
m
‘

p v a rs am av , r

agamanam y avat till th e arri val ; 2 j ust ; e pres si n g th e w i ll t

,
. x o

do a n ac ti o n at o n ce : W W M M ya
 INTE RJE CTI ONS . l

vad i m am k hflyfim fis ritya pratip filayAm i tam, havi ng re sorted to thi s

s h a d e I wi ll j u st w ait f r h e r ; w h o vat a s long
, 3 i t c rre l l l
“ t A o . .
,

as — ao l o ng ; n o soo ner — tha n ; c arc ely wh e n ; wh e n — th e n

— s .

[ lik e , u se d at th e e n d o f ad v
'
El l vat, . i va or

W yatha: e i ta-vat, li k e a d e a d ma n .

“ varam — fl Il a, b ette r— t an h Ica , u

3 ,
t or
3 “p unah b ei n g
7
-
at mi nai nt a
‘

ge n era ll y ad d e d after a us :
s w
a :

m prfina -tyago na un ar a dh amfin flm

v a ra p u p agam ah , b etter death
h o w h
t a n a s so c i ati n b
i t th e ase .

all va e n c liti c follows its word I o r ; 2 pra y wi th i nterro

, , g , . .
, a

-
ti ev s vh fi fs é s fi 13 1 f f m 3 a n ? p ri arti n i samsar a v e

m i ta h k va n a geyate i n th e re v olvi ng world who p y th at

r o , , , ra ,

i s dea d is no t b orn agai n ?

ft h i n ver at th e begi nn i ng o f a s enten c e ; I fo r b ec a use ;

, e .
,

i n d e d su ely ve ily 3 ft as : film : t a m h i ta y p i

.

2 . e , r , r : v s a r

-v a as ah thou art i nd eed hi s d ear fri e n d p y w i th i t

y a y y ; 3 ra n rr e

m
.
, ,

m i Fe k ath am hi d e van gani yam how p ay hall , , r , s

I k now th e go ds ?

I n t erj ac ti o n s .

2 11 ‘ fil ayi , with voc ati ve or su pplyin g i ts plac e ,

pryth ee : v fir n flmvr m
‘

frie nd , ayi m ak ara

J yd A a m l Il

g k
a k h fl a h p ry
vthee l e t u
,s go t th e ga d e n f lo v o r o e .

1 3 3 ah ah a e c lamati o n o f joy am a em ent r sorrow WEE

,
x , z ,
o

“fl fi l !“ s ah a h a mah ap ank e pati to sm i alas ! I h a ve s

,

fa llen i nto a d e e p qu gmi re a .

i f? h e p sses asto ni shm e nt joy sorrow anger prai se r

a o x re o

m
, , , , ,

bl m e Ua TE} 7 mm
: ah o gi ta ya m adh uryam O h th s , e

swe e tn e ss o f th e s ong ! “i ? m s w a s h ah o h i a y k a r n a ,

slagh yo si Ah Hi ra yak a y u are prai se worthy

x
, , n ,
o .

H! a i s u sed whe n s omethi g i s re c ollecte d Hl 2 1 m are

.
‘
n :

e vam k i la tat, Ah , so i nd e ed i t w as !
 C OM POUND WOR DS .

HI: All , ex c l . of
j
o
y , p a in, o r i ndi gn ati on : ‘
Hl m a}: si tam ,
Oh , h ow c old it is !
d ish tya ( i nstr . of fif? di s ti , g h ood luck ) h appily thank , ,

h eaven ! fem ufm l fi rmdi sh zyaprati h atam d u gflta m th ank

’

r ,

hea e n th e e il i s averted ; wi th fi v idh to i nc rease a pers on

v , v r ,
:

( n mo ) i s to b.e c o n g t u la te d u po n ( i n st r o f th i n g )
ra fi r m
m . :

w “a di sh ty i m ah a ago vigaye a ardh ate you M ajesty

‘
i r n v , r

i s to b e c o ngratulat d u po you vi cto y e n r r .

fi l i dhi k e cl o f di ssati sf c ti on o r proac h with ac c : fi l m

‘

,
x . a r e , .

dhi k tvam stu sh am e o n yo u ! e ,

T E ata I s o rrow al
v ,
w oe ; . joy surp i se oh ! 3 a si m ple
: as , 2 . or r : .

v o cpa ti le : i f? T il F a h i vat sak he ho ! fri end c ome

. r c e a , ,
.

m sadh u w ll ! b vo ! ,
e ra

a far s a ti h ail ! adi e u ! v s ,

hanta e cl f joy o r o ow O h alas ! { Wfifli m

,
x . o s rr : ,

h an ta dh i mam d h any m alas fi e u po n m e a wr tc h !

'

rl a a , , ,
e

{ 1 h a ,{ aT h a h a e p e ss e s g ri e f ( a la ! w o e !) o,
r a sto n ixsh m e n
rt s ,

a n d i s s o m ti me s u s d w ith an ac c us ti ve
e e a .

C HAP T E R VI .

C OM P O UND W O R DS .

2 12 power o f formi ng tw o o more wo ds i nto ne

Th e r r o ,

whic h b elo gs to all Ayan la guage s h as b een so la gely de

n r n ,
r

v l o p d i n S n sk i t an d e n te s to s
e e c o n i d erabl e a n e t nt i nto
a r r o s x e

i ts synta th t th e g neral rul s f c om pos iti on c l i m a plac e even

x , a e e o a

i n an el m n tary gram m a e All words m k i ng u p a c o m pou n d

e r. a ,

e c e pt th e l st app ea
x i n th at fo m wh ic h i c ll d thei b as e
a , r r s a e r ,

a n d wh e th ey h v e m o e th an o n e th e ir m i ddle b se
n a Hen ce r a

W
,

2 d e -d fisa h a se vant o f a
va
go d o o f th e go d s , r ,
r .

2 13 C o mpo un d s are most c o nv eni e ntly d ivi d e d i nto

 C OMPOUND WOR DS .

Note 2 . pend e nt c ompo und is a verbal

If th e last part of a de
bas e n o c ha nge tak es plac e e c ept that d iphthongs as us ual are
, ,
x , ,

c han g d t W a an d b ases en di ng in short vowels tak e a fi n al

e o ,

t W v i s a -gi t all -c on qu e i g f o m f? ! gi to c on qu
( :
fl v ,
r n , r , er.

2 15 I b De sc r i p ti v e d ete min ati ve c om pou nds ( by

. . r

n a ti e g a mm ari an s c alle d M
v r ad h fl r a y a ) are tho se i n whi c h

th fi r t wo d ei th e a n o n ( i n appositi on ) o r an a dj e cti ve
e s r ,
r u , , or

an a d e rb ( parti c le ) d e sc ri b e s th e s c on d
v ,
e .

I Nomi nally d esc riptive ( ppo si ti o nal) 0 s

. agw s hi kin g a : r ,

sa ge = ro yal sa ge .

Wh en pp sition imm
th e a i e s a c om pari son it i s p ut at th e e nd
o ,

i nste ad o f th e b egin n i n g :
W W : p uru sh a - yagh a h a ti e
g v r ,
r

l i k e man

m
.

2 . j ecti v lly
Ad n ila l tp alam bl u e l ot s
a
J , u .

Tho s c o m po un ds in wh ic h th e a dj e c ti e i s a n u m e r a l form
e v ,

wi th th e nati e grammarians a pec i al class all d Dv i gu Th ey

v s c e
'
.

ar ge n e
e ll y n eute s o fe mi ni nes e p essi ng a gg egate s b ut m y
ra r r x r r , a

l o fo m a dj ec ti es by b ec o mi ng possessi ve c om po und s
a s r v If
a n gg g ea a t e c orm po u n d i s fo m e d fi n al E a “ 1 an o r W a i s r

am n e ut : m
, , ,

c h n ge d t i i fem
a or o
“ ,
tri -
. l
, o k i t h e th e , .
, r e

wo ld s fi gflfl t i -bh nam th th ee wo lds ; W fi d

r r u va , e r r a

-k m a i a n a ss m bl
u r e o f t n yo u th s
sa g
, e e a .

‘ fi o c o w an d a? na u sh i p are c han e d to W va a n d an
g , , g g a , ,

n av a : W “p a ii k a -
ga v a m a n a gg g e a t e o f fi e c ow s b u t m , r v ,
.

pa k -guh dj worth fi ve c ows

n a ,
a . .

( f f? atri f ni ght alway s b e c om s ( T5 rat a m

r , .
, e g f? e r , . . .

m : d v i - at a h tw n ights r r , o .

3 A d .v rb ially ( i n c ludi n g pa ti c l es a n d p e p o siti o n s) :

e
W eu r r

k i t w ll d on e ; m
r a, e a- g itat a u n k n ow n ; M d hi -st i c h i e f ,
a r ,

wom n S om e c ompoun ds o f this kin d a e use d a dve bially i n

a . r r

th e cc ati e n e uter form ing a s pec i al c la ss c all e d Av y fiy i

a us v , p

b h av a wi th th e nati ve gra mmari an s W

,

ak sh ik a m
, K n ir - m ,
 C OMPOUND '
WO RD S .

fiylessly ; 1 13 m anu -rfipa m , orm i e a fter th e f ,

. . o
ac c rd i n
gl y
W W y h at a-sak ti , a c c ordin g to o n e s ab ili ty
s a -vina
M
’

y a m po li
, t ly e .

Note At th e b eginni ng o f a desc ipti vec o mpoun d “ m ah at

— '
r ,

g r e at b e c o
, m e s m m ah a : m 2 ma hfl - rfigah wh il e a t t h e e nd ,

( “Fl rfigan k in g m aha n 1 day m sé k hi frien d b c ome

, , ,
1 .
, , ,
e

a n figa 1 13 h a m (n ) ( s om eti me s a } ahna

r ,
a , . N sak h a .
,

Q U ITE p
: ra m aah all m a t h e h i gh e st da
y ; “ 8 :
,
p r i y a -
.sa k h a h ,

m . a dear frien d .

11 . C o p ul a ti v e ( Dv a n d va
) C o m p o un d s .

2 16 parts o f th es e c om poun ds are c onnec ted i n sens e by

. Th e
a d Th e termi nati ons a e du al o r plural a c c o d i g to th e
’
n . r ,
r n
-
s e n se o e lse si n gul ar n e ute r
,
r { W W I h asty -asva n a n el e ph nt , a

an d a h o s e ;
m r1: h a sty -a w a it e l e ph ants a n d ho se s
m ,
r

ha sty - svam th e elepha nts and ho ses (i n an a my c oll ec ti vely )

a ,
r r ,
.

2 17 a Adj e c tives a e som etime s c om pound ed i nto D a n d a s

. . r v v

W EE? uk la -k i shnan white and b lac k

s r ,
.

b Wo ds en ding i n 1 ri e p essi ve o f relati onship o r sac d

. r
‘ ‘

, x r re

title s formi ng th e first memb e o f a c om pou n d a nd b e in g followe d

, r

by an oth e wo d ndi ng in 1 rt o by 3 1 p utra so n change th ei

r r e
“ “
r , ,
r

fl ri to ?
W A: w h at mfitfi p ta u mo h e - i a t r a nd fa th ;
e r fl ! r

W
,

Mfi p i ta -
p ut au fa th e r an d s o n r; ,
ho m -p a w n t h e ,

Hot i an d P t pri ests

r o rz
‘
.

c Wh e n th e n am e s o f c erta in d ei ti e s are c o mpoun d ed th e fi s t

.
, r

som eti m e s l e n th e ns its fi nal v owel

g m l lfi m i tr fi- a r u na u v ,

M itra a nd Va una ; m i l? a n i -sh om au A n i an d S o ma

r
g g ,
.

III . P o s s es si v e ( B a h u vr i h i
) C o m p o u n d s .

2 18 T . h e se are al ways p re di c ate s re fe rri ng to a su bject ex

pressed o r un d e rst o d , a nd a re o i n fa c t dete rmi nati ves e n ding in

13 8 C OMPOUND w o nns .

n ou ns (whi c h ,
a s a rul e , u n d e rg o no furt her ch ange th an that o f
a c c e nt a n d o f b e in g i n flec te d i n th e t h e e gen de s ) used as a dje c
r r

ti v e s T h us ai m n i l o tpala m a blu e lotus b e c o m e s a

pos essi e a dj cti i n m
.
, ,

s v e ( R : n i lo tp la m sara h a lak e
ve a ,

posse ssed o f blue lotuses Th e ac c ent i s as a ule that o f th e .

,
r ,

fi r t m m b e o f th e c om pou nd
s e r P os e si es often c om e t b e . s s v o

u s ed a s a ppell ati v e s o prop r n ame s :

W en - h ut m f
r h avi n g
e 11

a f i nd ; m
. .
, .

a goo d h e art b e c om e m as c , i -s na m f n
s .
,
r e v ra e , . . .

havi g an army ( en a) o f he oes ( i a) b ec omes Vi ena m

n s r v r ,
ra s ,
.

( p op
r e r n a m e ) .

Note P o ssessi es may c ontai n other c o mpoun d : “ 38 ?

— v s

m il raga -p uru h -k a y havi ng th e b usi n ess o f ( k ing s m n)

s a r a, a
’
a

m ni l
a t p ala -sa as -ti a h
p o sse s i ng th p
e b a n k r r ,
s

of a
[ ( b lue -l otu s 1ak e
) ]} i n th e l at te r a se th e who l e c o m po u n d c , ,

b efo e be c o min g n a dj ec ti w as a geni ti e depe nde nt n i l tpala

r a ve , v o

sa a h i s a d e p e d e t
r n i lo tp al a d sc i pti ve c om pou n d
n n , In a e r .

M a m a g ggv vap uh h avi g a blue an d spl n d nt

n i l l a la -
,
n re e e

b o dy th fi st tw o wo ds form a c opulative th e whol a d cri p

,
e r r ,
e es

ti e whi c h fi n lly b c om es a po sse i e c om po un d

v , a e ss v .

2 1 9 a Word m e n i n g han d a e pla c d at th e en d f pos s e s

. . s a r e o

si ve c om po n d s W u a t -pani h a vin
:
g a w e po n i o n e s s s ra , a n
’

ha d ; M ETt i n -ha t ha i ng grass i n on e s hand

n r a s a, v
’
.

b W ak shi ye 7 h! gan dha sm ell “a: dh an h bow an d

.
, e , , , u , ,

mapfida foot at th e en d o f poss si ve b e c om e i m o t c e s W

, , es s n s as

k ha Tlfil g n dh i W d h an an m p ad
’
a s , a , v , .

0 At th e en d o f po s e s i v s
. s s e

a. “If? ad i b gi n i ng W fidy fi st “i f? p é bh i ti b egi n

, e n ,
a, r , r r ,

n i ng e t c et a
, a W
? ! : der a i n d a d a a h th e
j y g o d I n d a ev r , s r

an d th re t li t th e god h avi n g In d a a fi t
e s , . Th e qu alifi ed s r s rs .

n o un i often om i tted W : i n d aday h Ind a a d th re st

s : r a , r n e .

B m . m a t a n m e a su e = nr ly m , ly fi M .
g a Ia -m at am
r o , ere r ,

w t r alon li t th t whi c h h as wa ter fo r its measu e limi t

a e e, . a r , .
 M OI SYS I AL
’

w th e be gi nni ngn fla the m biee t a o b ec a i m u th e m d ;

e .
g . m fi w w m ga m kd m sfi yu m

gm s
g g m ka we m in h as te to his d ty .

22 2 . Jus t as th e de ta mi n i ng w o rd co mes fi rs t in eo m po u n ds ,

re
gu la rly hegi ns w i th s c o n eh ti v e w o rd ; e. g . “ Ti m
m yu y dhaanan ta s a ha lam J i t
y o f w ho m th a e is v eult h of

h e is po w er i
h im t er , . e. he w ho has wa lth has p o w er . S im i la rly :

m yi s m tadi
d —
,
W fl Vu —
m ti v at, etc .

223 . T here is pro p er ly n eith er an ind efini te no r a d efi ni te

a rtic le in Sans kr it ; but u ék a , o n e , an d

“ km , so m e o n e ,

a re frequently use d z a c erta in , an d I sa, m si ,

fi g ted ( ,
6 j
r
,
rd ) ,

he , she , it hat so metimes

or t , z th e ; e .
g 8 . W as ri gs th e ,

k i ng ; gen erally tha t ki ng , .

Num b er .

224 . a . S ingula r c llec ti v e o wo rd s are so m eti m es use d at th e en d

of co m po unds to fo rm a plu al ; r e .
g . m sa kh i - ana b , fema le
g
fri e n ds ; I ?! gana = kin d in mankin d ( men ) .

b . Th e d ual n um ber b y em
i s in re gul ar u se . It is in varia l
l
p y a ed w i th th e na m es o f thi n gs oc c u ri n g i n p ai s s u c h as p ts r r , ar

o f th e bo dy ; e g { E l 1116 1 has tan pfida u Ia th e han ds an d

. . r ,

th e feet A masc d ual is so m eti m u use d to e p e ss a m l e a d

. . x r a n

: fi rs t? gi gatah pi tara n th e
“

a fe ma le o f th e sam e c lass ; e g m

m
.
. ,

pa ents o f th e uni verse (

r pitri father) '
, .

c Th e pl ural s o me ti mes ma k s re s pe ct ; e g
.
WM : r . .

i ti rrim h k a rafik dryah thus says th e re ere d S ank arAk Aya

/ ,
v r .

Th e a t pers p l i s so meti m e s used sim fly i n stea d o f th e si ng

. .
 OU
TLINE S OF S YNTAX .

s nafu m m y d ffl y fil
am api b h a vat au ki map i
‘

p i l k ha : va r c

m a h w e ( = I ) to o ask yo u s omethi ng
, .

Name s o f c o untrie s ( whi c h are re ally th e names o f th e people )

are plural m 3 vi deh ésh u i n Videha ; swi g magadh esh u i , ,
n

M aga dh a .

pounds e nding i n words m eani ng c ountry

Co m , suc h as al l desa ,

fem : v ish aya etc are f c ourse sin gular , o .

Co n c o rd .

225 . Th e rul e s o f c onc ord betwe en

bs adj ec ti e s elati v er , v , r ves

an d th e i s ub sta nti e are th e sam e as i n oth e

r vi n fiec tio nal la r n

g g
u a e s ; b u t th fo ll o w i n g po i n ts m a
ey b e n o te d
a Th e v. b i s i n th e si ng aft r sin g c oll cti e n ouns and i
er . e . e v , n

th e d u al aft r tw o si n g n oun s c o nn ecte d by ‘ I h a a nd a n? ‘ I

e .
, :

m : t a m ham k a gakkha ah y u and I g

v a v , o o .

b Wh en a d ual o r plu verb efers to tw o mo e subj c t

. r. r o r r e s,

th e fi rst p ers o n i s preferred to th e s ec on d r thi d an d th e ec on d o r , s

to th e th i r d .

c . A d u al or pl u . j
r ad e c ti ve a greein g wi th masc an d fem n ou n . . s

i s put i n th e ma sc .
, b ut i n th e n e u ter wh e n agree ing wi th a

m a sc . an d a n eut or a fe m . an d a n eut.

d A ver. b j
o r a d e c ti ve oft n ag ees w i th th e n earest noun
e r .

P ro n o un s .

226 A P erson al Pron oun s These unless emphati c are n o t

. . .
, ,

u se d as u bj e c ts o f v e rb s b e i n g i n h ere nt i n fi n i te
s e bal fo rm s ,
v r .

Th e u na c c e n ted form s o f W ahé m an d m t am ( c p v .

vi z HTma 3 m e an tva te ; m vdm a : va h are us ed n e ith

.
, , , ,
er

at th e b egi n i ng f a sente nc e o r p ada ( c p Appe nd ix II) n o

n o .
,
r

b efore th e parti cle s ‘ I I a en VA ( 3 e va and E h a n o r after oc a

r
" ‘

m
, , , ,

tiv e s ; e. g . W! m ama ( no t am e) mi tra m, my fri en d ; 3 8 !

R 1I H1 m tas ya mama vs gr i h am , his ho use o r mi ne ; h m
mfg devas smdn ( no t H: n ah ) p ahi , O Go d p rotect us
,
.
1 0 0m m o r sm u x .

ur Hono ur th e po li te fo m o f m tv m ta k e
N obM vu , Y
’

,
r il , s

th e ve b i n th e 3 rd pe rs : m
r
m ki ln ah a bha an wha t . v ,

do s your Hono ur say ? fi lm i t“: d ak k ha ntu b h vants h

e g a ,

ma y y u c om e o .

B D em o s t ati ve P o n ouns m i dsm or m etad thi s ; Hg

. n r r ,

tad tha t ; W ad i li thi s o r tha t

’

,
l , .

m i da m a nd
m etad ag ee in g with a su bj ec t i n th e 1 st o r , r

d pe s ft n rh ere m o fu ay a m as mi h e re I am ; m
e :
gr .
,
z ,

m 3 1 : aya m agatas ta a p ut ah h ere co m es you so n v r , r .

l g té d ( li k e L at ill e ) ofte n w e ll - k n own ce l e b.rate d a t W , :

a d
n as t a m y a n ag i th at w ll -k n ow n c harmi ng c i ty ar ,
e .

fi g tad wi th 2 1 e va= th e ve y th e sam e : fl? WW tad e a

"

r , v

nam a, th e nam e i s th e sa m e .

fi g tad , whe n epeated r , m eans vari ous , s ev eral : “ I? F i fi i ll

a mni w tan i tani snatran dh
ia y ai ta h e , read se veral

TI E C AS E S .

227 Th e n omi nati

quently us ed in San sk rit ve i s fa r less fre as

th e s bj ect f a se nten ce tha n in E n gli sh

u o Its plac e is very c o m .

m o nly su ppli e d by th e i strum ntal o f th e agent wi th a pas s ive n e

verb ; e g fi l
m J ten .l k tam h . s ai d li t i t w as s ai d b y h i m a ,
e ,
. .

Th e n o m i s use d afte verb s meani n g to b e to be c o m e ppear

. r , ,
a ,

seem ; als o after th e pas sive o f ve b s f m ak i n g call i ng c o ns i der r o

m
, ,

i ng s n din g appoin tin g etc ; e g a

,
e ? girls !
, m :F ,
. . .

te na m u n i na k uk k uro vyfl g h ra h k i ta h th e d o g w as t urn e d i n to r ,

a tiger by th e sag e.

Note — Th e n o m with th e partic le { fi t iti may b e use d instead .

o f th e a c e after th e a c ti ve o f verb s o f c alli ng c o ns id erin g etc

.
, ,

e g .
{ R w ar
.
i f ? H a i m am va a s a i ti m any e I c o nsid er th i s
y y ,

person my fri end .

 OUTLINE S OF S YNTAX .

No te — I n th e p assive c o n stru cti on th e no m tak e s th e plac e o f

W
.
,

th e di re ct s ee h
( e ) ( Fa rfimo v e d a m adh yap
“

. t agen t :

yate , Rema i s ta ug t th e V ed a h .

I n s tr um e n tal .

2 3 0 Th e i n strum e ntal
. pri ma ily e presses either th ec a se r x

a g e n t o r th e i n s tr u m e n t ( means ) by wh i c h an a cti on i s p r e

fo m d
r e
m
te n y kta m i t w as sai d by h im
a h e sai d ; 11 8 37 !

m
,

: se k h a d g e n a
y p fi d i ta h h e w as
a vk ill e d w i th a s wo r d , .

I F om th e ab ove are d e el o p ed th e foll o w i n g sec o dary sen s s

r v n e

W
.

r Ac c o m p a n i m e n t wi th R
. s ah a
m sak am
, ear: , ,

dh am m sam am ; e g { a
, l l 113 fi m “i t p utrena sah a p ita
. .

g a t a h th fath e w een t wi th hirs s o n o r i ts op p o s i te s e p a r a t i o n

with o r without th e abov wo ds ; e g fit? ! m a Fifi p it a

, , ,

e r . . t

v i yo g m n a sah at h e c ann ot e n du re se pa ati on from h is fath e

a e, r r .

2 C a u s e r ea s o n m o ti v e : o n ac c o unt o f th ough etc r

m
b h a ato n u grah e n th o ugh your fa o ur m
.
, , , ,

“ i f? 3 v s a, r v

Hi fi fl fil te aa parfidh ena t fim dandayami I p uni sh yo u fo r

n v ,

that faul t .

Note Th e i nstr o f fi g h u ddh i thought an d wife bh auti

‘

— r
.
, , ,

e rror i s us e d
, n d e th e i mp es i on
: u a n d un d er th e e rr o n e o u s
r r s

i m p e i on
r ss e g
m . v yagh ra -
. b u d dh ya thi nki ng th at i t ,

w as a ti ge r

? m at? !
.

3 M . a n n er a m 2 tau dam pati mahata

s n e h en a vasata h , th at p ai r live s i n gre at affec ti on ; HE?" t}?
fi
ma hata suk h e na , wi th great pleas ure .

4 . Ac c o r d a n c e : Hm fi fl sfi se m am a m ate na vartate , he
ac ts ac cording to my opi ni on S also p rak i tya by n at ure ;
. o r ,

3mmyatya by b irth , .

5 P
. r i c e : u m m i m fi i t a q fi c fi l v fit fl r atm anam sa tat am
' '

rak sh e d d érai e ap i dhan air api a man shoul d always protec t hi m ,

s elf ev en at th e c o st o f hi s wi fe a nd o f hi s wealth .
 U
O TLINE S O F S NTAX Y }

6 T im e
. or Spa ce w i th i n w h i c h an ything 18 do ne 3 1?
flm
i
“ adva dasair varsh air vyi kara nam sr fiyate
“

, gra m
m ar i s l ea rnt m t w lve y ear
e s.

I I Th e i nstru m ental i s als

. ou s ed

A . Wi th a d e c ti v es e x
j p re ssin
g
a . L i k en e s s or e q u a li ty : m fi fi fia W i
W tas ya
g i v i te na sam a p atni
wif i s as d to h im as li fe , hi s e ear .

b P o s s e s s i o n o r th e O ppo si te f e d om f o m d e s ti tu ti o n
.
, , r e r ,

fi e us e ! I? “ 3 1 dhan en a samp ann o vi h i u o va possessed

“

o desti tute o f w alth

r e .

B Wi th v e r b s o i
W p ur van
.

a E c elli ng o
. c om p
x in g : { 5 1K s erum Wr ar

m a hi -b haga t yfi g ti se h O fo r tu naa te m a n y o u e c el yo ur a
s e, es ,
x nc

to s i n that ( d e voti o n )
r .

. s n
-
b Boa ti g o weari g nth m m 3 13 { a b h arate na atma
rs n :
.

na k a h a m pe I swe by Bha ata an d myself

a sa , ar r .

0 R ejo i i ng b i g p l ase d s ati s fi e d aston i he d as h m e d d i s

. c , e n e , , s ,
a ,

g uste d N E H : m : m M k a -
p u u s h h s v - l p e n gp i tu sh r a a a

y ti a l w p e son i s sati fi e d e ve with littl

a , o r s n e.

( 1 M oti o n to e p e s th e m e n
.
, o r th e p art
x r s f th e bo dy by a s, o ,

whi ch th e motion i effe ted i nfi rm wt fin aginakar ti h e goess c : v a

hors bac k ; H m m
,

on e s svan am sk an dh eu u vah a h e a a ,

c a ried th e d o g o n hi s s ho ul d r
r e .

I II S om e m i ell n e o u s u e s o f th e i n str are th e foll owi n g

. sc a s .

1 Wi th wo d s e p re ssing a d e f c t o f bod y
. r x m m : ak sh na e

k anah blin d o f a eye , n .

2 Wi th wo ds. p e ing n e ed u s e lik e fl a th h mit

r ex r ss or ,
. r a ,

W p yg ra o n a m 1 6 k i t o d o wai th k
, i m wh a t : a
r m , ,
m ,
'

fifi fi W W d e v -
p a da na m s v a k a i r n a pra
y y aa nam Y o ur e o ,

M aj esty s feet h a e n o n ee d f serv nts ; fi t i f !" fi fi “a t k i m

’
v o a

tay a k i yate dh en va wh at i s to b e d o ne wi th that c o w 2

'

r ,

1.
l o um ns s o r sr rrm x .

3 . With m di am an d
g ran k ritttm, e n ug
;
’
o h W
k r i tam ab h yutth fin e na , pray d o n o t ri se ; W Si “ al am sa ti

y away wi th d oubt m sl m in th e sa m ense i s often use d

k a a, . a e s

wi th th ge und ( whi c h is an o ld inst u mental) when i t h as th

e r r ,
e

fo c o f a n gati ve im p rative m m
r e
‘
e
W T a lam n ath a
y e : a

g h
rzi t a en o u ghvo f m i,su n d e s ta n d i n g = d 0 n o t m i u n d t n d r s ers a .

2 3 1 The dati ve . c as e ex presses eith r th e i n d i r ec t o bj e c t o f

e

an a c ti on g , e n erall y a pers o o r pre di ati vely th e p u r p o s e

n, , c ,

of a n actio n .

A Th e dative
. of th e i ndi rec t obj ec t i s u sed
1 . Afte r tr a n s i ti v e verb s wi th o r w itho ut
, a d ire c t obj e ct

a . O f gi v i n g (QT d a,
w in a rp a a
y ) , ow i n g (g d h i ) r , p o
r

g ( ufa
°
prati or
W it-3 rd ) , te l l i n g (an h e
t m a n k h ya
, ,

W k ak sh , q sa me ; m an n i v e da a
y ) .

t
Ex . fi rm: fli W?
i vi p ra a
y gam d a d dti , h e gi ves a cow to th e

Bra hman ; m fs m t
a k ath a am i
y te bhuta arth am , I tell

yo u th e trut h .

No te — 1fi
( a
y g, to sa c rifi c e , ta k es ac e . of p rso n
e an d i n str . of

! 5 32 m pasa n a rud m yagate h e sac i fic e s a

h
t i ng :
W ra , r

bull to R dra u .

b O f s e n di n g o d e s p a tc hi n g : wi th { i f its ? filer
. r .

b h ge na d uto ragh ve is ri sh tah a m e ssen ger w as sent by Bhoga

o a v ,

to Ra ghu .

2 Afte i n tr a n s i ti v e ve b s me ni ng to p l e a s e ( Ki u l ) to
. r r a r e ,

k rud h ) to h a te
d e s i r e (G
K sp i h ) t b e a n gr y w i th r ,
o ,

(R d ru h ) t e n v y (a i , h y) o rs .

E fi rm x
m k i mk a aya k u pyati h e i s angry with h i s ser r

W
.
,

vant ;
y a w : p u sh p b h ya h s p ih a
yati h e d e sire s flow e s e r ,
r .

Note k u dh an d d ruh if pre c eded by preposi ti o ns

“

r Si , ,

g o ve r n th e a c c us ati ve .
1 rm
'
c o u nties o r e

Note omm o nly us d in this sense with ab stract

-Th e a lati ve i s c b e

n o un s i n a t sp c ially i c om m n t i e s
va , e “i f !3 m
e
{ H n e ar :

m p to g n
ar vai m A dh fl m tx a t t h e m o u nt i h asn fi e i i t b a v ,
a n r n , e

c u e o f th e
a s b i g s m ok re e n e .

b Wi th v er b s o f f e a r i n g a nd p r o te c ti n g : 13m g fflafil
.

t n ad b ib h ti h fea th thi ef ; mfg i f i t h

s e e , e
“ p a i m
rs a m en a ra

k at p ot c t m from h ll
, r e e e .

Wi th wo d s m e an ing di fle r e n t f r o m (W nyé ‘ It pai

c . r a ,
'
rs ,

i a) im a fi k i h a d anyo go v i nd ah K i s h
{ I t t
fl ar : r s n ,
r na

i d iff
s nt from G o i d
e re v n a .

( 1 Wi th c o m p ar a ti v e s o word s h vi ng a c om p arati e s n
. r a v e se :

fi fi m ( “fl fe as t : g in d ad dm vi d atta ah Ram i m o ov r o v r a s re

G o vi d ; m m
,

l e arne d th an n k m o gfi a am ti
a ar an n a

r i ky t k nowl d g i s su p ri or to cti on
a e, e e e a .

With wo d d noti g poi nts o f th e c om p ass a m mo fi lfti

e. r s e n :
'

g a
r m a t p fi o g i n k thrve m o u n ta i i s to th
'

as t o
,
f th e v ill g n e e a e.

f T i m e w i th i n o r a f ter whi c h a nyth i g i d on e “ T

.

m n s :

sapt h fit w ith i e e n d ay s ;
W b h o d i h ta m k alat
‘

e a ,
n s v a r r s ,

se e fte
n a long ti m e
r a .

233 p i ma y m ea ing o f th gen i s quasi - dj ec ti l th

. Th e r r n e . a va e

qu lifi ation f oth e n o un whi h i t d en ot s b e mg g n ally

a c o an r c e e er

exp e ss d i n E gli h by th e p p o f a m fafim g g t

r e n s re .
‘
: a a o

i m ata th e C e to
n r f th e U
, n i e se r a r o v r .

Bes id th i u th e ge n i e mp loye d i n ari o u s o th r way

es s se , . s v e s

I Wi th v er b s
.

T o b e m a s t e r OHM p -b h fi ) to r ul e (i nk ) to gr a n t
a . ra . . ,

gi v e ( 31 day) , to r e m e m b er ( a; m : uufi w tfi i
atm a nah p rabh a vi sh yam i, I s h all b e master of m yself .

b I t ex p res s e s
p o s s e s s i o n wi th v er b s m e a n i ng to b e
’
( «
q
m
.

as , fi b h fi, flu: vi d) : an
m ma ma pustak am vidyate , l
h ave a book .
 O UTLINE S OF S YNTAX .

II . Wi th a d ect i v e s
j
a . B e ar to , f av o u r i t e w i th a nm rrsi fun: ko nam a

ra
gfi am ri
p y a h , w h o, p ay r , i s dea r to k in gs ?
b . E q u a li ty (g? ! tuly a,
m sa d n isa,
'
W sama : ) ( W: W
W ! rama h k ri sh na sya tu lyah , Rama i s qual t K i h a e o r s n .

Note I. Th e i n s tr . is als o u se d w ith wo d de n oti ng e quality r s .

Note 2 With word s ex p res si ng d iflere nc e , tw o ge n iti ve s

’ ’
are

m
.

-
u se d i n th e b etw an d z s afari e r “ : Si
’
se ns e o f e e n—
g
fans : e tav an ev a fiyu sh m ata h sa tak ra to s lea v isesh a h , h
t i s i s th e
o nly diff ere n c e b twe ee n
yo u ( th e l ong li ve d ) and Ind ra .

III . Wi th p a s s i v e p ar ti c i p l e s
a. Past pa
ples wi th a p es s n se o f oots m ean i g t
rti c i , r . e ,
r n
‘
o

th i k to k n ow t wo hi p t k e th e ag nt i n th e g en a URI
’ ’ ’
n , , o rs , a e .

{ fi at s ag fi am u
p g i ta h h i
e r
e s re v er n c e d b y ki gs , e n .

b F tur parti c i pl s tak e th e agent i n th e g n as well as th e

. u e e e .

i nst w (W ) M { fi t ma ma ( m aya) e yo h a i h H i should

r : . s v r ,
ar

be w o rsh i p p e d by me
'

IV . With ad v e r b s

a. M e a ni n g f ar ( m duram ) o r n e ar (m i antik e m )
{Tm d ur am gram asya , far fr m th e o v illage .

No te — Th e a b l a ti v e 18 als o u sed with th e se wo rd s .

b . Adve rb s i n 11 : ta b ,
“

ex pressi ve of di re c ti on , an d others of

s i m i lar m e an in g ( s e e 2 09 ) m m : gram a sya d ak sb i natah ,

to th eo h o f th e illage s ut v .

Not — Ad e b s f di c tio n i n W -ena ta k e th e a c e as w ll a

e v r o re . e s

th ge n : m
e (W ) M ? g.fi m as
y (g a m a m) d k h i r a r a s ne n a .

Th e g
c . o f ti m e is u s d w i th m ulti pli
en . ti e s ( e 2 0) e ca v s e 1

mam : m asasya h t k i t ah e ight ti m e s m onth as a r v , a .

L o c a ti v e .

2 3 4 Th e l . ocati ve o
de n te s th e p l a c e w h er e a n acti n tak e s o
pl vfa ma fisfl W faafifa p ak sh inas tasmi n vrok sh e u i vas
‘ ’

ac e .

a nti , b irds li ve m th at tre e .

15 0 OUTLI NE S or e '
ux .

I I t ex
. presses th e foll owing c ollateral meani ngs
a Th e re c i pi en t : m
.
E8 2 111i!
W Vi tarati g u u h fi
p g i r r
‘
re

v i dyam a te ac h e i m parts k n owl dge to an i te lli ge t p u p il

, r e n n .

b T w a d s z a mg El li fi fi m p a i h u d yam k u
. o r
’ '
r n s a r

v a nti sé dh av ah th e go o d show c om p as si on towa d s

,
i m te b ei n g r an a s.

c Th
.

v am e va
e ff ct f a c au se : 31 31 f?
e e o
i a a t fi l m d ai
W
k sh aye k aranam , Fate i s th e
hi u r i nam vri ddh au c au se

of th e d e c lin e or prosp eri ty of me n .

d B y r e a s o n o f , w i th
. r e gar d to 13 33 Eli { fit k hi
dresh u satr um anti , h e sla h ys th e e n em y by r eas on of his we ak

poi nts .

e. Am o n g s t , o f, with pe latives
su r
HS E': ( Ti l an ft:

m : sarve sh u p u tr e sh u ram o m a m a p iyata m a h f all th e s on s

r ,
o

Ri ms i s d eare st to m e .

No te — Th e g e n i ti v e i s als o u se d in this s nse e .

« fe mffi gmi
i
f Af te r ,
. of ti me ( li k e w g (w a g)
a sm i n
di n e b h uk tvaayam tryah e ( tryah ad ) b h o k ta, avin g h
w
d in ed to -d ay h e ill di n e a gain after ( th e i nterval o f) t re e da s h y .

II Th e l o c i s
. . als o u sed with
a. Words m e ani ng e n ga ge d i n , i n te n t on (m fisak ta ,
m tatpara ) , or s k il f ul (Q M k usala , n i pu na , fir! “
p an di t
sk i lful
a : )
in
W S

playi n g at dic e
W fi rsts: ramo k sh a-dyfitex n ip una h , Ri ms i s

m
.

b Wo d s meaning a tta c h m e n t to (
. r a nu -sni h
W ,

arm -ra ng m v a bh i -las h )

, c o n fi d e n c e i n ( Fu s e -e ve s ) , , flt
n es s f o r (an yug) : a 1 113 T a mi m rfim m: n a k h alu “
sak un talayam mama bh ilash a h , m y l o ve i s i n d e ed n o t tow ar d s
a
S ak un tala ; a afi fi l fl “ : n o me tvayi visvasa h, I h ave n o faith ‘

m m
.

i n yo u h is ma trai lo k ya sya gp i p ra
b h utvam tasm in yugyate, even th e o
s vereignt y of th e t hree worlds
i s fitti n g fo r h i m .
15 2 o vr m
nns or e '
rnx .

Time an d Di s t a n c e .

2 36 . a . Th e ac c . is u se d to ex p re ss d u r a ti o n of ti me an d

d i sta n c e i n s p ac e (2 2 8 ,

b Th e i n s tr
. . e x p re ss e s th e tim e o r s p ac e w i th i n wh i c h an
y
h
t i ng i s d on e ( 2
3 ,
0 I,
c. Th e a b l . ex p re sses ti me w i t h i n o r a f te r whi h c an ythi ng

is d on e ( 2 3 2 , f) .

d Th e g e n e x r e ss e s th e ti m e i n
. . ic p wh h an a c ti on i s r e p e a te d
fi t} : d vi r ah na h , t i c e a d ay ( 2 3 3 , IV w . c ) .

e . Th e Ic e . ex p re s s e s th e tim e ( )
1 at whi h c : 11 .
i fa} asm i n

d in e , on h
t i s d ay ; ( ) 2 af ter whi h c , li k e ab l . ( 2 34 I f ) ,
. .

P a r ti c i p l e s .

2 37 . Th e p r e s e n t p a ti c iple is u e d with “ as to
r s , si t, a n d

E T! sth a, to sta n d , to ex p s c on ti uous ac ti o Hm

res n n bh a
k s b aya n n aste , h e k e e p s e a tin g ; i f?! fil
m Fm : i ti v ikara a n
y
sth ita h , h e st ood th us thi nk i n g .

P a s t P a r ti c i p l e s .

2 38 pas sive p ti iple a d i ts c ti fo m i n 3 1 t (but

. Th e ar c n a ve r va

n o t th e p f p t i n y re que tly
N va s )
er f ar s d fo fi ite are v e r n u e r a n

m
. .

p tt s ; g
as en e t i d m u k t m th i s w as sai d b y him
e. . en a a a ,

1! { W m i d m uk t a h e i d th i a a v n, sa s.

In th e s m e w y th e p s i e o f i nt a n i ti
a a b s i s u s d im p e a s v r s ve v er e r

? fi t fi l l o h
s o n lly INT
a :
“ yJ
m a ait k i m s th i t m I t d t ra ra a ,
s o e re

fo r al o g tim e n .

Th e p f p s p art o f i t
er . si ti e a s. bs i u se d i th e ti . n ra n v ve r s n ac ve

sen se 1! ri m 1m: a g ngam g t h h e w t to th e G g s ; H

: s a a a , en an e

W W as pathi m it h h e d ie d o n th e w ay r a , .

F u t ur e P a s s i v e P a r ti c i p l e s .

2 39 T . he e p ti c i pl s i n W t y
s ar e av a , an i y a , 1!
ya ( als o
c alle d v e r b l diecti s ) p e n e c e s s i ty
a a ve ex r ss , o b l i g a ti o n , o r fit
 OU
TLI NE S or e
'
rnx . 1

n es s . Th e c o n stru c ti on i s th e sa m e a s i n th e case o f pa t p th e s as s

m
.

p art : . W T! y
m a a tatra ga nta vyam , I m u st g th e o er .

a . o
S m etim e s t is h pa t r . ex p re ss e s c ertain t y o f th e futu re : fl
fi fllfq W fi
'
n : ta ta s te na v
a p i se hd e h k arta vya h , t h en h e a ls o
will surely m k e a n oise a

b S om tim s it i used fo th e f tu e simply 3 3 13 : W

.

. e e s r u r

W 3 133 Th “ yu yo h p k sh -b le a m yaapi suk h va a a a n a

v
ena

ga n t y m I
av to o h al
al go at e,as e b y th e str e ngth o fsyo ur w i ngs .

c
M . b h a itavy m nd
t avya m f o m i b h fi t
v a a r , o

b are u se d im p rs o n ll y to e p ss n ec e i ty o h i gh p ob ab ility
e, e a x re ss r r .

T h e adj cti e o n oun o f th e p r e d i c a te gr e s with th e su bj c t

e v r a e e

in th e i n s tr m Hm “a? “ t ya samn ih itaya bh a

. a

vi t vy m sh m ust b e ( = i s m o t p ob ably) n r ; “
a a , e
fi fth “! s r ea

W fi l : as mm udh ai b h i tavy m yu h m ab hi h yo u shoul d b e

a r av a s ,

c are ful.

I n d ec l i n a b l e P a r ti c i p l e ( G e r un d
) .

h p ti i ple fo med w ith m t a 1! y o i ll ty (

2 4 0 T is . ar c , r v , a, r a se e

( 7
1 8 e p e sses th t n x c ti o i src o m p l t d b fo e n o th
a ab gi a n e e e r a er e ns

ti m l l 7 m: tam p a- mya s g tah h i g bowe d d ow t

‘

r na e a , av n n o

h i m h e de p rte d
, a .

It m y f e q e tly b e t
a. a l t d by i n
r r
u n by wi th th e ran s a e
’
o
‘

v e b l n o un
r WI fi n? ! gm fi i W
a : m am n i d h a m b at a r na v

k im l b h d h vam wh at woul d yo u gain by k illi g m who m

a e ,
n e a

d stitut
e f w lth ? e o ea

b S om i d e li b l parti ipl s are e qu i l t i m e n i g to

. e n c na e c e va en n a n

p po siti on « tvam dh ik ttya b out ; mm adfly wi th ;

re s a r
’

, a a,

W “ u d di y tow rd s ; = fi m i t
s a, fi w i th w m uk t a e
a p t
'
n v , v ,
x ce .

2 4 1 Th e i nfi n itive i s
. ch iefl y e mploye d to ex press a p u r p o s e
( l i k th b ut i s al s ou se d as th e o b e c t f a f w v bs It
e e
j o e er .
15 4 o urt m ns o r S
'
YNTAX .

is n ev e r use d as th e s u bj e c t of a se nte n ce , a b strac t noun s

su pplyi ng i ts pla ce in thi s c as e

W
.

a . I nfi ni ti v e o f p u r p o s e : m m fi ft
Um h i ranyak as ki tragri vasya p asfim s k he ttu m b ahi r agakk hat,
Hi ra uyak a c a m e o ut to c ut th e b o nds o f K itrag i v r a ; s an dw
arm -
i “ T m av as aro x
y am at uam p ra k asa yitu m , t i s is h
th e tim e to s how yourself .

b As th e o bj e c t o f v e rb s m eani g to b e abl e to b e fi t to
. n , ,

k now to p su m e to b e
, to b e ple as d to de si re to t i v
re , to ar , e , , s r e,

b egi n WM .
ga tu m i k k h ami I wi sh to g 5 mm n , o
”

k a th ayi tu m sa k o ti h : ab le to te ll n ,
e 1 .

2 42 a A dj e c ti v e s m ean ing fi tn e s s o r a b i l i ty , a n d n o u n s

m
. .

o
-
m e a ni ng d e s i r e , m ay al s ta k e an i n fin . : sro tu m ik k ha,
a d e sire to h ear ; farm aft: 3 3 12 M at : uni : li k h itam
ap i la late p ra ygghitum k a h sam arth ah , who is able to avo id w h at i s

s tam p ed o n his f o head ( by f te) ?

re a

b . Th e 2 nd and gr d s i n g . i nd . of El
i arh , to d e serve , are use d

i mp e rati v e l pl as e d m Hi W Efi l bhavan
y = ple a se , be e :
‘ ‘

m am s o tu m arh ti will your Hon ou plea e to h ea r m e ?

r a ,
r s

c Th i fi
. ft d op pi ng th e fi l R m i s s om ti me c o m
e n n .
, a er r na , e s

poun d d wi th a n kama fi t m nah i th e nse f h i ng a

e or a n se o av

w i sh o a m i nd to d o what th
r ve b i n di c te s
W 2 dr sh tu e r a : a

k am h d si o us f s ei ng
a , e r o e .

2 4 3 T h re b i g n o p a s s i v e form f th e i nfi n i ti v e i n S a n
. e e n o

sk rit th e b s whi h go e th i nfi n
,
v er p u t i n th p as si e i n
c v rn e . are e v

o de to gi e it a p si e sen e
r r v as v s .

E x 3 3 fl ga r? k tum n a y gy te it i s n o t fi t to b e d on e ;
. ar u a ,

a I“ (a ) W
im m sa k yas t ( d o sh a h ) sa m a d h atu m e ,

tho se ( mi sc hi efs) c an n ot b e e pa i e d ; a ? i f“ : fi l m r r

te na m nda pah k fi ayi tu m a b dh a h a b ut w as b egun to b e ere cte d

a r ra ,

by hi m . m
1 om u ma o r m ax .

''
b . l be p e r l e c t is genera lly us ed in narrati ng even ts o f th e

re mo te p as t ; it ne ver re fers to ev e n ts o f th e c urre n t da y .

c. The ao r i s t re fers to p a st time gen erally, w i th o ut re feren c e

to a ny parti c ular ti me , an d to ac tio ns o f th e c urre nt da y . It is

no t a na rrative te n se , pp ro p iate i n d i l gues It is thu
b ut is a r a o . s

equ i l n t t th E glis h perf t p sent

va e o e
]
n It l o e p n ec re . a s x res s e s c o

ti nuo us ac ti o n ( lik e th e i m pe fec t in Lati ) a

m i d st h w r n : , e as

gi vi ng ; a d
W
ad at, h e ga ve .

h
V o te — T is te ns e ac q uires an im perati ve se n s e a fter th e p ro bi

b i tive pa rti c le s “I m a an d m mas ma, wh en it lo ses th e au

gm e n t

m M m a bha ish ilt, do n o t fear ( c p .

2 4 6 Th e . s i mp l e future is use d o f a n y on ; whi l

fu ture a c ti e

th e p e r i p h r a s ti c , wh ic h i s m u c les s h f eq u n tly m pl oye d re f

r e e ,
ers

to d e fi n i te or r e m o te future ti me , b ut n o t to ac ti on s to tak e

plac e i n th e c ours e of th e c urre nt da y .

2 47 pec ia l use f th e i mp e ti e a e th following

S s o ra v r e

a Wi th i t r o gati e s i t h a th e fo c e o f sh uld w
’
. n e r v s r o z

W k i m ad h una k ra vama wh t s ho uld w d ow ?

a , a e o n

b Th 1 st and g d pe s e t an slat d by let l l é “ If?

. e r r . ar r e
‘
z
’ ‘
'

a b am g kkhfini l t m e go
a , e .

c Th e 2 n d nd 3 rd pe
. are s o m e tim e s us d i n
a n optati e rs . e a v

s en s e : vi a : m am ?
m p g y n h k al -v arshi bh a at m y ar a a a v n, a

rai n pou down in seaso !r n

d Th e 3 rd si ng p ass i s c om m o nly u se d as
. . polit im perati e
. a e v

i nste d o f th e 2 nd pe s
a t W K asyatam pl as r .i t d own
ac . : , e e s .

) O p ta ti v e ( P o t e n ti a l .

2 4 8 Th e Sa ns k rit op t ti
. i s u se d i n m u c h th sa m e se ns s a s
a ve e e

th G e k op tati v e
e r e I t i s c om m only u s d to so ft n a state m e t
. e e n ,

1
S ee P ofr . Bh an d ark a r
’
s S ec o nd Book of S an sk ri t, P refa c e .
 U
O TLI NE S o r sm u x . 1

qu sti o
e c o m m an d
n, o r

who wo ul d thi k ? Hi m
Eh 7 1m G k n am sa mbh avay t
:

t m e a m k uryah d o tho u c t i
n
.

va
m v
o a

a
e

n
,

thi s ma n e It o fte n th u s e pr s e s m
n r futuri ty : { H W x e s e re

W
.

m iy m k ya at a ti sh th e t th i s gi l wi ll n t stay h e
an na a r , r o re .

a I t v y f e quently
. er p esse s fi tness in p c epts : m
r ex r
‘
re

“ f I “ap arth am dh nam rak h et

i d - a e shou ld s e w ealth
a s , on av

ag i s
a n t l m i ty
ca a .

b I t i s u s d in c on ditional s ent n e with i f! yadi d ad k ét

. e e c s an ,

i b oth p ot is n d apo d o i s W 7 l W
n r as a flafi z vfifirs s : '

W yad i n yan ara-pati viplav ta ih n u i a pr ga i f there

a s n r e a a r v a ,

w ot
e re n k i ng th e subj c ts woul d d i ft a w y li k e a b oat
a , e r a .

B e n e d i c ti v e ( A o r i s t O p t a ti v e
) .

2 49 T is . h ra r e m ood i s u se d to p ex re ss bl e ssi n gs o r , i n th e fi rst

p r o th e sp e k
e s n, a w i sh m
er s
’
: v i ra -p ras ava b h u ah
y ,
m y st thou gi e b i
a v th to a warri o !
r r
m m k ri tfir th a bh u
yas m m y I be o m
a , a c e su c c es sful !

C o n di ti o n a l .

2 5 0 Th e . c o n d iti o nal ,
past f th
as its f om r ( an i n dic ative o e

f t u ure ) w ll i ndi e te i p op ly u
ca e d to s, p s s a p r t c o d i ti
ero s ex re s as n n,

th f l ity f wh i h i i m pli d
e a s o n d i s e qu i al nt to th e p lu p
c s e f ct
,
a v e er e

(c o d it
n i o l ) u bj
nau c ti v es i L ti n o nE gl i h o th e a o i
n st i n d ai ca r n s ,
r r

ti ev e d o n d i ti on ally i
us c G e k I t i m pl oy d i b oth p otasi s
n r e s e e n r

fi m
.
, ,

an d pod o ia fb
s s:
gfl lfi fi rm su i sh ti k e t b h vr s a a

i h yad d u b h i k sh m n
v s r b h vi h y t i f th e
a h ad b n pl ti ful
a a a s a , re ee en

ra i n,th e woul d h ve b ee n n o f m i ne
er a Th pote ntial is em p loy e d a . e

t p e ss th e i mp fect c on diti o nal

o ex r er .
 A P P E ND I X I .

LIST O F V E R BS .

Th e orde r of th e p a rts o f th e ve r b wh, e n all a re gi v e n i s , : P re s .

,

P a ss . Ger .
,

In f .
, Caus .
, ao r .
, De si d .
,
In ten s .

Th e R man o n um erals s ign i f y th e c onju g ti onal cla s f th e v b a s o er

P . i n di c ate s t h at th e ver b is co n j ug t d in th P sm i A tha t

a e e ara a , .

it is c o nj ugat d e i n th e Atman e pa da .

li b d wo sh i p I P W WII W ? h e i
'
a itlc ,
fl to go , to
1
t en , o r , , . s
-
m o ve d I t i l fli t wo sh ipp d I W b t I fi fl flfil II r e en ‘

i i fig t a n o i t V II P Efi ffi I W I“
a mIfil ‘ '

i a ,
o n , ,
.

W a 1 w = fi1 1 m i 1 fi w i w e v m w é n ri nfi a u r

-
er
g d to t IaI P 5 1fa a fa r; sti f?”
, ea
m ,
1 11m 11113
,
1 ; .
1
,
f
, ,

-
m (v er a ) s ed 1 3m i n,
°
m 1
w 1 m fi1 1 fm w fi1 11
W a n to b re a th e II P
, , , . m fi I W , W : or ar m ,
m
l fl mffl m m m
M , l
m ll m l fl
l l l

w h a l v fagq l wmufs u

“ a s, to attai n , V , Am u s m q fa m g w gm w i

“ 5 11113 1 1 19 11

1 1 73 as , to e at, I X, P W . fd I “ fi
t I m , WWW,
m y m w n fi
v1 m fw w fi n m fi m fm
1w 1

vf m m 1 w fr1§ q 1 mm fi1 1 w fr1fmfr 11
°
,
1 60 A PPE NDIX 1.

m i k sh fio se e ,
i fi i
I, A
l fl ll
§ W
. % l i ffi fl l im
f l

{fi d fa l fi m l fim d m fi n

s aha ;
“
s f“ , etc . 11 3 1111 1 an ? 1 3 9 11

m , w rfw , m ;
e tc . 1
m ; m 1 wfi wfi 1 m 1w ,
°
q n 1 w finfi1 11

i r i to go , I II , P .
m ; W t;
“fi l m or
m ; 3 d 11 . .

W 3 1 " “ 8 W m ?“ W mfi v ; m ; m "

I, A w fi mfia
fi r iy , to go , to ga m , etc . 1 u
w il l

m m

“ k a m, to l o ve , I , A 3 11 . m W II fi or 1 15 1 I W I

a faw
’
i or mwfirfi 1 mnfit 11
‘
a

a mir 11 m i l mm fa
'

3 131 11 5 3, to sh i ne , I, A . 1 11
-
gm
'

7 k ri , to d o , V I I I, P uni ts , “ Ifa ; fi z,

m
.

w z; fi gm fi fil u1
1
m “ i n, “ 131 ;
‘

g
z, 1
, , ;
« W 1 W ag m am ; 11 warms) « a,
m gs, , t m ,

u a esti mm fl
-
want ; a g e1; -
q fg w
fi ; W i n n i e ,

tan i u m 1 m
1 13 1 5 11 ; “ ti
1 ? a ; 1117
7 1 11 A fl .
,

-
fl i e s
r i ; fi ; fi fi m g fi w m w w ; “ fi fe ;

5 m m ; a m W
}
w i n a t ; m .i i " “ 5 5 3 . .

mz m
-
“35 ; fi fi s fi fi 1w h q , , ; c a a f m
r e; g u11 1

M 1 h fi 1 mfl ft 1
§ a 1
7 m m§ m s §q 1 fi m fin

7 p 1 m} , to c u t, VI , P $111? . 11 was ? 1
m 1 mfi w fa or

t ri m? 1 1I !
f 1 fli finfii 1
mm 1 fv affittfit 11
fi k ri sh , to d rag al on g , to furr ow ,
I or VI , P . fi fifil or
f flfil I
'
 LI ST O F VE R BS .

7 m
1 m s c atte r V I P fin fir 11 m , , .
; m z; m : 18 &
w fi 1 fi i l fl lfi l f ffi n
°

11 1m mto prai se X P fi ufit 11

, , , .

M M wfv uflfi '

l
fl k h p , to b e
’

a ble ,
I, A . m II 1 1 1
3 3 I m I
5 1! I

an kram , to stri de ,6 11 W 6 13 5 1 1 I, P . A . W , 3 111 ,

W 1 fi fflfl fafi i 1 w fi 1 fi m fi mflw m m fi

l fli fiw fi l l i w i n

fi k rl to b uy IX P A M
, ,
ffi W I M
, . .
, :

°
fi 1fi fi 1m 1i fl m fl fl v 1 §5 § q 1 fwfi fi u
k sh a n to kiJLVII I P A m m i m
w
‘

, , 11 11 , . .

fa k sh i to destroy V P fwmtfir 11 $ 113 1 a 1 M 11

‘

, , , .

m fit u

M k sh ip , to th r ow , VI , P A . . I fa mfin, ffla l l

W 1 fiw fi l fi fww fi n

m k sh ubh , to quak e , IV , P . A . 1 11 11
5 1 11 11 gai n
0
,

W W m or l ,
°
i ll

“ h k an , to d ig, I , P A . . wafi r, 11 w ra ; a fa

W 1w fi o r mfi 1 m 1 m or 3 fi m mm °
a fiv m 1

m i? 11

W 1 m fi 1 fi a fi wfi n
1 62 A PPE NDI X 1 .

''
l
f gga d ,
to s p eak , I, P . f?! II
"H W I hfdfl ffl l flfi l fl fi l l

n m 1 mzuf a 1 fa nfawfi 1 am fi u

“ g a m, to go , I , P . m II a m , “ I I 1 17 !

mg gAh , to pl u n ge , I, A .
m i 11 W 1 mfgw fi 1 ma ?”
ma m mf g?! 1
°x
tra 1 mam? 11

“ gu h , to h i de ,
I, P . A . f
{E fl
fi a II

W 33 5

fi i
g ,
a to s i n g, I, P . A . m ,
°
i II fi , flfi I 157
m l

W 1 rfi fi 1 7 fi3 1 fi a n m
°
1 mm 1 flm fi t n
fl gra t h o fi‘ l g
r ra n th , to ti e , I X , P a w “M I M I

am a w fa o r ziw fit 11
°
1
-
ag gu b , to tak e , I X , P .
m J g w gm m
A fir .fi u

m ,
311 7
13
-
1 1 1a
m , 1 1213 12 1 mimfir, Q u a si 111 1
-

M 1 W 1 fi h flg g 1 1 M fi fi 1
m
fa

a gl a i , to d ro o p , I ,
P .
m II at?! I
mW ffl
'
or
W
“ gh u sh , to o
s un d , I, P . A . m ,
°
P II W I g? I
°
§ 1 Il |

Qfi p eak II A i i
kak sh , to We W P; “ W
s P , , .
, , , @ , Wfl%
w wfi l fl sfi m m l m l m fit n
'

o I P n f?! 11 “ m i n i ; Ga l v fc wf m
“

ag r t m a
v e ,
i o , ,
.

fi 1 m 1 vfi m fl wi 1 a fi gfl l
‘

m fm ufi
m n
W 1 w a1
1 1 w m fit 1 fm i fi n

m m fi h P A i rvfif s, 113? 11
'

fl ta n , to stre tc 1 ,
V II I , . .
,

W W W? M 1 n 1 m °
m o r m 1 m fit u
°
,

“ pta to b ur n I P,A F IFE o r IV m °

i ll
, m , . .
“

, , ,

fi 1 m1 ww fi1 1 I fi 1m 1 m W 1m 1m ,

nfit n

mm 1 g
1a 1i hzufi u

“ tri p , to b e pleased , I V, P M . II F i fi; W W IV i
111
1 3 1 11 1 M 1 mfi m fi q vu fil u

m
'

i
‘
m é
’

gi e i
jzfa 1
q gr 1l ww 1
qa 7 1 1 a
q 11

1 tri , to o
c r ss , I, P . or VI , A . m or fifi II m ; h i I

m fl fi m , m 1 m ,
0:
3 1 firafiii fir 11
fi tyag, to a b an d n , o I P A
, . . m rfir i ,
°
II m m mmI ,

fl tra s , to trem le , I, b P . or IV , P A fl fiT o r M , £ 1 II
m
. .

m i gz l w 1 m 1 m w fil u
'
111 1111 ; zo r
-
a rmre s t.) hasten ,
I, A a fi n an} 1 a ft 11 1 m fir 11
W I M I W IQ I

£ 1
3 ,
o
aw 1 ésmfir n

“ dam to ta me , IV , R m II i f! I II

« de m o b urn, 1 P § zfin W
, .
m m1
m or ,
1a 1

M lmfi 1 m q
1 ’ w fim m
1 1 m nfa 1 fav afw 1
1

« mu sh
 —
fro 71 ; first? fiv w fzfi m ifl “ a
t
.
M
« W W ; m ww fiw v frfi l w frfz m
fl aw ; v fi z fs mm fl ffl m m s . w m .

W l im fi ff a m ;

fi n a l f s fa gufit n

fi m m m m
‘

gg d uh , to mi lk , II , P . A .
( e
li k fa )
g fi fi qv

M 11
gi rg, %
gg w 1 , m wl m l
gfi 1
gm 1

w d r is fio se e , I, R M "
m z1 w m m ~
oi w 1

W u; m 1
m fi 1 v zf fi g 1 s 1 r
g,
g
°
m m 1 1a fi
wfin W m“ zg fi
f n 11

ts ? ? W 'u tfilfi
’
to s h i ne , I, A . i 11 fig 1 “ 1

M 1w
m n

g dm , to rnn , 1, P .
as ?” gm g gh ;W W ' '

M 1 m
g gmfi gm m m 1 w gmvm v fi
166 A PPENDIX 1 .

“ druh , to h u rt, W , P
g . u fa 11 m ,
“i h a -
533m
W ; ggfga 1w
m 1 fi mfa 1 w
g 1
gya fa n

fz q d vi ah , to h ate II , , P A . . i f: 11 fqi u 1 m ay fi n

figfl l i fl fil u

m dh a , to plac e , In , P . m am ; wen ; M 1 115 ; i

w ;
r

w i 1
w s m m; m u m ; «a m ; m 1

am; am , to run , to w as h I P
, , . A . m , fi
°
11 m 1n u

ru n ni ng ; 1371 w ash ed l m ll

1 dh ri , to b ear, I, P A
; . .
( no
p re se nt ) m , ( it I M , I
fuufi 1
q a 1
g m 1v
§q 1 ww fiflfi 1w mq n

m am a, to blow I P , ,
. w t?“ M 1 ww m1 1 m ?!
w ufi 1 m 1 °
ww 1w mufir 11
31
g n ad , to b urn , I ,
P . WW II 3 3 13 ,

W or m "

“ I
11am ,
P =
lllfi l ll m
to b en d , , .
; fig: l wfi tfl
m fi a lf in
fi w fi mm aa w m m fwmo r
m 1 m fit o r fi mufi n
fl a w?
“fwfiwfi l 11

nan u , to peri sh I V, P . HQ‘ TfiT 11 m fi g: 1m ar a fi

U
,

Sfl M or mfi l fl mm l l
m n

fi
g n ab , to bi nd w , , P A . . W fafi fi 11 T a fi 1 az 1 ° =
m 1

m u
1 A PPENDIX 1 .

“ budh to percei ve I P A o r W , A M } ?
, , , . . . or
3 5 1
11 1

w 1
m 1 fi mfi 1 u fi l
§ u w fi w
1 1
m 1fiv ~

i f? 1 «
my W 11

m m
-
( at ;
y a w n w ai t , ;
v
asm s w m fu fi m m m w
“ W, 3
3 , m I
33 1
1 11 31 va l: is use d i nste ad of i
ge

i n th e ge n eral f o ms
r . Th e perfe ct W Ah a may b e u se d fo r its

present ( 1 5 3 ,

w h h e k eh , to e at, devo ur , I, P NW . 11 M 1 m fa 1

nfwa 1 wfw§ q 1 m fi 1
w n

fi bh ag, to divid e, to en o j y , I, P . A “ fl ,
. fi
°
II m ,

cm
“

m
-
fs 1m 1 st5 111
fi b h asg, to b re ak , VII , P . buf 1
1 11

m 1 w m m fi ; m 1m % m mfa
1 1 m n m o
m u

m bh a to shi ne , ,
to ap pe ar , 11 , P . m ; wifi a mm
;
« g : 11 in ? 1 m fil 1 m?! 11

W W? " M IW I RTW
“ b h ash fi o s peak I ,
I, A .

M 1 mfi w 1 m fl m 1 mfi m 1 m fiw
5 1g b hid to clea ve to break V II P A m
,
ffii II fi at
, , , . .
, ,

fafli fi fl mfi r fi 1 fw fi 1 fq a 1 fim h fw 1 m 1 m fil n
°
,
°

fi
u h h 1, to fear, 111, P fi mfa ;
. m n
f
1 w h e ; vrfiw g: 11

fluw or fi ww a m 1 w fifi 1 1 fl fi n fia 1 m 1 m flfi
or w fllfi fi
' ‘

1 fibfi fi '
11

fi b h ug, to e nj o y , V II , P . A .
m ,
3
33 ll I m ,

W 11
 LIST O F VE BBS .

fi bh flfi be, bec o me I, P A
o , . . Il l
a ,

W 1 fi 1 m fi 1 qj
wfi w fi 1 g 1 m fi w 1 wfi u 1
W fa, °
fi 1 gwmfi fi 1 flwfi fil
°
, 11

g h h n to em y m( P A eh o 1 P A fltfi ,

fi nfi ; fi r m , fw fi 1 ffi m fmq fz fi rs m . w fi ;

“ b h ram , to w an er, d I V, P . or I, P . A . m or m , fi II
°

W ; 1 8 132 W W m or m 1 IQ M I W I ai m ,
° °

m o r af
m m o r a w fit 1 fi antfa é aw fi 11
’

a 1 a fi ,

magg to si nk I P “ I? II W I m a I W I WE N ]
fi , , , .

W 1 m fil 1 fifi wfi r n
flg m ad , to re o i c e ,
j I V, R m II “ 13 ; 333 ” W W I

M 1 W 1w m fir o r nzwfin w
m u

fifi 1 m 1 fia fi 1w fi1

m a nth , to
ha k e I s , or I X, P N fa
.
‘
or
W II min ,

afifwm fifww fw 1 m fi 1 m 1 °
m 1 fiw fa u

t“ ma, to mea sure , II , P . or III , A . m o r fil fi II an d

nfi 1 finfi fu fm1 fwa m m mw fn 1
’ °
v 1 w 1 1 t, 1 1

fi mu k , to l o o s en, VI , P . A .
m ,
°
fi 11 W , “ fi l
m ,

m i w m fi wfi W W ' ’
"
fl m 1 “
 AP PENDI X I .

m m l i fi fi wfi n
w or
g l
m I M I

“ m il "

1 mr i to die, VI
, , P ( p res
. . an d II W E “ ;
afa a l
m l wfm fa nfa fi l qw l qm m fiq l w m l

M l fl fifi nwfi nfi u

m rzg, to cle an se , II , R uf f ; fifi gw
’

fi 8
1 ;1 Q lfl f ; ;
i n
fi r m m ; W N KI muff ; m u "

W or m m or w
m m l fi l qfl fi uv l mfi m
or
W W ,
°
I flTfiflfil I Tfi
Wfi T§ - ll

W I M a m a

3 m lai , to fa de , I, P .
m II “a? W I I a m I 111 w

“m ay , to w o rs hi p , I, P . A . a II m a, i i ! W
m , m | v m ; m l zw fi l n l m m l umm n

W yam , to sto p, 1, P . tr
a in " m , i m ; PH I
m or

m fi ro r ufi w fa l uw fi l n l w 3 m o r
°
m | m n

m fii o r mnufa l fim rfa u
m ya to go II P m u m ; “ a o r t a
, , , . . l i ng !

am
” fi l fl tfi
p m fi ; m umfi um l m ,

°
m | m l m ufil l fi m a fit n

m n gfi l gu l g fi
a r gm l gqgfi n

fi u
y g, to j
o i n, VII, P . A .
m , fi nu guh , m Si
gn .

m l n m fi i l gi fi l fi w
n flgw l M u ha
vfw, fl u t
m nggwfil u

W ra k s h , to pro tect , I , P . A .
m , II “ I
m
t fm fn; M l mfi l t w l m l m fa u
17 2 P
A PENDI X I .

m , w m , w

m ; fi t l
m l m ; W i n fi nw fim u
‘

W fi W I
m l m l fw wfit u
'
El
g va d , to s peak ,
I, P .
W
WII “ It, “ fai l ; Us: I W
m nafi mfi l ufi l a fm w q fi W I W W I I

“ va p , to so w , to w eav e, I , P . A . m II m , w fw
s aw ; s gz l m fi l s wfi l w n m vfi n

“ h as, to des i re, II , P . af m , a m , ar

e ; m z; W fin
W ’
w ’
w i fi l m , 1
65 .
11
3 1
v w
ufi n n

m lm l afi m a fm ,

°
m l flfi l§ q l m fi lr l n

fi g
vid , 3 h ; gf
to k n o w , II ,
a fi rm f em P h . , m , , ,

fem fan fizéfi I wi mafi : o r « 31 l aw; W N

, , , W ,

m ; « f em W “fi l m o r W : I Ezrfa, fi fe 3 3 ; ,
W , ,
"

33 W a“ fan ; fwég I firm” fi

: or fi
'

W la m Ifi fafaflfd ll
' ‘
Pres .
p e rf . 33 am ( 20 0

a? fig , m m , f“ ! ( Ifip w) 3;
, , m fi g: ( c p p 96 .

-
.
,

fi re vid P A fi af a, Ru ffi a, q
°‘
a? u« fag1
'

, to fi n d, VI , . . ,
 LI ST O F VE BBS .

E ffi e}? I m ,
0
? I ffl
'
fi (there i s fo u nd the , re e xi sts th , ere

fifll vis to e n ter , VI, P .

m II $ 1! I
W I M I

m
,

W I M I °
W I I § m fiI I fi fi W II

i vn
’

, to co ver V, P A W W , II m , W ; W ;
- wfl
, . .

fi z nw fi l mj n I fa t fi 111
t I 5 I
q w
a qw a ft sno

a l m fi u
fi l
m nafic fi ufa fi u

qw n
gm uafi gq na mfil n

31 vri t, to b e , to e x i st, I , A (O pti onall y

. P . in ao r .
,
f ut , des i d .
)
fi n a
fi m u l fl m ofi fi l
w ww l fi m
m m l
a vri dh , to i n creas e, I, A .
( o p t. P . in ao r. , fu t , d esi d
. .
) i k a

fi l
m , m ffie l a fifi a
u z l fi m n afiuf m fi
°
n

a I II Ir adh to stri k e
’

\ y , , IV, P . fim firII m ; fi fag zn

W I

Faw i ufaz ufi fl fi t fl l mm fin fi wmfif u

g
“ w ay , to go I,P m , II W W ,m ai n
“
. I“ I

M l m fi l a fi rfl l a fi fm fl m l a fi rfl l mfl fi n

fi a fi mfi u

e ash , to c u t, VI , P .
m a
m m
an ? I u5 ,
°
qw n

W W QM
I I I

W I W I W I, °
W I QI W W I II

In se a m be ab l e, V, P wi t?“. m ; 37 3 : Ia
m .
17 4 AP E NDI X 1 P .

“ sam fi o c e ase , IV, P .

W II mm ; 7
5 3 : I
W I

w ees , to c o mma nd , II ,
P .
m ; g ; s uIm
fi a I na z na f

mm . : or u
m m . u ; w fsrw ; m : I math I nfv , .

fm w fm faif gfi m g n fwfifl l w fav l m nfnfi

fwm fsrgw, s w I fiw fi I II
‘
°

W NW “
W fifi mfi m em W W
x
l v w N

« Im am; W u
w fim l fi ta l fi fi w m ; w
fi r m ’
m ;

fi IIi I m I sfinfi I W I m fi I m fi u

fi su lc, to gri e ve , I , P Sh‘ fi

. l
W W WI I QIM
shfwm l s m
fif l qfiw fin
w w n

l fuwfi w fi l w fi l w fi fi wm m fi nm
fi

g m , to h e ar, V , P 31m . ; W T ; W N
W w , ,

31m 3
; 13 w fi tfi w w
3 ; fiw fi t ; ai r m a n? : I w

w rfm gm gm
v v °v
5 m I mw ufiI I
w fi u
, m
w a s to b e ath e II P W fil ll
“ , m r I M I W , , .
’

w faa I W
°
w uq m ufa II
fvs svi ,
to ew e11, 1, R W fiI II
W I 3
13 “

“ m ay, to adh e re , I, P “W . II ( Eh I l flfi
m l an ? I

W WW I Wé fa ’
I m fa I fa fi wfa u
 A PPENDI X I .

m I fi g or m ,
W n m -
I v tarra III o I w efi
‘

di m; M I M I
w I m fi I
m m I , “V “

E! etri , to c o ver, V o r I X, P . A
.

w or
M m II ,

afi I w fi w fin ufiw fi Im fin fimfi fi n

a neth a, to stan d , I, P fm fa
. II I
m I a lf al fa I

W W I I
W IM I
W flm lfl
'

fl l w fi
flfi l

fa s mi , to sm ile , I, A an ? II .
M I W I M I

fe m mum? o r mm fit II
”

fa tal ,
°
I

8 1 3mm} to rem emb e r I R m "m , , u l mfi wfiu w fi I

q u ag m wg w l mfiw m fir u
W W I I W I

“
-
I d s u m "

ga m m m I afi w fi I
n
fi sv aiig,
‘
to fi II “ a I w
em bra c e I IE 3 " , , A E .

m s ve p to sl e ep 11 P a fq fim 1 a m
,
3 ,
1 9: I w a w fl
33 ,
q
M fi I m fi w I w I m m I
I
g n n
-
a h anfi o k i ll, II, P i fs ; gm; fifi n v a
.
; m Iz mfa ,

W , fi ; fia l m nW I I M
W I gfi I

ga I g m ,
°
gw I m Im fa I fm i un I
El b a, to lea ve , III , R m ; 3 313 ;

W " “ am e or m ' m or
m m l l fi fi l

zIa
’
I fga Ifi z mI gr m I gtw fa I fflzt m u
 LI ST OF VE R BS .

fEt '

msfi o strik e , V II, P .

W I
W ; w fzfi l fzfl l fii ,
‘

W m
'

Fi fe, I fg II fwf éa I l zfi w fi l fi fi
few I fé mlfi i I WW II

g h u , to sacrifi e, c III, P .
W II W M
W R Im a
M I M I
g fi I
gn m I m l zm fi I W
g h ri , to tak e, I P A gt fit, , . . fi ns m t, 3 3 5 s
-
; i gma g m ,

W I N ?” gi I I fgfi I w zl ft l
gn m ,

m f m fwgfi fw , § I wfl zf fi °

{ I h ri to b e a sham ed III P fa gfw ; fi é fl ,

, , , .
‘ '

W fi
w fi Ii Q I fai g IH
'
II
W
fi lfzgz l W m m or

II

33 mm : I
m m ,
I
 APP E NDI X I I .

ME TR E IN CLASS ICAL S ANSKR IT .

Th e San sk rit differs co n si derably fro m

versifi c ati o n o f c la s si ca l

that o f th e Ved i c hym ns b ei ng mo re artifi c i a l m o re subje ct to

, ,

stri ct rule s an d sh o w i ng a fa r gr eate r nu mb e r o f vari eti e s o f m etre

,
.

Cla ssi cal Sa n sk r it m etres are d i vi de d into

I Th o se m e asured by th e nu mb er o f s yllables
.

I I Tho s e mea sure d by th e nu mb er o f mo r a e th ey c o n tain

. .

All vers es are di vi d e d i nto h al f-vers e s w hile near ly all are ,

d d d o q verse s (pfida)
.

fu t
r h er i v i e i nt u arte r - .

Q uantity i s meas ured a s in Lati n an d Gre ek Vo w els a re lo n g .

b y nature o r by po sitio n Tw o c o n so nants ma k e a pr e c edi ng sh o rt

.

v o w el lo n by p o si ti o n A nu sva ra a n d Vi sarga c o u nti n g as fu ll

g ,

con so nan ts A sho rt vo w el c o u nts as o n e mor a ( m atra) a lo ng

.
,

vo w e l ( by n atu re o r p o sitio n) a s tw o .

1 . n a m e m e a s u r e d b y S y ll ab l e s (Ak ah a r a lckha n d a h ) .

The se c o n si st o f

A Tw o h alf
.
e
verse s i denti c al in str uc tu re , w hil e th e quarte r

v e rs e s I and 3 d iffe r fro m 2 an d 4 .

B Fo ur
. qua v
rte r - ers es all i d e n ti c al in stru cture .

A . Th e Sl o k a .

Th e sl o k a ( s o ng, fro m develo p d f o m th Vedi c

sr u, to h e ar) e r e

Anus h tub h i s th e E pi c v se an d m y b e o s ide ed th In di

er , a c n r e an

ve se p ex c ll n o c ur ing as it do e fa mo e f e quently th n
r ar e e c e, c r ,
s, r r r a

an y o th e m et e in clas si c l S an sk ri t p o e t y
r r It o ns ists o f tw o
a r . c

half-ve rses of 16 s yll ables or of fo ur p fidas of 8 yllab le s

s .

Di vi di ng th e half-verse in to fo ur fe et o f fo ur syllable s , we fi nd
th at o nly th e sec o n d and th e fo urth fo o t are det rmined
e as to
180 A PPE NDIX II .

sl o k a co ntai ns a co mplete se nten c e . Th e co n stru c tio n do e s no t

run o n i nto th e ne xt lin e . O c c asio nally three h alf- vers e s are fo un d

com bi n e d i nto a tripl et .

B . All P o ur P Ada s i d e n ti c al i n F o r m .

I . O f th e n um ero u s vari eties devel ped f o ro m th e V di c T r i s h

e
'
ta hk ( I I syllable s to th e p ads ) , th e c o m m o n e st are :

a . In dra vayra — u
| — u u

l) . Up d en r av agrflt u — u
l u
l u — u
| —
|l
c . Up gati (
a a m i x ture of th e b
a o ve tw o )

d . S fili n i — u
| — u
|
—
e. Rath 0 d dh atfi u —
q u
| u
—
| u —
|I
2 . Th e co m mo ne st fo rms of Ga ga ti ( 1 2 syllable s to th e pada)

ao vamsa Sth fi I U - I
U I~ - U | U- U U
b . Drutavi lamb i ta : u v u
| — u v
l I — u —
l
3 Th. e commo n est va i etyr of S a k v ar i ( I 4 y
sll abl es to th e

d
p a a) i s
Va santatfla k fi — u
l — v u
| u — u
l u — u
|
4 Th e
. c o mm o n e st fo rm of Ati eak v a ri ( I 5 s yllables to th e

p fid )
a is

M Ali ni : u u u
l u u u
l —
| u —
| u

Th e c o mm o n est vari ety of Aty a s h ti ( I 7 yllables

s to th e
5 .

pada ) Is

a . S Ik h ar11Ii . u u u
l u —
Il
b . M and fik rfinta
— u
l — u
l — !
II
6 Th e
.
co mmon e st fo rm of Ati dh riti ( 1 9 s yllables to th e

pada) is
SAI dfila vi k ri di ta
 M E TRE IN C ASSI CA L L SANS KR IT .

variety
'

7 . Th e co mmo n est of P r a k ri ti ( 2 I s yllables to th e

p ad s ) i s

S ragdh arti
‘

II . M e tr e s m e a s u r e d b y H om e .

A M etres i n
. w hi c h th e s um to ta l o nl y of th e m o rae i s p re
s ric be d ( M atrakkan da h) .

half-verse
'
Th e V a i tal i y a c o ntain s 3 0 m o rae i n th e ,“
I4 i n th e
fi rst pad a , 1 6 i n th e se c o n d
pada may b e di vi de d into three
. E ac h
fe et th e s e c o n d alw ays c o n si sti n g o f a ch o ri ambus an d th e thi rd
, ,

o f tw o i a mbi c s ; w hile th e fir st fo o t in th e fi rst p ad s c o n si sts o f a

p y rrhi c i n th e s
,
e c o n d pad a o f a n a n apa e st Th e h a lf-v e rs e thus .

c o ntai n s 2 I syllables Th e fo ll o w i ng is th e schem e o f th e half

.

v e rs e

B M etre s i n
. w hi c h th e n um b er o f m o rae in '

ea c h fo o t ( gana ) i s
s pec ified ( Ga na kk han dah) .

Ar y fi Gfi t h fi h as
or75 fe et to th e h a.lf-ve rse , eac h fo o t c o n

tai ning 4 m o rae 3 0 m o m s alto geth e r) Th e 4 m o ra e m a

y tak e .

th e fo rm u
,
uuu u , or u i u
n th e z n d a n d 4th u
they m ay also be c om e u u ; in th e 6th th ey appe ar as uuu v

or u v . Th e 8th fo o t i s alw ays m o n o syll ab i c ; th e 6th of th e

s e c o nd hal f-verse c o n sists o f a single sho rt syllable . He n c e th e

c
se o n d half-verse co ntai ns o nly 2 7 m o rae .
 SANSKR IT INDE X .

Thi s i n d ex c o n ta i ns all S ans k ri w o r s and t d a ffi x e s o c c u rri ng i n th e

gramm a r, w pt i th th e ex c e i o n o f n um e rals ( 1 6 I unl ess d e c li n e d , an d

o f th v b gi v i App d
e er s en n en i x I Th e fo rm e r, . o w i ng th i m i l to e r nu e r ca

or d ; th l tt b
er f th i e a e r, ec a u se o e r al ph b ti a e c a l arra n g m t ew il l i l
eny b , eas e

fo un d All i diff t w d
. n e re n or s o c c urrin g in ex am pl es o f S ndh i f Sy t
a or o n ax

a re o f l d d c o urse e x c u e .

Th fig f t p e g ph ures re e r o ara ra s.

A BBR E V I ATI O NS .

A = a djec ti ve
. dv b dv bi l f fi . i t
ad v t .
, a er , a er a . a .
, a x . ao r .
, ao r s . ar

ar ti l B
c e. B h lh i d v mp
.
, d cj j ti
a u vr l . c .
, co o un . . . c o n unc on . c ass .

o p v mp
.
, ti v
co ti v
ara d l i e d m d m n t
. c av .
, c a u sa e . e c en s o n . e .
, e o s ra

ti v d e . d mi ti v d d i d ti v Dg Dvi g D Dv dv
en .
, e no na e . es .
, es e ra e . .
, u. v .
, an a .

en c l l
. i t
, i f
en c f t - t ft f t c .
g d g . d nit i t j
.
, oo no e . . u u re . r .
, e ru n .
, n e r ec

ti on i d l
. i d li bln i f
e I fi i t i v i p i m p ti v i t
.
, n ec na e. n .
, n n e . v .
, e ra e . rv .
,

i t
n e rro g t i v K Ka m -dh i ye N . t t .
, g g t i v
ar a ra a . .
, no e . n .
,
n e u er . ne , ne a e .

u m m
.
, l
nu p l p ti l p
e ra p i ph ti p f p f t p
. c .
, ar c e . er .
,
er ras c. .
, e r ec . r .
,

p rese nt p f p fi .
p p r p mi l p p p p i ti
.
, re x . rn . r o no u n , ro n o na . r .
, re os o n,

p p i ti l p p i
re os o na p t p ti i pl
. f ufi s p .
, p l ti v
a ss ve . .
, ar c e . s .
, s x . s v .
, su e r a e .

T n T t- , p h a v ti v w w i th
ur u s a . v .
, oc a e . .
, .

- b a, i as es 7 n, 1 0 an p f v y .
, r . er ,
2 10.

a k h d
s ,
f 98 es . o , Ati d h i ti f m t
1 , Ap p I I I B 6
2 . r , . a e re , .
, , .

a k hs a ra -H h d h m y ll bi m t c an a A ti k l f m t App I I I B 4
. s a c e re , sa va r , . a e r e, .
, , .

A pp I I I .
, Aty h ti f m t
. Ap p II I B 5 as , . a e re , .
, , .

ak his y ,
n 3.
9
e b ath
e, 1 1 0 , p l th w 2 1 . a, c . en , n o ,
2 10 .

a g i
n - m a t h v i g fi , 9 8 ; a. 5 th a a
j n r e, 10 , a av ,
c . o r, 2 1 0 .

1 an d 3 . d t t typ f 1 I I 38 I a ,
o ea ,
e o 0 .
, 1 ,

i -m ati f II
a g n 5 4 ,
.
, 10
44 , . 1 , .

a n -
g i m i th fi e k i d li g 8,9 a d.a t p p re -
t 97 n n , . a ,
r . .
, .

A g i - h om
n s Dv d 7 au, d d d m pm 4.
; c 6 B .
,
2 1 0. a s, e . .
,
12 2 2 .

ag re , ad p p b f v.
9 d r ad h .
p m i f i
e o re , 2 0 t I 3 . ara , . a. n e r o r, w e s ,
0 c .

h h v S dh i f 5 5
o , . an d ha d p p b
o l ,9 d . a s, a v . r . e ow , 20 .

g
II t a, s ro n
g b 8 3 ad h i p p ase , v 7 ; 8 .
, r . o er, 20 a 20 c
di g i k i ty p p g d d
.

a h t g b
, o o, 4 d h
a s es e n i g i n
g ; n, 1 0 . a - r a, r . n . re ar n , 2 10
i g iiat
I - K d a, a 5 3 .
4
. b c .
, 2 1 , . 2 0 .

e ii g t ,
i t 44 V II I
o an o n dh i - t l f K d hi f w m
, I , , . a s r , . . c . c e o an ,
-t b i
a , 97
ase s n, 5 3 . 2 1 , .

ati p p b y d
, r .
7 ; 8e on- b i
, 1 20 a 20 a. an, as es n, 02 .
18 4 I NDE X .

i ti , pc l th
us , 2 1 0 ; 2 2 7 , N ; 2 3 5 , . N . 2 . w i, base s in ; i n D v cds , 2 I 7 h , 112
N
. . .

th
.

i tth am , ad v us , 2 3 5 , 2 . . . to go : I 3 9 ; I 44 , I , 3 ; 1 94 °

d
i am , pm i s, 1 2 3 2 26 B . th . r ig , to o ai n , 1 46 , 2 bt b .

-i n
,
a ses i n ,b8 2 , I ; 99 N . . t
r i e, ad v p r p w i h o u , 2 0 9 a . . t t .

d v
I n ra - agra, f a m e re , App . t . II , ri tv -ig, m r i es ,
90 , 3 . p t .

I B, I a .

I n d rajada ya k , In d ra an d th e h
o t e rs, ék a , nm o n e , 1 1 7 ; . 2 2 3 .

2 19 c , a . t
e k a -a ma, p m a . . o ne ( of m an ) , y
i n d h , to k i n le , 1 44, VI I , d I I3 0 a .

k t th
.

yt
i a , a so m uc h , 98 , 2 N e p m
a - a ra, a ei e r, 1 3 0 b . . .

t
. . .

e té d , d e m p m h is, 1 2 5 , 2 ; 2 2 6 B
i v a , e nc l p c l li k e , 2 1 0 . .

N
.
. . .

i sh , to w i s , 1 44 , V I , 2 h 1 4 6, 3
e d h , to gro w , 1 5 5 . .

15 0 ; 2 4 1 b e nn d p rn .
, 12 5 , 3 .

t N
.

-i s ba se s i n, 95 v a, j p c l 6 ; 2.
35 , 3 us , 2 10 ; 2 2
t N
. .
.
,
e v am , p c l h us, 2 1 0 ; 2 3 5 , 2 . . .

-l
,
base s i n , 111 . e sh a, m d e m p m h i s, Sa n h i o f, 5 4
. . . t d
p
.

Id , to ra i se , 1 44 , II , 4 .

base s in, 1 00 .

i rsh y , to e n , 2 3 1 A, vy 2 .

-
k a, sf add d t e o Bv e ds in -ri -1
Is , to ru le , 1 44, II, 4 ; I ,
.

d
. .
, ,
2 33 , a .

-in 2 1
, 9 .

-u bases in 109 .
k a k ub h , f r e gi o n , 89 . .
, ,

ukh , to b e p l e ase , d 1 46 , 3
k ak k i t, i trv pc l = n o n ne , 2 1 0 . . .

t h h y?
.

uk k h, d es 2 . o f, 1 98 , .
k a—am a; p m a w i c o f m an . .

{i t-ta ra , pm a s u se ue n , 1 30 c b q t 3 1 0 a .

k t a p w hi h f tw ? 3
. . .

b a - ar
'
Ii d , p rp u p , 2 0 r a c o o 1 0 a
7 , . .

k ati i t h w m y? 8 N
.
. .

Ii d -ah , a u w ar , 1 0 4 p d rv a o an 12

U tt
, . .
,

k ti -p ya d
.
. .

d -a a , ac u e ac c en , 1 8 t t a p m a
3 , r . a. s o e, 1 0 .

p t
.

ud -d i
s a , prp yg r d o w a r s, 2 10 ; t d k a i h th
n s p f l l i t l 5
a, s v. o a a, e, 11 .

p
. .

2 40 b k a Iy n p f l as , o
5 v . o a a, 1 1 .

k m t l v
.

a n d , to w e t, 1 3
9 ; 1 5 5, I ; 1 8 6 I a ,4 4 I 6o; 6o4 e, 1 , , ao r 1 .

N4
.
,
, , '
N ; 1 98 , 2 k t i f fk t t m k
ar r , . o ar /r ,
a e r, 1 1 2 , . .

K m dh fi y m d i pti v
.

p
.

upa , prp u o n , 2 0 7 a ; 2 0 8 a a n d c ar aa d x a a, es c r e c

U
. .
. . ,

p ga At i f a m e r e A I I I B c t I 2 1
i
U
, , pp .
, , . . .

-
p d h m fini ya , m la i al si ilan ,
a b b t k as k t, so m e o ne = i nd ef art , 2 2 3
- . . .

t b vd
.

p 2 ( a le ) . tb .
k an a, a e lo e , 1 0 7 . .

p
u ari , ad v p rp a o e , 2 0 9 a . . bv .
k fima m , ad v , 2 1 0 . .

u p aDAh , f s o e, 94 , 3 c h k i m , i trv prn , 1 2 5 B ; 2 1 0

U
. . .

p
. .

p e n dr a v a r a, f a m e r e , App I I ,
g . t .
ki m -u , k im -u ta, k i m unah , h o w

I B, I b m uc h m o re ? 2 10 .

yt h N
.

u b h aya , p m a o , 1 30 . . b th b .
k i a a h o w m uc ? 98 ,
, . 2 . .

u b h a a-
y t a s a d v o n o si e s 2 0 9 a b th d k fla, pc l = q ui d em , 2 1 0 . .
,
v
.
, .

u ro - a , a
g r o u c e o n th e p d
r eas t, d b k u t, to se er , 1 4 0 , 3 .

N
.

6 K uru, -c , a K uru , 1 0 9 , 2

Uh
2 1 4,
. .
.

s a ib , f . a me t re ,
94 3 , a .
k usa la , a ski lful , 2 34 , I I a . .

k n , to mak e 1 3 8, 5 1 4 4, V I I I ;
’

-na
, bases i n 95 , .
,

1 4 8 ; 1 5 2 ; 1 5 4. 8 ; 1 5 8 ;
4 1, base s i 1 1 1 n, . 1 5 8. I ; 1 7 5 . 3 ; 1 7 8 ; 1 8 6,

d ry , f s re ng h , 90 , 3 t t 2 ; 1 8 7 ; 1 88 ; 1 9 1 1 9 2 ; 1 96 ;
d
. .

urd h v am , ad v p rp afte r, . . 2 09 c . 1 99 ; 2 0 2 ; 2 0 4 ; to tak e , 2 3 4 , I I .

 I NDE X .

t
k r i , to c ut, 1 44, V I , 1 .
go, f c o w , a t e nd o f c ds , 2 1 5 , 2
pt d
.

th
.

o ne , 1 0 1 , N
.

k r i -ta, p f . . . 2 .
g an , to ti e , 1 5 1 , 4
r
pt N
.

k ri ta-va t, p f ac t 1 0 1 , 1 8 6, b se i z e , 1
t 44 , I X , 2 ; 1 5 1 ,
2 r
. .
g a o 2 ;
N
. .
,
2 , . I 5 S, N ; 1 7 5 ,
7 ; 1 99 ; 2 3 4, I I d
d
.

v hd
.

k ri te, p rp ad v fo r th e sak e o f, 2 0 9 rama - r fi ta , T

g p p p ed h a ing re ac e
. . .

bh K
. .

k r i sl1na , d e n to e a ve li k e r i sh na , th e vi llage , 2 1 , 1
4
.

I
.

2 c>6 .

k i t
r , tt I 3 6 1 5 2 3 ;
o sc a er, ,
2 , gh to e a t, I 5 1 , 3
as ,
k it t p i
.

r , 36 4 o ra se , I , .
gh n a t, pr o f b an , to ki ll pt 182 N
k li p I
. .
, , .

4 6 , 1 , .
gh r a t o sm e ll, I, 3
ly
, .

ké l m d m
va a , a v . e re , 2 10 .

k m t t p 44 I 1
ra , o s e , 1 , , . ka , c j . a nd , 2 10 ; 6 2 2 .

k l t b y
r , o 43 ; 5 4 7 ;
u , 1 1 , 182 . k a k fis, to s h in e ,
95 , II ; 1 44 , I I, 5
k uiik m
r l 9, I N . c ur e w , 0, . 15
5, 2 .

k o m
r sa f di t ,
8 ac e . o s a n ce , 2 2 ,
2 . ka t 11m fo ur , 1 1
ur , 7
N 3
.

d
.

k ht i m j k l
ro s r , . ac a , 1 12 , . . Joa n a, i n e f s f , 1 2 9 . . .

k a it
v ,h I rv . w er e 2 10 . ka m , w p r f a, to si p, .
I, 1
k h i p t th
.

v
.

s 5 8 i ro w 1 rre I 1 80 ; k ar, to m o e , 1 8 9
, go ; , , .
, .

3 4 II c
2 , . k aram a, p m a las , 1 3 0 . . t d
I
.

k sh i rasya d en to lo ng for mi lk, , . lei , to c o ll e ct, 1 5 3 , 7

1 5 , 2

d d
.

2 0 6, 4 . ki kl rs , a esi ro u s o f o i ng,
.
95 , I I
hd d
.

k s u ra, a m ean , o p v o f, 1 1 5 . . . Jei t, i n e f s f , 1 2 9 . . .

ki t, to th
i nk , 1 7 2 , I 1 8 7, I I I
t t p t
.

k h a n , o di g, 1 40 , 3 ; 1 75 . 5 ; ki r a-li kh , In ai n e r, 88 . .

1 89 b . fo ur , to ste al, 1 3 6 , 4 ; 1 68, 2 ; 1 8 0 ,

kh al u , pc l i n e e , 2 1 0 . d d . N 1 8 3 , 2 ; 1 88 ; 1 1
.
9
hd
.

k i , to v e x , 1 44 , V I , 1 . k é t, p c l i f, 2 1 0 ; 2 4 8
. b
t
.

k h yA, to e ll, 1 6 2
I
.

gaks h , to ea t, 1 44 , II , 1 44 , II , 5 .

G a na, m me ri cal fo o t, A pp I I, I I B
. t . . G ei ga tl , f a V e di c me r e , A p p I I ,. t .

G a na -k kha n da h , 11 fo o m e re , A pp . t t . I B, 2 .

I I, I I B . a
p g an -vas
, p f pt
ac t o f ga m , to go , . . .

ga n dh
a, m s m e ll , a t e n d o f c d
.
,
2 1
9 b . 10 1, N . 1 .

pt
.

w t o . 74 ; 1 o , 3 3 1 I 2 m i -a f t of m 1 0 1 N1
s a . o s 4 44 . . ; g a g p v s, . . ac .
ga , .

1 5 1 . 3 ; 1 89 0 ; 1 a m ; I
9 99 ; 2 0 4. g a g h i an -v
s p f pt , . . ac t of h a n , to
N
.

2 ; 2 2 8, ,
N I . k i ll , 10 1, . 1 .

garlyas , o p v o f gur u, eav , 1 00 ; . h y a

g .n to b e 15 1.3 ;
1 0 5 , 1 a nd 3 1 66

gt g
.
; 1 5 ,

gi r l l f 1 0 5, 4 g a n a m e o l e a t e n d o f c d
g
as , , . . , ,
.
, .

g a v a , d e n to w i s f o r c o w s ,
2 0 6
.
, h g p
a , t o rec i e , 2 0 5 .

2 a, a .
ga la -m 3 tra m 11 w a er al o n e 2 1 c
, , 9 . t
t d
,

G fith a f , . m e r e , Ap p I I , I I B
a . .
g a l a -m ule, m c lo u ,
9 0 , 1 . .

f . v o i c e , 6 5 ; 92 , 3 . a
y g ri , to w ak e , 5 2 , f n ; 1 44, II , 5 , . .

a nd , 20 . 1 5 6, 2 a .

gu to p t t ro ec , 89 ; 1 44, I, 6 .
ya t ay by b th
, i r , 2 30 , 4 .

gu t hi d o e, 1 44 , I, 1 ; 1 60 , 2 ; i
g , t o c o n q u e r , 1 53 , ; 1 6 8 , 2 ; 1 86 ; I
a h i di ng. 93
. . 1 8 7, I , I I , III ; 1 8 9 a ; 1 94 ; 1 99 .

gai , to s i ng,
1 6 8,
1 ; 1 75 , 1 ; 1 87 , G ih v a -m ull ya , m gu ural si il a n , . tt b t
I II, 1 . p 2 ( a le )
. tb .
 I NDE X .

g i v , to li e , 1 5 0 v . tva, p m a o er, 1 3 0 a
. . th .

gi v
a -
n a s , a li f e - e stro i n
y g 9 , 4 , 1
. d b . f sk in , 90 , 1
. .

gii ap aya, cav o f 9236, to k no w , 1 66 . . tv ad , pr n a se , o u, 1 2 1

. b th .

9 12 2 , to k n o w , 1 44 , I X , 2 1 94 tv am , prn o u, I 2 1 unac ce n
. th td
e
2 2 9 , 1 fo rms o f, 2 2 6 .

g fi an a -v a t
, a . p o sse ssi ng k n o w le ge, d -tvfl , grd sf , 1 8 8 ; 2 40
. . .

9 8
gy a to g
.

ro w w eak , 1 44 , IX , 2
da ms, to bi te , I 44, I, 4 .

, .

d rik shi na , pm a , 1 30 c ri gh , so u t th
pt
. . .

-t2 f
p p
, s . s f , 1 86 . . . . d ak s h i ne na, ad v . 2 3 3, I V b
p
.

tak sh , a ari ng, 93 . . d dh

a i , n c u r s, 1 1 0 , 3
. d .

p t
tak sh a n, m c a r e n e r, 1 0 2 . . da dh rtsh , a h o ld , 94 , 2 .

tt th
.

a a s, a d v e n, 2 1 0 . . t
d a m , to am e , 1 44 , I V, I .

tt y
a i , a s o m an , 1 2 8, N
. . Damayan ty-arth a m , Bv c d , 2 1 9 c , 8 . . .

p t t
tat- ara , a i n e n o n , 2 3 4 , II a . d h
a m b , to d ece i e , 1 5 1 , 4 v .

p h dp d t
.

Ta t- urus a , e en e n c d , 2 1 4 . . d ay I to i , 1 5 6, 1
. p ty .

t th th
a a, a d v u s, 2 1 0 ; 2 3 5 , 2
. N . . da y 2 to gi e , 2 3 3 , I a
. v .

tad , a d v , 2 1 0 ; p rn , 1 2 5 ; 2 2 6 B
. . da ri dra, to b e o o r, 1 44, II, 5 p .

t th
.

tan , to s re c , 1 3 8, 5 ; 1 5 1 , I ; 1 5 4, d al, to c ut, 1 3 6, 4 .

3; 1 85 . d a sa - k um firi , f cd , 2 1 5 , 2 . Dv . . .

tantri , f lute , 1 1 1 , 4 . . ah , to b ur n , 79 ; 1 80 ; 2 0 5 , 1 .

h
tam , to langui s , 1 44 , I V , 1 . v
a, to gi e , 1 44 , I I I , 1 1 5 8 , i rr e g , .

tart, f bo a , . t III
, 4 . 2 ; 1 63 ; 1 8 1 , I a nd II I , I
-ta ya , ft t
s sf , 1 8 7 ; 2 3
9 1 93 ; to a k e , 2 3 4 , II II t
l ii 3
. . . . .

4 a ad v i , 2 3 , I V b . . fiman , f ro e , 1 0 5 , 4 . p .

tas th i v as , p f pt
ac t o f sth a, to . . . i v 1 to la , 6 5 ; 1 3 6, 3
. p y .

s ta n d N , 10 1 , . 1 . d i v 2 f sk y, 1 0 6 , 2
. . .

tflva t, a d v . so lo ng, 2 10 . h
d ie, to s o w , 1 60 , 1 ; f regio n , 94 , 1 a . .

ti a p
r s, r
p . ad v . ac ro ss, 2 0
9 a . d ish tya, ad v , 2 1 1 . .

ti y ah
r -
, a . t tuor o us , 1 0 4 . di h , to a no i n , 1 60, 5 t .

tu, c j but, 2 1 0 . . d i p , to sh i n e , 1 66 .

tud , to s r ik e , 1 3 6, t 2 15 4; 1 98 . d i rgh afiyu s, a lo ng li e , 95

- . vd .

-tum , in f s f , 1 9 1 . . d ue, p rp i ll , 2 0 7 b
. .

t ly q l 33 II b
.

u a , 11 . e ua , 2 . d uh , to milk , 66 ; 69, N ; 1 60 , 4 .

t h t b ti fi d 3
,

us , o e sa s e 2 0, I I B, c . 1 99 ; m m i lk e r, 60 ; a , 94 , 3 a . .

d
.
,

t i m -h t B d h vi
r as a, v . c . a ng grass in ur am , ad v far , 2 3 3 , I V a . .

h d -d r i k sh a -d m8 a , -d r i8 , rn s f , 1 2 7
'
’
o ne s
9 a an , 2 1 .
, p . . .

t ip a
r h ty p f
r , a . as , c v . o ,
1 15 . d r is , to see , 1 44 , I , 5 ; 1 5 8 , i rre g , 3 ; .

t i b t ki ll
r ,V II o , 1 , , 2 . 1 6 2 , 2 ; 1 6 8 , 2 ; 1 8 7 , I I I, 3 ; 1 9 1 ;
tri , to c ro ss, 1 4
’
1 ; 1 5 1, 1, N ; 1 89 . 2 05 , 3 base s fro m, 94, I a .

t
.

-t a
y g , rd s f , 1 8 8 ; 2 0
4 . dr i , to e ar, 1 4 4 , I X , 1
’
.

Dv d tt
. .

tyad , p m th t 5 A . a , 12 , 1 e a- a a , m Tp c d , 2 1 4 , 2 . . . .

dv d
.

t ya
ra th f ld 3 d
, a ree o 1 0 e a- asa , In T p c d , 2 1 2 . . . .

Dv t
. .
,

t i
r m th r1 7 r ee, 1 1 e a -n fi a ri , c h arac e r, 2
g 3 l e t .

t p t t
, . .

”
V
“
\ t it y
r th f ld 3 d
a a, a re e o 1 0 e rs, 2 ( a ble ) ; c lassi fica i o n o f, 5
. .

dv h pp d
. .
,

ri
t bh- n m Dv d 5 2
u va a n c , 2 1 , . e e , m
y w o rs i e r o f th e go s ,
.

N
, . . .

t i l k l f th th
r -o w ld D v c d
, . e ree or s, . .
, 9 0 , 3 , 1 . .

5 2 1 , 2 d esa, m c o un r , 2 2 4 c
. ty .

t
.

T l b h f V di m t App I I d esa g n tara m, n Bv c d ano h e r

ig
r s u , a e c e re , ,
. . .

ty
. .

1. c o un r , 2 1 9 c, 7 .
 INDE X .

pa 2 p t t 1 75 1 ; 1 94
. to ro e c , , .
p r atar , a d v . early, 5 2 , f . n.

p d d m f
a, t 9 b ; q t . v
- oo . 2 1 u ar er erse , p a
r
p ta - rama Bv c d 2 1 , 1
g , , 4 . . .

A pp di I I i t d en x , n ro . p y
r a as, r
p ya a sas , ra
p y e na, a d v gene .

p fi d m
au , d l th f t 4 b . ua , e ee , 22 . llyra , 2 10 .

pi d g a
n ti g m thful 95
a - r s, a e a . n a ou , . p i ya d
r 33 I I
, a . ea r, 2 , a .

pi ta d t b h v li k f th
ra , en . o e a e e a a e r, p iy - k h m K d 5 N
r a sa a, . . c .
,
2 1 , .

6 2 0 , I .
prl t l
, v 94o o e , cav . , 1 .

i
p ta d l p t 4b
ra u , In . ua , aren s, 2 2 .

pi ta-p t u D d 7 b u ra , v . c .
, 2 1 . ph l t bu st i g pf 1 5 I N
a , o r , rre . .
,
1, ,
.

pi t i m f th 5 f
r , . N Ia er , 2 , . 11 112 ,
. .

i
p p th i
a d i f p
s, a t i g 95 . e s ro us o re ea n , . b dh t bi d 69 ; 44 IX 3
an , o n ,
1 , , .

N 2 . b hi d p
a t id 9
s, a v. ou s e, 2 0 c .

i f o rm , 1 4 4 , V I , 1 . b h k ma i Bv d 9 d
c, t o - u r a, c 2 1
p a u . .
, .

v' a n , a f a t, .1 0 5,4 . b h bh t i -k B d
a u- 9 d at r a, v . c .
,
2 1 .

p i v a r i , f fa t , .1 0 5, 4 . b h la
a f q
u t p f 5 , a. re ue n , o v . o ,
11 .

ptu ra, m 8 0 11, 2 1 .

7 b . B h - ih i m p
a u vr iv d 2 8 , . o ss ess e c s. , 1 .

p utrt a, d e n to rea li ke a so n , 2 0 6 ,
y . t t b h -s mi -k a B d 9 d
a u , v . c .
, 2 1 .

2 a , B; 2 0 6 , 2 b , N . b ddh i f th ght i t f 3
u , . ou , ns r . o , 2 0,

p unar , a d v , 5 2 , f n ; 2 1 0 . . . . N 2 , .

P a r. f ci . 9 . 3
2 ty b dh t k w 3 6 ; 3 9 ;
u , o no , 1 , 1 1
p uras , a d v p rp e fo re , 2 0 9
. . b d . 15 0, 1 68, 2 ; 1 69 ; 1 7 0 ;
p u r a s t A t , a d v p p
r e fo re , 2 0 9 . . b d . 172 ; 1 74 N ; , . 1 80 ; a . k n o w i ng,
p u rfl ,
a d v , 2 44 , 2 a . . 69, N ; 8 9
60 . .

p h
ur us a -vy agh r a, m
‘

cd i ge r . K . . t b o dh aya , c av o f b u , I 5 5 , 3 . dh .

lik e m a n , 2 1 5 , 1 . bra h m an , m n c re a o r, 1 0 2 . . t .

p uro -d fl s, m a ri e s ,
94 , p
1 .c t . brah ma -h an, a Bra ma n-ki l ling, 1 0 3, . h
fi
p ' , t o u r ip f ,
I
44 , I X , 1 y 5 .

p
.

p h rv a , pm a ri o r , 1 3 c.
. 0 . bru, to s p e ak , 1 44 , II , 6 ; 2 2 9 , 2 .

p r i ,
t o fil l , 1 7 5 , 4 ; 1 8 6 ,
I ; 1 8 9;
p e k i v as,
p p f t ac t o f . a ir , 1 0 1 ,
N .1 . p . . t b 83
Bh a , w e ak e s ase , .

p r a , p p r e f o .r e , 2 07 b b . b h ago h , v , 5 5 . .

P rak mti f a m e re , A p p II , I B, 7
’

. t . . bh g t j y 5 I N
a , o en o , 1 1, , .

p r a k m ty a
'

n a u ,r e ,
2 by t
3 0, I , 4 b h iig t b e k 44 VI I
a , o r a , 1 , ,
1.
v bh t i m h b d N
.

P ragmh ya o w el s, 2 6
'

. at r , . us an , 112 , . 1.

P m k k h : t o as k : 1 44 1 V I : 3 ; I 99 b h a t p pt b i g 98 N
va 1 . r. . e n , , . I ; 105 ,

2 2
9 , 2 . I d3 an .

p t b
ra i , p rp ac k , 2 0 7 11 ; 2 0 8 ; 2 0 8 a,
. b b h ava t 2 In Y o ur Ho no ur , 98 , . ; . N I .

p t dv
.

r a i - i a n , In th e sun , 1 0 I, 3 2 26A
5 . .

b d
.
'
p ra t i k i , f a e h i n , . 1 0 5, 4 . . bh ava ti , f , 1 0 5 , 4 . .

p ty
ra bh d
-alc a
, e in , 8
4 ; 1 0 4 ; 1 0.
5, b h a vi tavyam, ft p s 2 39 c . . pt . .

I an d 3 ; 1 1 4 b h fivyam , ft p s p t , 2 3 9 c . . . .

p ra t h a m a , p m a fi r s , 1 30 . . t d . b d
h i , to c u t, 1 40 , 2 ; 1 68 , 2 ; 1 8 6, 1 .

p r a b h m t i , a d v
’

p rp , 2 0 9 c 2 19 c , a . b hi sh ag , m si c ia n , 90 , 3 . phy .

d
. .

-sfl m m il b h i , to fear, 1 5 6, 2 b
, 74 1 94
ra
p , a
9 , 4
1 . . .

p ras n a , m u e s i o n , 7
1 . q t . b h ug , to ea t, 1 90 .

p r ak a e as e rn , 1 0 , N
, .
4 t
; 1 1 4 ( cpv ) . . b h il I
f e ar , 1 1 1
. . th .

p r akh , a ask i n
g 9,
.0 , 2 . b ird 2 to b e , 1 3 6 , I ; 1 4 3 ; 1 5 3 , 2
.

p r i i i k , a w o rshi ing, 66 90, 1 , N ;

. pp . 1 63 1 69 ; 1 7 6 ; 1 7 8 ; 1 8 2
1 04 , f n 3 . . . 1 8 3 ; 1 84 ;
 I NDE X .

mmdu,
'

f so ft, 1 0 .
’

1 97 ; 2 0 1 ; 33 I b ; w p r 2 03 ; 2 , . . a .
9
p ra , to e m as e b
r o f, 2 3 3 , I a . t . medh avi n , a w i se , 1 0 5 , . 1 and 3 .

bh ri , to e ar, 1 4 8 ; 1 5 6, 2 b b . medh avi n i , f , 1 0 5 , 4 . .

b h r igg, a ro as i ng, 90 , 3 , . t N I . . t dy
m i , to s u , 1 44 , I , 5 .

b hoh , v , 5 5
pt
. .

- f t f 18
b h ram , to fall , 1 44, I V , 3 . y a 1.
p . . s . s .
, 7 ; 2 39 .

b h m gga to fry, 1 44: V I : 3 3 bas e s g d f 8 8 ; r . s 1 2 0

4 .
fro m , 90 , 3 , I N . .
-
y 3 a i t i v f
. n e ns e s .
, 2 01.

d
bh ram, to w an e r, 1 44, I V, 1
bh rag, to s ine , 90 , 3 , 1 h N . .
.

£2 2lig h t i d fp n e . rn w . h oe ver , 12 9 .

b h ran ti , f e rro r, i ns r o f, 2 30 , I , 2
. t . N . yak? ) to sac rifi c e , 7 1 ; 1 5 1 1 2 ; 1 5 41 4
2 ; bas es fro m 90 , , 3, N . 1 .

M a gddh e sh u , i n M agadh a . - a t, rn . s f. , 1 28
2 2 4 c. y p .

- , ad v , 2 1 0
m a t, a sf , 98 ya t as . .

y y
. . .

t
ma i , f ou
g 1 0 9, th ht N 1 ati , a as m a n , 1 2 8, N
. .

y t
.
, . .

ma ti mfi n, m w i se , o pv a nd sp v . o f, a h a, cj as , 2 1 0 . .

y th t
. .

115 a a- sa k i , a d v c d , 2 1 5 , 3 . . .

t C
.

mad , to re o i ce , 1 44, IV , a d re la , 1 2 5 j
j 1. y , ; c .
, 2 1 0 . .

-m a n base s i n 10 2 y d td
a a— a a, w h e n— en , 2 2 2 th .

y d
, , .

ma n , to th
i nk , 1 5 8, i rreg , 1 ; 1 8 9 a i , c j i f, 2 4 8 . b .

t
. .

m an th , to c h ur n, 1 44 , 1 44 , IX , 3 y a m , t o r e s ra i n , 1 44 , I , 2 .

N
.

M a n dakr anta, f a me re, App 11, t - as, o v

y p as e s i n ,
. 8 2 .b 1 .

N I N
.
. .

I B, 5 b .
y a ,
t o g o , 1 4 2 , 6 ; 1 59 ; 2 2 8 , , . .

ht t
m a a , a grea , 97 , N 2 1 5 , 3, N
. . . y a k , t o as k , 2 2 9 , 2 .

N
ma h i -raga, m ki ng, 2 1 5 , . . y fl vat, c
j w h il e , 2
. 1 0 ; a d v , 2 44 , 2 a . .

p tv
mir, ro h i b i i e p c l , 1 3 9 ; 2 4 5 , N
’
. . y fi v a t— tdva t 2 2 2
,

1115 , to m e as ure 1 44, I I I , 2 , . y ,

u t o j , 44 , , 7
o i n 1 I I b ; 1 5 ,2 2 ; 1 5 4,
pt Dv
matii - i ara n , cd , 2 1 7 b . . .
12 .

th
m m , m o er, 1 1 2 , I N . .
u
y g, to j o i n , 1 3 8, 3 ; to b e fi t, 2 34 ,
t
m a ra, n measure , 2 1 9 c , B; 2 3 5 , N 3 II b; 2 43 .

yuv y
. . .

, d
m dtra f mo m, Ap p I I , i n tro
. . .
an , In . o un g, 1 0 3 , 4 .

t d d
Ma t e-kh an as, 11 m e tre meas ure d
y p a -
d fim , n . Tp . cd .
, 2 1 4, 3 .

d
.

y
b mo ra e, App II, II A . . y o
yak , e tc . , in e f. p r n .
,
12
9 .

-mana pt sf , 1 8 4
, . . .

ti 6;
t
Mali ni f a me re , App I I . I B. 4 .
ra iig, to nge , I 44 , I, 4 ; 1 75 ,
w.

34, I I b
. .
,

mfl d t h
sa m , ac c o f ura i o n . fo r a m o n t , .
rf
p . a n u, 2
R ath o d dh ata, f a metre , App I I, .
.

m i m p hi bi ti v p l
s a, 45 N ro e c 2
I B, 1 e .

M i t ii- a n
r Dv d 1 7
v ru a u. c
.
,

2
, .

ra b , toh es ire , 1 8 1 , 2 d .

misraya d e n to mi x , 2 0 6 , 3
. .
. .
,

.
c .

rag , to s i n e , 90 , 3 , 1 h N . .

ml , to w a lk , 1 3 6 4 Pa ga n , m k i ng , 1 0 2 ; 1 0 5 , I.a n d 3;
. .

m uk tvd, grd = prp e x c e . 2 40 b pt 2 15 ,

N .

p h
. . .

rag a- ur us k ing s man, T p

’
ra nk , to re lease , 1 44 , V I, 1 ; 1 66 a, m . .

I I cd 2 1 4, 5
234 c .

y
, .
.
,

muh , to c o nfo und, ases fro m , 94, 3 b b raga p u r u sh a -k ar a, n Tp . cd 2 1 8, N .

K
.

m d h us, ad v o fte n, 2 1 0 raga rshi , m . . ed 2 15 , I.

q
. .

mm, to d i e , 1 36, 2 1 98 , I ; 2 0 5 , 3 figoi l, f

’ ‘

. r . uee n, 1 0 5 , 4 .

£223 i
mn g, to c lea nse . 1 44 , I, I ; 1 44, II,
'

bases from N f . n ig ht ,
1 0 3: f ‘ n. ; 2 15 ’ 2 °

7 a ; , 9 ,
0 3, . 1 .
190 I NDE X .

y
R am a a na , 7 5 , N . v ar , 11 . w a e r, t 9 2 , 3 .

ri , to go , 1 3 6 , 2 . v firi , 11. w a er , 1 0 ,
9 t N . 1.
rule, f li gh t, 90 , 1
. . vi , p p
r . a pa r t 7b , 20 .

ru . d
g, f i s ease , 90 , 3 . vi d , to k n o w , 1 4 N 6 ; 2 , . 1 44, II , 9 ;
r u d , to w e e , 1 44 , I I , 1 p . 15 6 , II a ; 1 92 ; 2 0 3 ; w .
p rf n i
.
,

ru dh , to o s r u c , 6 9 ; 43
1 bt t . cav . to t ell, 2 3 1 A, 1 a .

r ur ud nsh i , f pf p t , 1 0 5 , 4 . . . vi d , to fi n d , 1 44 , VI , 1 ; 1 86, I , N; .

d
.

t u ru -v as , pf p t , 1 0 1 105 , . . 1 and 3 .
p s = to b e , 2 3 3 , I
. b .

r ub . to gro w . 7 9 1 94 ; 1 96 V id e h ésh u, i n V i d e h a , 2 2 4 c .

m l, m w eal h , 1 1 3
. t . v i d yfiva t, a o sse ss e o f k n o w l ed ge ,
. p d
105 3 , I , .

'
Lak s h mi , f go e ss o f ro s . dd p p i ty er , v i d yilva ti , f , 1 0 5 , 4
’

III
. .

’ 4 . vi d - v as ,
p f k n o w i ng, 1 1 4 pt 1 8 3, 2
h t N
. . .

la g u, a ligh , 1 0 9, . 2 . .
vi n e, ad v p rp w i t o u , 2 0 9 a h t
h t
. . .

la b , to ak e , 6 9 ; 1 8 7 , I I I , 3 1 94 ; V i ram a , m , 7 . .

1 99 .
vi a, a en e ri ng, 93 t
bh d
. .

lash , w prp a . i , to es i re , 2 3 4 , II
. b .
v i sva ,
p m a a ll 1 30 b
p t
.
, . .

l i p , to a i n , I 4 4 , V I , 1 .
v i s va - g u d h , a a ll - a rac i n g , 6 0 . tt t .

lih , to sm ear , 7 9 ; 1 3 8 , I ; 1 60 , 3 . v i sv a -y ,i t a a ll -c o n u e ri n g .
, 2 1 4 , 2 q N . .

11, to c l ing, 1 8 6, 1 . v v
i e a- p fi , a a ll - ro e c i n g ,. 1 0 8 p t t .

b
l a p , to rea k , 1 44 , V I , 1 .
v i sh a y a , m c o u n r , 2 2 4 c ty
t
. .

lu, o c u t, 1 44 , I X , 1 ; 1 5 8 ; v i sh v -ah , a a l l - e r a i ng, 1 0 4 . p vd .

“ 8 83 8 4. m e 5 : I 7 . 4;
V a maa -sth a, f . a me t re , App II , I B, .
3 3 ; 4 9 5 ; A pp I I , In ro
- 2 . t d .

2 a. V Ira - se na , m Bv c d , 2 1 8
v
. . . .

a le , to s pe a k , 1 6 2 , 4; 1 6 8, 2 ; v ri , to c h o o se , 1 4 8 .

1 88 ; 1 89 ; 2 2 9, 2 . v r i t, to urn , d es , 1 8 t9
h t
. .

v a ni
g , m In
erc a n , 90 , 3
. .
dd
V ri h i , f , 2 0 . .

-v a t 1 m f 1 2 8 vr i dh , to i n cr e ase , 1 66
p . s , . . .

pt N N
.

-va t 2
p.f s f ,
1
. 0 1 ,
2 ; 1 .86 , 2 , . .
v rtn dA rak a , a b ea u i ful, o p v o f, 15. t . I .

2 38 .
’
v rts k , a c u tt
i ng, 90 , N
p
. .

-vat
3 p c l
. o f c o m a ri
. so n , 2 1 0 . h
v ri , to c o o se , 1 44 , IX , I .

-va t
4 a .s f , 9 8 . . .
ve, to ea e , 1 7 5 , 8
w v
vt
.

a a , i j a las, 2 1 1. . V ai tallya , n a m e re , A pp I I, I I A . t . .

v adh , to ki ll, 1 8 1 , 2 ; 1 8 7 , III , 4 v adh , to Pi e m e r 1 3 61 3 ; 1 44 1 I V : 3 3

y
.

v ad h fl, f w o ma n , 1 1 1. .

-v a n base s i n 1 0 2
, , . vyfigh ra -b udd h ya, 2 30 , I 2 N
v tt th
.
,

ara m— n a , be e r— an 2 1 0 .
v ye , to en elo e , 1 7 5 , 8 v p
v h
.

ar s a -b h o gya , T p c d , 2 1 4 , 1 . . . v r s ak , to c u t, 1 44 , V I , 3 .

v ar , to d
es ire , 1 44 , I I , 8 .

W M , bases i n , 8 2 , 1 ; 1 83 ; 2 38 N . . aak , to b e a b le , 1 44, V, 2 ; 18 7 , I I I ,

v as, to d
w e ll , 7 8 ; 1 0 1 , f n . .
4 ; 1 99 ; 2 4 1 b .

t
V a sa n ta - ilak a, f a m e r e, App H, . t . S ei k v ari , f a V edi c me tre , A pp I I ,
. .

I B, 3 . I B, 3 .

v ah , to c arr , 7 9 ; 1 5 1 , 2 y . S a nk a mAk AryAk , pl o f res ec , 2 2 4 c . p t .

v ii , c j o r , 2 1 0 ; 2 2 6
. . t
sa a, n a un r e , 1 1 8 , N
. h d d . b .

v agmi n , a e lo u en , 1 0 , 1 , 3 .
5 q t . sad , to fa ll , c s v , 1 94 . .

v egm i n i , f , 1 0 5 ,
4 . . sa bd a a
y , d en t o m a k e a s o un , 2 0 6,3 . d .

v ale, f s e e c , 90, 1
. p h . ram, to c eas e, 1 44, I V , I .
 I II 3 9 01 5 01 5 3 5 999 8

sr u, to flo w , 1 4 8 . h an , a t en d o f c ds , 1 0 3 , 5 .

sr uk , f l a l e , 90 ,
. d 1 . h t
an a , ij a la s ! 2 1 1 . .

s v a, r e fi e x .
p r n . o w n ,
1 2 6, 3 ; 1 30 c . t
h a ri , a gre e n , 8 9 . .

'

s v a Iig , to em brac e
I, 4 ; 1 5 1 , 4 , 1 44 , . h as, to la ugh , 1 40 , 3 ; 1 8 7 , I II , 3
3“
vp p
.

e a , to sl ee , 1 44 , I I , 1 1 99 . ha m , m u al, th e a n s, 2 2 4
. d h d
s v a yam , re fi e x p rn se lf, 1 2 6 , 1 . . . h ty
as -as va m , - nu, - ah , Dv c
d v y
.

ev er , i n o l h ea e n , 5 2 , f n
. . . h fi 1 to run a w a , 1 44 , 1 11,
. .

S var ita , m n c i r c u mfle x ac c en , 1 8

. . t . h a 2 to lea e , 1 44 , II I , 2
. v
v p tt
.

s a r ga - a i a , a T p c d , 2 1 4, 4 . . . . h a 3 ij , 2 1 1
. . .

s v as r i , f si s te r, 1 1 2
. .
-hi i v s f
, p , 1 2
4 , 4. . N . .

s vas ti , ij h
ail ! 2 1 1
. . hi , c j fo r, 2 1 0
. .

h ims , to i nj u re , 1 44 , V I I , 1 .

h a, p c l , 2 2 6
. . h u , to sac ri fic e , 1 3 8, 2 ; 1 4 3 ; 1 5 6 ,
t
h an , o k ill , 66 ; 3; 2 b ; 1 8 2 ; 1 84 .

5 ; 1 8 1 , 2 ; 4; t
h o s-po tara u , Dv c d , 2 1 7 b . . .

1 89 b ; I 94 ; I 99 : 2 0 4 . 2 . h ve, to call , 1 49 ; 1 6 2 ; 1 7 5 , 8 .

C O R R I G E ND A .

d
°

P age 12 , l in e 1 1, fo r ( 9
3 ) re a

2 5 , li ne 5 , fo r (9 ) 2 d re a

35 ,
li n e 1 8 , fo r ( 55 )
1 d re a

42 , no e 2 t , li n e f
1, ( 93) d or 1 re a

47 l i n,e 2 , fo r 183 t , d 83
no e 2 , rea 1 .

73 5 , 13 1, li n e 1 1, f ( 78 8 ) ord( 1 , 1 0 r ea 1 8
7 ,
. 1 15 , lin e 6. a fte r 1 5 8, 1 60 add 1 6 1 .

1 36 , t
las line b u t o n e . fo r Av ayi y bhav a re a dA vyaylb h zi va
‘
‘